Author: Johannes Surya

Definition of Synonyms – Vocabulary in Indonesian, like vocabulary in any language in the world, is basically interconnected between one word and another. Thus, the basic vocabulary in Indonesian which amounts to more than 100,000 lemmas or entries are also interconnected (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia Cetakan VII, Edition IV, March 2013). Vocabularies that have the same or similar meaning components are called sense relations, for example the lexeme horse has a meaning relationship with the lexeme animal or the lexeme mango has a meaning relationship with the lexeme fruit (Cruse, 1995).

According to Cruse (1995), there are seven types of meaning relationships between various lexemes in a language, namely synonymy (same meaning), antonymy (opposite meaning), polysemy (clear double meaning), ambiguity (confusing double meaning), hyponymy ( coverage of meaning), homonymy (difference of meaning), and redundancy (redundancy of meaning). In this article, only one thing will be commented on, namely kesinominam.

About synonymy itself in language is word similarity. Without a synonym, language tends to be more rigid and uninteresting. Therefore, it is very important to use synonyms to enrich the expression of stories, facts, and ideas, both in writing and verbally.

Synonyms in Indonesian language lessons are one of the materials that are quite interesting to explore. Because, the similarity of these words can make a sentence look attractive or easy to read. By learning and understanding synonyms, one can have a wealth of diction.

Here is a complete explanation of the meaning, types, benefits, and obstacles of using synonyms.

Definition of Synonyms

Etymologically, the word synonym comes from the Ancient Greek syn (with) and onoma (name). So, synonyms are two or more words that have the same meaning (Cruse, 1995). Meanwhile, Verhaar (1992) says that synonyms are expressions (words, phrases, and sentences) whose meaning is more or less the same as the meaning of other expressions, for example bunga, kembang , and puspa ; die, died, died , and died ; ugly and bad (Karim, 2013).

According to Kridalaksana (1993), if a word can be substituted (replaced) with another word in the same context and the meaning of the context does not change, the two words can be said to be synonymous. Meanwhile, the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) explains that synonyms are language forms whose meaning is similar or the same as other language forms; muradif; anonymity.

In general, a synonym is a semantic relationship that expresses the similarity of meaning between one word and another. This synonymous relationship is bidirectional. That is, if a word is synonymous, it can be confirmed that the word has the same meaning.

If a unit of speech A is synonymous with a unit of speech B, of course the unit of speech B is synonymous with a unit of speech A. Concretely, if the word ugly is synonymous with the word bad , then the word bad is also synonymous with the word ugly . Another example is the word true is synonymous with the word right , thus the word right is also synonymous with right .

Synonymous relationships are characterized by the ability of two lexemes to replace each other as fillers in a sentence without changing the meaning. Synonyms that do not change the meaning are called absolute synonyms . However, absolute synonyms are rarely found in the language because each word has its own meaning.

If a synonymous word does not have exactly the same meaning, the similarity lies in the content of the information presented. In simple terms, synonyms are also referred to as similar meaning or matching words, while antonyms are also referred to as opposite words.

As Cruse (1995) and other semantic experts said, ” In contemporary linguistics it has become almost axiomatic that complete synonymy does not exist. Each linguistic form has a constant and specific meaning. If the forms are phonemically different we suppose that their meanings are different. We suppose that there are no actual synonyms “. Meaning, “In contemporary linguistics there is an axiom that absolute anonymity never exists. Words or expressions that have different phonemic structures are sure to have different meanings. Therefore, there are no words or expressions that are truly synonymous”.

Thus, even though words or expressions that are synonymous have the same meaning, the meaning is not entirely the same (Adelin, 2013). So, words or expressions that are phonemically different, the meaning is also different, even if the difference is only in nuance.

According to Soedjito (1989), synonymy is the same meaning or meaning, or two or more words that have the same meaning. Synonyms are two or more words whose meaning is (1) the same or (2) almost the same or similar, for example two or more words that have the same meaning, namely book – book, ear – ear, can – can, father – father, smart – intelligent , etc. As for two or more words that have almost the same meaning (similar) are all – all – everything; love – love – affection, death – died – death – fall , and so on.

In the case of the same synonym and similar synonym, Kridalaksana (1993) argues that in Indonesian there is one of two or more words that have a similar meaning, but are not synonyms; for example the words help and help . He called these symptoms as near-synonyms, homonyms, pseudo-synonyms .

Different from the opinion of Verhaar (1992), it is often said that synonymous words have the same meaning, only the forms are different. Verhaar asserted that actually the relationship between synonyms has different nuances and the meaning can be said to be “more or less the same”.

Djajasudarma (1993) states that synonyms are used to express sameness of meaning (sameness of meaning). This can be seen from the fact that the compilers of the dictionary show a number of words that have the same meaning; all are synonymous, or have the same meaning as each other, or the relationship in between words that are similar (considered the same) in meaning. Palmer (1993) then details synonyms as follows.

• One of the synonyms he said comes from a regional or foreign language, for example konde and sanggul , domicile and residence , worried and restless .
• Synonyms whose use depends on language rules, for example virgin, girl, and girl ; die, die, and die .
• Synonyms with different emotive meanings, but the same cognitive meaning, for example statesman and politician; noble and feudal .
• Synonyms whose use is limited to certain words, for example rotten, stale, rancid, sour, and apek mean the same, namely “bad”, but cannot replace each other.
• Synonyms whose meanings sometimes overlap, for example spices and spices ; worry, anxiety , and doubt ; real and concrete .

In addition to being called word similarity, synonyms can also be said to be word matches, for example:

• expert = expert
• acceleration = acceleration
• accurate = fair
• reliable = tough
• anemia = lack of blood
• porch = stage
• antagonist = opposite
• nullir = abolition
• application = implementation
• boga = food
• bonafide = can be trusted
• bromocorah = relapse
• dehydration = loss of body fluids
• resignation = expiration of term of office
• dominance = dominance
• donation = help
• dose = measure
• exhibition = show
• excavation = excavation
• expansion = expansion
• extension = extension
• elaboration = detailed explanation
• embargo = ban
• epilogue = closing
• aesthetics = beauty
• estimate = estimate
• ethos = outlook on life
• fauna = animals
• phenomenon = reality
• flora = plants
• forum = board
• harmonious = compatible
• live = live
• hedonism = indulgence
• inherent = attached
• injection = injection
• insinuation = sarcasm
• instinct = instinct
• instructor = trainer
• interaction = relationship
• iteration = iteration
• clarification = explanation
• climax = high point
• consensus = agreement
• conservation = protection
• correlation = relationship
• crucial = important
• manunggal = united
• mayapada = world
• mediator = intermediary
• mystery = secret
• paradoxical = contrast
• pioner = pioneer.

Language forms or expressions that have the same meaning can be morpheme with morpheme, word with word, phrase with phrase, and so on.

• Synonyms of morpheme (free) with morpheme (bound), such as he and -nya .
• Word-for-word synonyms, such as between dead and died ; bad and ugly ; flowers and puspa , and so on.
• Synonyms of words with phrases or vice versa, such as die and die ; big head and arrogant .
• Synonymous phrase with phrase, such as father, mother and parents ; died and passed away to God’s grace .
• Synonymous sentence with sentence, such as sister kicks the ball and the ball is kicked by sister .

 

Types of Synonyms

Synonyms are divided into two types, namely general synonyms and context synonyms. Common synonyms are synonyms that have almost the same meaning, but cannot be used interchangeably in the same context. Context synonyms are two words that have almost the same meaning and can be interchanged in the same context without changing the meaning in that context.

Context synonyms are divided into three, namely semirip synonyms, absolute synonyms and selingingku synonyms. Here is the explanation.

• Similar synonyms are words that can exchange positions with each other in a linguistic context. This exchange is done without changing the meaning in a lexical and structural, especially in the chain of sentences, words, clauses, and phrases of the sentence made.
• Absolute synonyms are words that can interchange positions or places in any linguistic context without changing the lexical and structural, especially in the chain of sentences, words, clauses, and phrases of the sentence made.
• Selingkung synonyms are words that can interchange positions or places in a specific linguistic context without changing the lexical and structural.

Benefits of Synonymy in Language

Synonyms are used to change the use of words in certain places so that the words used are varied, so that the sentences built by those words are not boring. Words that are synonymous will be able to animate and concretize the use of a person’s language, so that clear and interesting communication is achieved through language. The language user in that case can choose the most appropriate word to use in order to suit the needs (concept) he wants to convey and suit the situation he is facing.

Take a look at the following examples of the use of the words lilit and belit as well as smart and clever .

• Until he was old he was always surrounded by debt.
• Until he was old he was always surrounded by debt.
• The boy is really intelligent , his study results are always good.
• The boy is really clever , his study results are always good.

The two pairs of words are synonymous, but they are not exactly the same. Being surrounded by debt feels that debt is more likely to be resolved, but being surrounded by debt feels more complicated and more difficult to get out of the debt situation. Smart implies the meaning of “clever and agile”, but shrewd is impressed to show the meaning of “smart, but a little bit smart”.

In regards to intimacy there are a few things to note. First, not all words in Indonesian have synonyms, for example the words rice, snow, stone, and yellow do not have synonyms. Second , there are words that are synonymous in their basic form, but not in their form, for example the word true with the word betul , but the word truth is not synonymous with the word coincidence . Third, there are words that do not have synonyms in the basic form, but have synonyms in the derived form, for example the word jemur does not have a synonym, but the word menjerumhas a synonym with drying , and sunbathing is synonymous with hot . Fourth, there are words that do not actually have synonyms. Figurative meanings actually have synonyms, as in the example of the word black , in the actual meaning there is no synonym, but in the figurative sense there are synonyms, namely dark, lewd, bad, and others.

Some Obstacles in the Use of Synonymy

The choice of words or diction is a very important element in speaking, both in written language, such as for composing and in everyday spoken language. The purpose of word choice is for language users to choose words accurately in expressing something. For that, language users can take advantage of the dictionary because the dictionary contains the correct meaning of the word.

As discussed in the previous section, not all synonymous words can replace each other in a sentence and can be used in every occasion. This is due to the presence of one or two components of meaning that are not the same, or their usage in a certain context is not the same, or because the derivation of the word is not the same. For example, the word can be synonymous with the word can , as seen in the sentences he can ride a bicycle and he can ride a bicycle .

However, after being made into a derived word by adding the same suffix to-an, for example, it becomes common and found , it turns out that the meanings are very far apart. In addition, the culture of the language user community, especially related to politeness and taboo issues is an obstacle in the use of synonymous words. In that relationship, according to Lyons (1996:132), a speech is unacceptable for socio-cultural reasons. For example, maybe a speech is classified as taboo or inappropriate socially and culturally, such as die “die” which should pass away “died”.

If someone says die in the sentence (1) His father died last night “his father died last night” may be acceptable to certain listeners, for example because the person saying the death is not the biological son of the deceased father. However, if the die is said by the father’s biological son who died (2) My father died last night , the listener will assume that the son does not know himself and has no respect for his father. So, the speech is considered unacceptable in the culture of that society.

Unacceptable speech (3) My father died last night should be corrected to (3a) My father passed away last night because in certain language communities, the use of die is forbidden to express the meaning of “death” for one’s own family members. However, it does not mean that in that environment the unacceptability of the speech (3) My father died last night becomes meaningless. Unacceptability is more based on social meaning and not based on descriptive meaning (Lyons, 1977:104).

Because there is something that violates the etiquette or cultural norms of local speakers, such sentences are unacceptable. For example, sentence (4) Because it was hit by a flood, the fish in my pond were washed away, leaving two, one girl and one boy, which is unacceptable in normal communication, except in jokes.

 

Theater Art (English: theater or theatre ; French: théâtre ; Greek: theatron (θέατρον)) is one of the arts of role-playing (drama) that presents real life stories on stage. The storyline presented usually contains an implied moral message and can be used as a life lesson by the audience.

Theater is a branch of art that was born in classical Greece. At that time, around 500 BC it was played on the altar by the priests and one of the scenes was the ceremony of giving sacrifices to the gods. Until later that form changed in the time of Athena, the sacrifice was replaced by the role of the antagonist who was punished on the basis of the will of the community and died for everyone.

In that sense, modern Indonesian theater is understood conceptually (realist theater) starting since Usmar Ismail and Asrul Sani founded ATNI (Indonesian National Theater Academy) on September 10, 1955 in Jakarta. Since then, the form of theater in Indonesia has undergone quite fundamental changes compared to its traditional forms, such as Randai, Ludruk, Mahyong, Ketoprak, and Ledhek.

Meaning of Theater Art

Theater art is a type of drama performance art that is staged on a stage. Specifically, theater art is a dramatic art that features human behavior with movement, dance, and singing presented complete with dialogue and acting.

According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), theater has three meanings, namely a building or room where films, plays, and so on are shown. Furthermore, the second meaning is a large room with rows of chairs to the side and back to attend lectures or for scientific demonstrations. The last meaning is the staging of drama as an art or profession, the art of drama, farce, and drama.

Etymologically, the word theater can be interpreted as a place or show building, while the word theater is terminologically interpreted as everything that is shown on stage for the consumption of its connoisseurs.

Here is a summary of the meaning of theater art according to experts:

1. Balthazar Vallhagen

Theater is a dramatic art that portrays human nature and character through movement.

2. Moulton

Theater is a story of life that is described or illustrated in the form of movement or called life presented in action .

3. Anne Civardi

Theater is a dramatic art that tells a story through words and movement.

4. Harymawan RMA

Specifically, theater refers to the activity of doing activities in the performing arts ( to act ), so the actions of players on stage are called acting . The term acting is taken from the Greek word ” dran ” which means to do, take place, or act. Because of this acting activity, the male players in the theater are called actors and the female players are called actresses .

5. Art of Handayani and Wildan

Theater is a form of composition based on two branches of art, namely literary art and stage art.

6. Budianta, et al

According to Budianta, et al., drama is a literary genre whose physical appearance verbally shows the existence of a conversation or dialogue between the existing characters.

7. Ferdinand Brunettiere

According to Ferdinand Brunetierre, a drama should give birth to a desire with action or movement.

8. Team Matrix Media Literata

Drama is a form of story that describes human life and character through staged behavior (acting).

9. Wildan

Drama is a composition based on several branches of art, so drama is divided into two, namely drama in the form of written text and staged drama.

10. Anne Civardi

Drama is a story told through words and movement.

11. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

The meaning of this theater can or can be defined into three, among which are:

• Stores or even spaces where films, plays, and so on are shown.
• The large room with rows of chairs to the side, as well as to the back for attending lectures or for scientific demonstrations.
• Drama staging is an art or even a profession; play, dramatic art, drama.

Types of Theater Arts

1. Traditional Theater Arts

Traditional theater often reveals the discourse of local wisdom, so it is a means of passing on knowledge of life or good values. Theater can entertain as well as act as a vessel for moral education of the community. Theater is an important link in building a harmonious life together, including getting used to living side by side with other people in the field of different tribes, languages, customs and religions while watching.

Traditional theater does not separate the performer and the audience. The boundaries are blurred, so that at any time the audience can directly become part of the spectacle. Traditional theater adheres to rituals, customs, customs and local culture (including the regional language). His life is still linked to the concept of community or family which is bonded by the spirit of mutual cooperation. In traditional theater, performance art, dance, music and voice art still synergize and complement each other.

2. Modern Theater Art

Modern theater takes western patterns as a reference. Theater is separated from dance, voice art and music. His presence is part of the art product that goes to the industry. The form of modern Indonesian theater is conventional modern theater, modern theater with renewal and contemporary modern theater.

Conventional modern theater uses concepts, basic patterns, techniques and presentation unchanged from western theater only adapted to nature and using Indonesian language. Modern theater with renewal is a theater that tries to include elements of traditional theater as a style in its staging.

Theater artists began to question the existing modern theater. There is a new awareness that is felt that conventional modern theater is not yet established as a national theater. The Indonesian theater community is aware that within itself there is a traditional theater that must be defended. The third is a contemporary modern theater, which is a theater that tries to break conventional theater and reform theater. Artists try to combine elements that exist in the world for the benefit of theater.

Types of Theater Based on Form

The types of this theater art are as follows:

1. Puppet Theater

This puppet show is or has been performed since Ancient Times. Remains of his remains were found in tombs such as Ancient India, Egypt, and Greece. These dolls are often used in telling legends or religious stories. All kinds of puppets are played in different ways.

This hand puppet is worn by the hand while for the stick puppet it is moved with a stick held from below. Marionettes or string puppets are moved by moving the cross stick where the string is tied.

Apart from that, an example of a puppet theater that is quite popular is the wayang kulit show. In a wayang kulit show, the wayang is played behind a thin screen and the light rays create the shadow of the puppet on the screen. The female audience sits then in front of the screen, and watches her reflection. As for the male audience sitting behind the screen and also watching the movie live.

Furthermore, the Bunraku Puppet show from Japan is able to do so many movements that it takes three puppeteers to be able to move it. The puppeteer then dressed in black and sat right in front of the audience. The main puppeteer then controls the head as well as the right arm. The storytellers sing and chant the story.

2. Musical Drama

This musical drama is a theater show that combines dance, music, and acting. This musical drama emphasizes those three elements more when compared to the dialogue of the players. The quality of the players is not only judged on the appreciation of the character through the string of sentences spoken but also through the harmony of the song and dance moves.

It is referred to as a musical drama because the background of the show is a combination of dance moves, music, and also stage design. The most popular musical dramas are cabaret and opera. The difference between the two lies in the type of music used. In the opera, the dialogue of these characters is sung to the accompaniment of orchestral music and also the song that is sung is called seriosa. While in the cabaret musical drama, the type of music and songs that are sung are free and normal.

3. Dramatic Theatre

This dramatic term is used to be able to mention a theater show that is based on the drama of the play being staged. In the dramatic theater, this psychological change of character is very noticeable. The situation of the story and the background of this incident are made as detailed as possible.

The series of stories in this dramatic theater follows the plot closely. The focus of dramatic theater performance is to attract the audience’s interest and sense of the story situation presented. In dramatic theater, the actions of these players are highly highlighted.

One event or events related to other events then form the whole story. The character presented on this stage is a character without improvisation. This dramatic theater tries to stage the story as if it were reality.

4. Theatricalization of Poetry

Theatricalization of this poetry is a theater show made based on literary works of poetry. These works of poetry are usually only read, in the theater the poetry is tried out and then acted on stage. Because the basic material is poetry, the theatricalization of this poem emphasizes poetic aesthetics on stage. The acting style of the players usually has a theatrical nature. The stage layout and blocking were planned in such a way as to be able to emphasize the meaning of the poem in question.

For the theatricalization of this poem, it will provide an opportunity for the artists to be able to express the whole idea of ​​creativity in translating or interpreting the meaning of a poem into the look of a play as well as the artistic arrangement on stage.

5. Motion Theater

Motion theater is a theater show with the main element being movement as well as the facial expressions of the players. In the staging, the use of this dialogue is very minimal or even eliminated as in a classic pantomime show.

Along with the development, these theater players can or can move freely by following the mood (for specific characters) even apart from the character of this character basically to be able to attract the interest of the audience. From this freedom of movement expression, an idea of ​​staging the show based on movement independently emerged.

The most popular moving theater that survives to this day is called pantomime. It is a silent show due to not using voice, the pantomime tries to express its expression through movement behavior as well as facial expressions from the players. The meaning of the message to be realized in the show is in the form of movement.

Some Functions of Theater Arts

1. Theater Art as a Ritual or Ceremony

In its ritual function, a theatrical event becomes a forum for explaining, appreciating and strengthening the values ​​of faith or religion embraced by the community that performs it. Until now, in various ethnic theaters, elements of the ceremony remain prominent with the speaking of mantras, the preparation of sergeants and ceremonial actions performed by both the puppeteer and by other parties who are not directly involved in the show.

2. Theater Art as Art or Aesthetics

In theater events, a community not only expresses thoughts, feelings, anxiety, hopes and so on, but also enjoys the forms of expression. In such an event, a community not only feels satisfied with having been able to express their experiences, but they also feel satisfied or dissatisfied in relation to the forms of expression they use.

3. Theater Arts as Entertainment

In this connection, theater arts meet the needs of the community for experiences that are different from their everyday experiences. Sometimes it even meets the needs of people who want to escape or escape from the problems of their daily lives.

4. Theater Art as an Educational Media

Theater is a collective art, in the sense that theater is not done individually. But to make it happen then harmonious teamwork is needed. When a theater is staged, it is hoped that the messages that the writer and also the players want to convey are conveyed to many viewers. By going through the show usually people will then more easily understand the good and bad value of life when compared to just reading through a story.

5. Theater Art as a Media of Expression

Theater is one of the art forms with the main focus on action and dialogue. It is different from the art of music which focuses on the sound aspect and also the art of dance which focuses on the harmony of movement as well as rhythm. In practice, the theater artist will then express his art in the form of body movements as well as speeches.

Elements of Theater Arts

The elements in the art of theater are divided into two, namely:

1. Internal Elements

This internal element is an element that concerns the continuation of the performance in a theater. Without internal internal elements, there will be no theater performance. For this reason, internal elements are said to be the heart of a theater performance. These internal elements are as follows:

a. Script or Screenplay

The script or scenario containing the story with the names of the characters and the dialogue will later be staged. This script becomes one of the supports that unites all kinds of elements including the stage, actors, costumes and the director.

b. Player

Adda players are one of the most important elements in a theater performance. The player has a role in producing some other elements, such as sound and motion. There are three types of players, among them the main role (protagonist/antagonist), supporting role as well as additional or extra roles. In movies or soap operas, these players are usually called actresses for women, and actors for men.

c. The director

The director is one of the most central elements, because the director is the person who leads and also organizes a production technique or theater staging. The director is the brain behind the flow of a story, for example creating ideas or thoughts about the stage that will later be used to direct all the actors, analyze the script, and so on.

d. Stage

This stage is one of the elements that can or can present the aesthetic value of a show. Apart from that, the stage becomes a supporting element of the show in which there is lighting, properties, as well as some other decorations related to a stage.

e. Property

This property is a necessary equipment in a theater performance, such as chairs, tables, robots, space decorations, decorations, and so on.

f. Arrangement

All workers related to theater productions, among others as follows:

• This make-up is a way of dressing the players in playing theater characters so that it is more suitable to the character that will be played;
• This fashion is the arrangement of the player’s clothing to support the conditions that require it. For example, the clothes worn by schoolchildren will certainly be different from the daily clothes worn by housekeepers;
• This lighting is the lighting on stage;
• This tone is the speaker setting.

2. External Elements

The external element is the next element that manages everything related to things that will be needed or needed in a staging. These external elements include the following:

a. Production Staff

The production staff is a group of teams or individuals that are concerned with the production leadership up to all the parts under it. The duties of each of them are as follows:

• Producer/production leader;
• Managing all things about production;
• Establishing cost estimates, facilities, personal work programs (staff), etc.

b. Director/Director

The duties of the director include the following:

• The carrier as well as the director of the script;
• Coordinator of all implementation related to staging;
• Finding and preparing actors;
• Arrange everything that will be held by the designers and also the crew;
• Prepare make up .

c. Stage Manager

The duties of the stage manager include the following:

• Leaders and stage managers;
• Assisting the director.

d. Designer

Duties of designers include the following:

• Prepare all kinds of related visual aspects, such as preparing properties.
• Arranging the atmosphere or the place or even the costume equipment, stage lighting, as well as lighting, as well as other supporting equipment such as audio.

e. Crew

This crew is the holder of the division of each sub held by the designer, among them the following:

• Part of the stage/place;
• The lighting section ( lighting );
• Equipment and music section;

Values ​​and Concepts in Theater Arts

The values ​​and concepts in this theater art are as follows:

1. Value of Theater Arts

In the performance of the theater there are many values ​​that can or can be absorbed by the connoisseurs. The values ​​contained in the art of theater include:

• Educational value;
• Historical value;
• Cultural values;
• Religious values.

2. Theater Art Concept

The basic concept of theater art consists of two aspects, among them the aspect of appreciation and creation. However, due to the limitations of human resources, the aspects that are often taught in relation to the appreciation aspect should be prioritized.

The art of theater includes the skills of thinking, feeling, voice and body, which in its staging combines the art of acting, fine art, movement art, literary art, dance art, and music art.

This is an explanation of the Meaning, Features, Functions, and Types of Theater Art. Hopefully what has been described will be useful for you. Thank you.

Understanding and Purpose of Public Relations – In building an institution, whether it is an educational institution, a social institution, etc., it is very necessary to develop a positive image. In addition, a company that has been formed also needs a positive image. Either way, the positive image that exists in an institution or company equally means that its existence is viewed favorably by many people.

This positive image is very important for an institution or company to have so that the trust of the public or consumers continues to increase, so that they still want to work with an institution and still want to use goods and services from a company. When this positive image has begun to fade, it is best to immediately rebuild it so that it does not disappear.

The existence of this institution is fundamentally needed by society, especially educational institutions because, like schools. If an educational institution, school has a positive image, then there will be many parents of students who send their children to that school.

Meanwhile, every company must have the ability to produce or create a product and service and is highly dependent on sales results to the public or consumers. Therefore, it is necessary for a company to build a positive image so that consumers still want to use goods and services from a company.

The positive image that exists in these institutions and companies can be formed due to the role of a division, namely “Public Relations” or better known as “Public Relations”. The role of Public Relations can be said to be very crucial because without its presence an institution or company may not be recognized by the community. In other words, Public Relations is able to bridge the relationship between institutions or companies and the community or consumers.

Reader, already know what Public Relations is about? If you haven’t, don’t worry, by reading this article, your knowledge about Public Relations will increase. Come on, check out this article Reader.

Meaning of Public Relations

Public Relations is an abbreviation of Public Relations. While in terms of language, Public Relations comes from the English language, namely Public Relations (PR). While literally, Public Relations means relations with the public or society. Similar to what is expressed based on the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), Public Relations is a part of a government or private institution that conducts activities seeking public support for its efforts.

Meanwhile, quoted from the book Introduction to Public Relations , Harlow made a tentative conclusion about the meaning of Public Relations after examining approximately 472 definitions of Public Relations.

1. Special management functions that can help to build and maintain mutualistic relationships from communication, understanding, acceptance, to cooperation between organizations and the public

2. Assist management to continue to obtain information and be responsive to public opinion.

3. Responsible for putting the public interest first.

4. Having a role as an early warning so that it can help to anticipate the existence of trends as well as utilize research and ethical communication techniques as the main tool or means.

Based on Webster’s New World Dictionary , Public Relations is a relationship that is built with the purpose of connecting the community with the organization in order to be interconnected and create a community opinion or form an organizational image.

From some of these definitions, public relations or Public Relations is a management in a government or private organization that has the function of maintaining public relations with the organization. In other words, a government or private organization is very necessary to have Public Relations management. This needs to be done so that the positive image of an organization will always be well maintained.

The Meaning of Public Relations According to Experts

1. Howard Bonham

According to Howard Bonham, Public Relations is an art that aims to develop a public understanding in order to become better with the hope that public trust or empowerment towards an institution or organization will be higher.

2. JC Seide

JC Seide believes that Public Relations is an interconnected process starting from the efforts of management in order to obtain a good response and understanding from customers, the public in general, and employees.

3. International Public Relations Association (IPRA)

IPRA states that Public Relations is a management function that already has mature and sustainable planning within a parent organization or private institution with the aim of gaining understanding, sympathy, and support from various related parties.

4. Scott M. Cutlip, Allen H. Center, and Glen M. Broom

Cutlip, Center, and Broom stated that Public Relations is a management function formed to create and maintain a good and beneficial relationship between the organization and the public that can produce a positive impact on the success or failure of an organization.

5. W. Emerson Rec

According to W. Emerson Rec, Public Relations is a continuous matter from the process of establishing a determination of service, attitude, and wisdom that is adapted to the interests of the public or group so that the person or institution obtains trust and a positive image from them (the public or group ).

6. Frank Jeffkins

Frank Jeffkins said that Public Relations is something in which there are all forms of communication that already have a plan, either inward communication or outward communication between the organization and the public in order to achieve a specific goal, namely mutual understanding.

7. Ruslan

According to Ruslan, Public Relations is a continuous process of management efforts to gain trust and understanding from customers, consumers, employees, and the public. Ruslan also differentiates PR relations within the organization or institution and outside the organization or institution. Internal public relations in the form of improvement and improvement by building corporate culture, such as motivation, discipline, job productivity, and improving service. Meanwhile, external public relations in the form of building trust and a positive image of the company as well as maintaining the image of the products that have been produced.

8. Edward L. Bernays

Edward L. Bernays stated that Public Relations is a management that functions to provide explanations to the community or the public, directly persuade the community so that they can change attitudes and actions, try to integrate the actions and attitudes of a problem that occurs with the community as well as from the community towards a problem the said.

Purpose of Public Relations According to Members

The purpose of public relations according to several different experts, among them:

1. According to Greener

Greener stated that the purpose of Public Relations is to make the community or public think more highly of you and your organization.

2. Abdurahman

According to Abdurachman, the existence of Public Relations aims to develop good will and obtain a favorable public opinion or to be able to develop cooperation that is built with a harmonious relationship with the public.

3. Kriyantono

According to Kriyantono, Public Relations has the purpose of creating an understanding in the form of public relations ( mutual understanding ) between an institution and the community, as well as building an image ( corporate image ), corporate image through CSR ( Corporate Social Responsibility ) programs, creating favorable public opinion , and creating good will and cooperation.

4. Ruslan

Ruslan thinks that the presence of Public Relations is used as a modern management tool that is structurally an integral part of an institution or organization.

5. Kusumastuti

According to Kusumastuti, Public Relations has the purpose of developing, building, and maintaining an attitude that can make both parties feel happy or not feel disadvantaged. In this case, the two sides in question are the public side and the organization or company side.

Purpose of Public Relations

Based on the objectives of Public Relations that have been expressed by several experts above, it can be concluded that the objectives of Public Relations include:

1. Building Relationships with the Public

A company or organization must be good at establishing relationships with the public, be it the community, consumers, or even the government. Not only establishing relationships, but public relations must also be maintained so that there are no misunderstandings between the two parties, namely the company or organization and the public. Things like that, become one of the goals of the Public Relations division.

2. Develop a Positive Image

The next purpose of establishing Public Relations is to develop a positive image. It is necessary for companies or organizations to develop a positive image so that the public or consumers believe in the quality of the company or organization. This positive image can increase the trust of the community or consumers, so that the “name” of a company or organization will always look good.

3. Improve Existence

In addition to building a positive image, Public Relations also aims to improve the company’s existence. The more people who know about the existence of a company, the more the production of a company is known to the community or consumers. In addition, the higher the company’s existence, the more partners will be willing to work together, so the company will progress further.

4. Maintain Internal Communication

The purpose of Public Relations is not only to go outside the company or organization, but the relationship from within should be well maintained as well. Therefore, the next purpose of Public Relations is to maintain communication from within, that is, communication between leaders and subordinates. A well-connected communication will create a good atmosphere as well, so that the company or organization will experience progress.

Types of Public Relations

After discussing the meaning of Public Relations and the purpose of Public Relations, Public Relations or often known as Public Relations has several types. Below will be explained the types of Public Relations, namely:

1. Employee Relations

Employee Relations is a type of Public Relations that is very related to relationships in companies or organizations. As we know that the relationship between employees or members must be well maintained so that the company or organization can experience progress, so that the community gets to know it more. It cannot be denied that if the relationship between employees or members does not go well, it is most likely that the company will not experience progress.

Thus, it can be said that Employee Relations is a type of Public Relations that is responsible for maintaining the relationship between employees and leaders or leaders and members. The key to maintaining that relationship is the communication done by Employee Relations.

2. Government Relations

Every production made by a company must be in accordance with the regulations or rules that have been made by the government. Therefore, it is necessary for the Public Relations division to be familiar with various government regulations. The type of public relations related to government regulations is Government Relations . In short, this type of Public Relations serves to connect the government with the company so that there are no misunderstandings.

This type of public relations is usually present in every company in Indonesia. This is because every company building, creating production, etc. must comply with government regulations. When violating government regulations, the company will be subject to sanctions, so that it can make the company get a negative image.

3. Customer Relations

Customer Relations is Public Relations management which is responsible for establishing good relations with parties outside the company, such as the public or consumers. Sometimes this kind of public relations can be said to be one of the ways to ensure that the company’s products are still used by consumers, so that consumers do not switch to products from other companies.

In this type of public relations, good relations between companies and consumers are usually in the form of facilities in the form of information services for consumers. This facility was created to obtain evaluations from consumers in the form of shortcomings and the company tries to provide the best information to consumers.

4. Media Relations

In a company or organization it is very important to establish a relationship with the mass media, journalists, etc. This needs to be done because news sources from the media are very influential on the sustainability of a company or organization and can give a positive image to the company or organization. If a company or organization cannot work well with the media, it is likely to create a negative image.

Therefore, there is a type of Public Relations Media Relations . This type of public relations has a very important battle because it has to connect the public relations of the company or organization with the media. This is because in a media there will be many images that will be produced, so that companies or organizations cannot make fatal mistakes.

5. Community Relations 

Every company or organization will definitely need cooperation or find a partner to develop the organization or company. Therefore, it is necessary for the company or organization to establish a good relationship with the partners or partners that are invited to work together. This is important to do for the progress of the company or organization that has been established.

The type of Public Relations that has the task of doing and maintaining a good relationship with this partner or partner is Community Relations . With the presence of this type of Public Relations, the cooperation with partners will be well established, so that the company or organization can grow well as well. In addition, with the presence of this type of Public Relations, the positive image of the company will remain awake.

Characteristics of Public Relations

Quoted from the book entitled Communication: Theory and Practice by Onong Uchjana Effendy, the characteristics of Public Relations are as follows.

1. Launched communication takes place in two directions on a reciprocal basis.

2. The activities carried out consist of information dissemination, persuasion activities, and public opinion research.

3. The goal to be achieved is the goal of the organization where PR is the parent.

4. The intended target is the audience inside the organization (internal public) and the audience outside the organization (external public).

5. The expected effect is the building of a harmonious relationship between the organization and the audience.

Conclusion 

This Public Relations division is very necessary for every company or organization because with this division, a positive image can be formed well. This positive image is very necessary for the progress of a company so that its production results are consumed or used by consumers. In addition, the Public Relations division also plays an active role in maintaining communication between leaders and subordinates and maintaining relations with the government. So, it can be said that the Public Relations division should be in a company or organization.

 

Causal Conjunctions – A written work requires good linguistic rules by paying attention to various aspects, including the use of conjunctions. Conjunctions are connecting words for words, phrases, clauses, sentences, and paragraphs. The use of conjunctions is intended so that the order of words and sentences have coherence or connection. Conjunctions can usually be found when learning a language and can be used for everyday conversation.

Conjunctions or connecting words are certain lexemes that are responsible for connecting words with words, phrases with phrases, clauses with clauses, and sentences with sentences in a coordinative or subordinating way (Chaer, 2013). The relationship between the two clauses is marked by the presence of a conjunction that begins one of the clauses (Muslich, 2014).

Conjunctions in the science of syntax can be used as an intermediary to expand a range of syntactic units that are found in equal or even unequal levels. Suhardi (2013) stated that the science of syntax is a science that focuses its studies on words, groups of words (phrases), clauses, and studies related to types of sentences. Conjunctions are needed in writing a discourse. A good discourse is a discourse that should pay attention to the relationship between sentences, so that it can preserve the connection and sequence between sentences (Widiatmoko, 2015).

Adapted from a book titled Bahasa Indonesia SMP Class VII published by Yudhistira Ghalia Indonesia, conjunctions in Indonesian are divided into five types when viewed from their syntactic behavior in sentences, namely coordinative conjunctions, correlative conjunctions, subordinating conjunctions, temporal conjunctions, and intersentential conjunctions. The five conjunctions are further divided into sub-types and have different characters.

Casual conjunction itself is included in the sub-type of coordinative conjunction. This conjunction is easy to recognize because it has a special character, which is used to connect the cause and effect of a certain event.

According to the explanation in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), causal means something that causes each other. So, a causality conjunction is a conjunction that connects two words, phrases, clauses, and sentences that mutually give cause and effect.

Adapted from a book titled Bahasa Indonesia SMA/MA Class XII written by Imam Taufik, this conjunction is directly related to the author’s argument. The use of casual conjunctions is usually found in explanatory texts and editorial texts. Furthermore, based on the book entitled Explore Bahasa Indonesia Volume 3 compiled by Erwin Rachmat, it is mentioned that causality conjunctions in editorial texts are used as conveying arguments presented by the writer or editor about the topic being discussed, while causality conjunctions in explanatory texts are used to explain the causes and effects of an event or certain phenomena.

As mentioned before, casual conjunctions include a sub-type of coordinative conjunction, which is a conjunction that connects two or more clauses because their positions are not equal. This type of conjunction can be placed at the beginning of a sentence or between the clauses it connects. In addition, the conjunction is slightly different from other conjunctions because its function is not only to connect clauses, but also words.

Types of Causal Conjunctions

Based on information from the Textbook  in the Study of Linguistic Structure compiled by Taufiq Rahman, causality conjunctions are divided into five types. The following are the types of causality conjunctions and example sentences.

1. Conditional Causal Conjunctions

This conjunction unites effect and cause by applying the conditions for the occurrence of the effect. Conditional causal conjunctions are marked with the words if , if , and when . Example:

• If you came on time yesterday, maybe you won’t get punished.
• Lebaran moments will be pleasant if the homecoming is smooth, safe, and comfortable.
• I will come if he comes too.
• Rani will go to Bandung if her leave is approved.
• If he invites, I will come to the party.
• They should be subject to legal sanctions if the two Japanese citizens are found guilty.
• If the liquidity needs are met at the end of this year, the deposit interest rate next year will definitely drop again.
• Sudomo is more interested if asongan traders are organized by cooperatives.
• We will not find something if we do not look for it.
• If the rain doesn’t stop until midnight later, please allow us to stay here for one night only.
• When I have to work outside the city and not be at home, take good care of my mother.
• As long as you told me this news earlier, I definitely wouldn’t misunderstand him.
• We should not be punished by father, whenever he gives us the opportunity to explain what really happened.
• He must have arrived here, as long as his motorcycle tire didn’t leak in the middle of the road.
• If only you had listened to my advice, you would not have suffered like you are now.
• If you want me to come with you, you have to ask my parents for permission.
• If I ask while crying, maybe my request will be granted.
• You won’t succeed if you don’t try really hard.
• If only you hadn’t come in time to help me, I would have been covered in blood by now because of the mad dog’s bite.
• I would be happier if that troublemaker didn’t appear in my life.
• I would not be a street child if only my mother was still alive.

2. Reason Causal Conjunction

This conjunction mentions the existence of a reason or cause of an event that causes consequences. This conjunction is marked with the word because . Example:

• Due to lack of thoroughness, Budi’s test results were less than satisfactory.
• Ibnu did not go to class because he was stupid and lazy to study.
• Amanda Amalia loves her father and mother so much because it is thanks to their services that she can now become a famous dentist.
• Because Farhan’s house is very far from the school, classmates who want to visit him have to change vehicles twice.
• Malaysian badminton players got a Proton Saga car for making it to the final of the Thomas Cup.
• They were happy to go to Doni’s house because they were given a lot of food.
• A military delegation protested Gorbachev’s candidacy because he had held the position of party leader for 20 years.

3. Nodal Causal Conjunctions

This conjunction contains a conclusion from the existence of cause and effect. This conjunction uses the words so and so . Example:

• That way , mom can cook fried chicken after dad bought the ingredients.
• Fahmi’s values ​​are good. Thus , he graduated from school.
• Besta’s house is big. Thus , we can learn to dance there.
• Soni often reads the newspaper. Thus , he knows many things.
• He studies hard. Thus , he became smart.
• We should go back to the initial location of the murder. So , that’s the idea to solve this case.
• The two of them have been close for a long time. So , they can be said to be playing with fire.
• I can’t understand this formula. So, you should count it.
• Eight of his siblings live in Banyuwangi, while the remaining four live in Surabaya. So, there are 12 brothers in total.
• I can’t understand all your wishes. So, what is actually required of me?
• Avelin is not smart, but she is very patient and loving. So , that’s the positive side.
• The cake was dropped by Rafie. So, we had to make it again.
• I do not understand the material given by your teacher. So, you have to learn it yourself.
• Ahmad had an accident on the toll road, even though he was wearing his seat belt correctly. So, anything can happen.

4. Consequent Causal Conjunctions

This conjunction contains a consequence that occurs to cause a cause. The word used in the causal conjunction of the result, namely the result, so, because of that, and because of that . Example:

• The flood has soaked the entire school building, as a result of which all the students are off.
• The embankment of the river that divides the city collapsed, as a result of which the houses of the residents were submerged two meters.
• He was too lazy in his youth, as a result of which he was miserable and adrift in his old age.
• The number of people infected with the virus is increasing. Therefore , we must apply the applicable health protocol.
• The media is very much reporting that he commits immorality in public places. Therefore , it is appropriate for him to clarify the problem.
• This year the dry season lasted longer in Makmur Village. Therefore, it is not surprising if the harvest in this village always fails.

5. Causal Conjunction For

This conjunction states that a cause must form an effect. Causal conjunctions are marked with the words in order and for that . Example:

• Students are asked to study from home to avoid the spread of the virus.
• Billy prefers to remain silent so as not to argue with his sister.
• Father turns off the television that is not being watched to save electricity.
• Mom encouraged me to continue my studies.
• Bibi Atik went to the market early in the morning to avoid traffic jams on the road.
• Melisa is very active in studying so that she can become class champion again.
• Titi learned to study at the surau so that she could read the Qur’an.
• Sister deliberately stopped at a thrift store so she could buy a gift for her friend.
• Tono moved to the front seat so he could see the blackboard clearly.
• The tire patcher heats up his tire compressor so that he can use it to patch the tire.
• Grandma uses a cane to walk properly.
• Grandfather loosened the farmland so that he could plant corn.
• Budi took a pole so that he could harvest rambutan in his yard.
• Drink this medicine so that you get well soon.
• Pak Kasim stopped smoking so that his health could improve.
• Mother bought two t-shirts at the same time so that her sister would not be jealous if only her sister was bought.
• Nita is doing her homework now so that she can sleep faster at night.
• Dion washes his motorcycle so that it looks clean when he takes it away tomorrow.
• Malik cleans the garden behind the house so that there are no snakes nesting there.
• Mia drinks herbs to keep her healthy.
• Joko helps mother clean the house so that mother is not too tired from work.
• Bilqis is washing her clothes now so that they can be used during the ceremony tomorrow morning.
• We must continue to worship so that our faith is strong.
• The witch used black magic to get everyone to obey her.
• He had to always take sleeping pills in order to be able to rest on time.

—

Thus, it can be concluded that some words included in the conjunction of causality are if, if, when, because, thus, so, in order, for that, until, because of that, and because of that.

Do Causatives include Conjunctions of Causality?

Many people ask what about the word “cause”? What is included in the example of a casual conjunction? For those who are curious, see the following explanation.

The word “causing” is not included in the conjunction of causality or other types of conjunction. That’s because the word “causing” is a derivative type of the word cause. Based on the explanation in the book entitled Text in the Study of Linguistic Structure written by Taufiq Rahman, nouns added with suffixes become verbs. That is, the word “cause” is included in the verb, not a conjunction.

The word “cause” is included in the noun. However, there is also the word “cause” which is included in the type of conjunction. In order to better understand the use of the word cause as a conjunction, look at the example sentences that use the conjunction of casualness below.

Examples of Sentences Using the Conjunction of Casualty

The following is an example of a causality conjunction sentence that states the cause and effect of an event or phenomenon.

1. Causal Conjunctions

This conjunction is used to connect causes in general and can replace the position of the conjunction because . The conjunction is rarely found at the beginning of a sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunction cause :

• Imam had an accident because he violated traffic signs.
• Anggit was imprisoned for eight years for beating Fery to death.
• Wawan came late because his bicycle tire was flat.
• The pain is getting worse because he thinks he has a lot of debt.
• The location is not suitable for business because many people who have tried it have always failed.
• The staff did not allow me to ride the sled because I was less than 150 cm tall.
• They reprimanded Wahyu because he did not join in helping to complete the task.
• Mara went to the party alone because no one could accompany her.

2. Conjunction Because

This conjunction can be placed at the beginning or middle of the sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunctions because :

• Hanan didn’t go to school because he was sick.
• Because he never studied, Gogon could not do the test questions.

3. Indirect Conjunctions

This conjunction is used to connect causes in general. The conjunction is more often used informally and can be found at the beginning or middle of a sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunctions because :

• Due to studying hard, Toni got the highest grade.
• Pak Dino was unable to teach because he was ill.

4. Conjunction Until and Then

These two conjunctions function to form a consequent relationship between two or more clauses. Examples of sentences that use the causality conjunction until and then :

• Dimas hit the ball very hard, so that the ball bounced very far.
• The child ran so fast, that it was difficult to catch up.
• Earthquakes are very strong and spread in all directions, so they can destroy buildings and cause casualties.
• The building of the house is large and magnificent, so the cost of maintenance is quite a lot.
• The robbers tried to escape, until the police fired a warning shot.
• Jalan Sudirman is often congested, so many policemen organize it every day.
• He woke up early, so he was late for school.
• Garbage left to pile up in the river destroys the river’s biota.
• Flash floods hit some villages, so the villagers were evacuated.

5. Conjunction Until

This conjunction is used in the second clause which is a subordinate clause of a compound sentence. Examples of sentences that use the conjunction until :

• Security guards are on guard until sunrise.
• I was able to complete 30 questions before the bell rang.
• I will keep waiting for him until he really comes back to this house.
• He continued to work late into the night until the debt was paid off.

Recommended Books & Related Articles

Definition of Manipulative Movement – Humans must move so that the cells and joints in the body are not stiff and continue to function properly. The movements that humans do, no matter how simple, are still important to maintain the health of the body. In performing movements, some movements are indeed planned, but some other movements occur spontaneously.

Basic human movements are classified into three, namely locomotor movements, non-locomotor movements, and manipulative movements. Locomotor movement is one of the most important movements for human transportation. These skills are known as skills that move individuals in a space or from one place to another.

Meanwhile, nonlocomotor movement is also called stability skills. Nonlocomotor movement is movement performed by minimizing or without moving from its place or track. As for manipulative movement, it is the ability to move by someone using objects or tools.

In this article it will be shown more about the manipulative movements that have been summarized from various times on the internet. Here is a more detailed explanation of manipulative movements.

Understanding Manipulative Movements

Manipulative has a basic word in the form of “manipulation”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), manipulation is defined as the act of doing something with hands or mechanical tools skillfully; group or individual efforts to influence the behavior, attitude, and opinion of others without that person realizing it; embezzlement; deviation.

Manipulative movement is a person’s ability to move by using objects or tools. Manipulative movement is one of the complex movement skills that children do when they are in development. Manipulative movements are related to things outside of humans that must be manipulated in such a way that a skill is formed.

Launching from the Bola page, com, some experts express the meaning of manipulative motion as follows.

• According to Sujiono, manipulative movement is an activity performed by the body with the help of tools.
• According to Pramono, et al. stated that manipulative motion is the motion of playing a certain object or tool, such as a ball, racket, or bat.
• According to Hidayat, manipulative movements are movements that are developed when the child is mastering various objects.
• According to Suyantini, manipulative movement skills are movements that require coordination with the surrounding space and objects or activities performed by the body with the help of tools.
• According to Syarifuddin and Muhadi, manipulative basic movement is one of the domains of fundamental basic movement, in addition to locomotor and non-locomotor basic movement.

Manipulative movements play a significant role in learning physical education. Especially in sports that require a more skillful form of movement from the body parts. For example, football, volleyball, basketball, kasti, and so on.

Manipulative movement skills are classified into three groups as follows.

• Throwing objects away: throwing, hitting, kicking.
• Increase abilities: catch, collect, take.
• Move together: carry, reflect ( dribbling ).

Launched from the Id.berita.com website, the results of learning manipulative movements can be seen in various ways as follows.

• Directly observe the child’s appearance when doing the skill and the network.
• A child’s progress in movement can only be seen through continuous observation.
• Assessment of the child’s psychomotor ability is done with an appearance test or model.
• Includes observation of the initial movement, main movement, and final movement of the assessed skills.

 

Types of Manipulative Movements

Manipulative movements have a variety of movements. Here are the types of manipulative movements reported on the Sportstars.id website.

1. Hitting

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), hitting has the meaning of applying something hard or heavy with force (to knock, hammer, punch, knock, forge, and so on); attack; traverse; defeat; take (earn) too much profit; eat or kill (in a game of chess).

The hitting motion can be done with one or two hands. In fact, this movement can also be done with tools.

2. Throwing

Melar comes from the root word “lempar”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), throw means to throw away; throw (with). This movement can be practiced by throwing an object with one or two hands.

3. Herding

Menggiring is formed from the root word “giring”. Herding in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) means to drive animals to a place; deliver (bring) criminals and so on to a place; carry the ball with the feet.

Herding motion requires high concentration. This is due to its function, which is to move things either from the feet or the hands.

4. Kicking

Kicking comes from the root word “tendang”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), kicking is defined as kicking; kicking (with the foot); drive out; fired; remove (from office, company, organization, etc.); urge (push) strongly.

When performing a kicking motion, good coordination between the eyes and feet is needed. If the coordination goes well then it will influence the point of aim or the direction of the shot.

5. Capture

Seizing in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as emegang (something that moves fast, loose, etc.); hold (animals, thieves, criminals, etc.) with hands or tools; pounce; menadah (receive, cover) thrown items; found (people doing bad things, mistakes, secrets, etc.); receive (voice, radio broadcast, etc.); be able to understand (know and so on); observe; receive (with the senses); eat or touch (about fishing and so on).

Catching is one type of manipulative movement. This movement is usually done using one or two hands. Its function is quite simple, namely capturing an object.

Examples of Manipulative Movements

Posted by Kompas.com, here are some examples of manipulative movements in various sports.

1. Examples of Manipulative Movements in the Sports Branch of Football

Soccer is a sport that uses a ball made of leather or rubber that is played by two teams with each team consisting of 11 core players and several substitute players. Some experts also think that soccer is a game played by kicking the ball with the aim of putting the ball into the opponent’s goal.

According to Agus Salim, soccer is a branch of sports that plays the ball with the feet with the aim of putting the ball as much as possible into the opponent’s goal in accordance with the provisions that have existed before, either by the soccer association or other authorized parties.

Meanwhile, according to Soekatamsi, soccer is a competitive doubles game where each team consists of 11 players including the goalkeeper. The basic techniques of the soccer game are kicking the ball, stopping the ball, dribbling the ball, heading the ball, passing the ball, grabbing the ball, and catching the ball.

Meanwhile, the basic rule of football that Reader needs to know is the number of football players as many as 11 players who are placed in different positions. 1 as a goalkeeper, 4 as a defender, 2-5 as a midfielder, and 1-3 as a forward. Meanwhile, the duration of football matches is 2 x 45 minutes for two halves.

Not only the number of players and the duration of the game are regulated. The field also has rules, based on the Maxmanroe.com website, following the football field standards.

• Length 100 – 110 meters.
• Width 64 – 75 meters.
• The width of the goal is 7.32 meters.
• Goal height 2.44 meters.
• Radius of the central circle: 9.15 meters.
• Penalty area: 40,39 x 16,5 meters.
• Goal area: 18,35 x 5,5 meters.
• Ball diameter: 21 – 22.5 centimeters.
• Circumference of the ball circle: 68 – 71 centimeters.
• Ball weight: 410 – 450 grams.

In the sport of soccer there are several manipulative movements that are performed including kicking the ball, stopping or controlling the ball, dribbling the ball, dribbling the ball, and catching the ball.

 

2. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Volleyball

According to the Indonesian Volleyball Association (PBVSI), volleyball is a sport played by two teams separated by a net. The game of volleyball is played by two teams or teams against each other with a total of six people.

Both teams must pass the ball over the net to fall into the opponent’s area. During the game, both teams are given the opportunity to bounce the ball three times to return the ball.

In the athletic branch of volleyball there are several manipulative movements including throwing the ball, passing the ball , and hitting or smashing the ball.

3. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Basketball Athletics

basketball is defined as a group ball sport consisting of two teams with five members each. The two compete to score points by putting the ball into the opponent’s basket.

This game can be played in an open or closed field. Meanwhile, the standard international rules of the basketball game are four rounds with each round being 10 minutes (4 x 10 minutes). Each break in the game is given for 10 minutes.

Launched from the bola.com page, the following are the rules of the basketball game. 

1. This player can throw the ball from any direction, using one between or both hands.
2. The non-ball player runs while holding the ball. The ball must be thrown at the point of the player receiving the ball.
3. The ball should be held, either in or between the palms.
4. Players are not allowed to tackle opposing players in any way. The act of tackling an opponent can be sanctioned for severe violations.
5. If one of the players makes a mistake three times in a row, then the mistake will be counted as points for the opponent.
6. This point will be earned if the ball thrown into the basket.
7. If the ball will be thrown out of the competition arena, then the right to play it first is the first player to touch it.
8. The competition time is four quarters, each of which lasts 10 minutes.
9. The team that manages to put the ball into the ring with the most points is declared the winner.

Meanwhile, the size of the basketball court is as follows.

• Length: 28 meters
• Width: 15 meters
• Diameter of the central circle: 3.6 meters
• Distance from the three-point line to the ring: 6.75 meters
• The distance of the arc line of the basketball ring: 1.25 meters

Meanwhile, the size of the ring and post from the basketball game is as follows.

• Ring height: 3.05 meters
• Ring diameter: 45cm
• Distance between ring post and endline : 1 meter
• Reflector board length: 1.8×1.05 meters
• Size of the middle box of the reflective board: 59x45cm
• Reflector board distance to the endline : 1.2 meters

In the sport of basketball, there are several manipulative movements including passing the ball, catching the ball, shooting the ball , and dribbling the ball.

4. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Badminton Athletics

Badminton is one of the sports that can be done outside or inside the field. The field for playing badminton is divided into two parts and separated by a net. It is played by using a racket as a batting tool and a shuttlecock.

In the sport of badminton there are several manipulative movements including hitting the shuttlecock with the racket, swinging the racket, and resisting the opponent’s attack with the racket.

 

In maps, we recognize the existence of scale. This scale is a comparison between the actual distance and the distance on the map. Scale becomes important to draw the map correctly or compare it to the original distance.

Then, how to calculate the scale correctly? Reader can listen to the following explanation.

Meaning and Conditions of Maps According to Members

A map is not just a picture of the terrain. But, it also concerns distance, estimated travel time, mapping about something, ease of navigation, and so on. To know more about the map, Reader can listen to the explanation below.

The International Cartographic Association (CA) defines a map as an object in the picture of all elements of the earth’s surface drawn on a small scale. According to Bakosurtal, the map is a place to store and present data with environmental conditions so that it becomes an important source of information to be used in planning and decision-making in development.

According to Erwin Raisz, a map is a conventional representation of all appearances of the earth’s surface reduced to scale and drawn on a flat surface. In accordance with Erwin Raisz, Aryono Prihandito formulated a map as a picture of the earth’s surface by using certain scales presented in the form of a flat plane with a system of applied projections.

Soetarjo Soerjosumarmo defines a map as a form of drawing of the earth’s surface that is depicted with a scale form through the comparison of certain measurements from the real form. Meanwhile, HR Wilkinson and FJ Moukhous think that a map is an assembly of four types of information (points, names, regions, and lines) that are written or drawn in the form of terms.

As for the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a map is a picture or drawing on paper and so on that shows the location of land, sea, river, mountain, and so on; representation through pictures of an area that expresses the nature, such as the boundaries of the area, the nature of the surface; plan.

Launched from the indonesiastudents.com website, the conditions for creating a map are as follows.

• Give a true picture;
• Easy to understand;
• Not confusing for the readers;
• Carefully and according to the purpose of the actual situation;
• Clean and tidy.

To see a map of Indonesia or the world, Reader can buy an atlas. The book can be obtained through the Sinaumedia bookstore or online by clicking on the book cover or the icon below.

 

Functions and purposes of Map Making

Everything on earth is not created without a purpose. The same goes for maps. Launching from the detik.com site, the following is the purpose of making the map.

• Helps analyze spatial data, for example calculating water discharge, volume, etc.
• As a media to store and communicate information that is spatial or spatial in nature.
• Assist in the creation of a regional design such as residential planning, business complexes, and green belts.
• Helping with a job such as making irrigation canals, navigation, and making roads.

The map making function is as follows.

• Shows measurements, distances on the earth’s surface, and area.
• Present data on the potential of a region.
• Shows information about the position or location of a province on the face of the earth.
• As an aid in field research, regional planning, military operations, etc.
• Provide an overview of the physical and non-physical conditions of an area such as the number of people, distribution, density, etc.

Types of Maps Based on Scale

Maps can be grouped based on scale. Here are the details.

1. A cadastral map is a type of large-scale map with a ratio of 1 : 100-1 : 5,000. For example, the National Land Agency map, development or project planning map, etc.
2. A large scale map is a map that has a scale of 1:5,000 to 1:250,000. For example village map, village map, etc.
3. A secondary scale map is a secondary map with a scale of 1:250,000 to 1:500,000. For example district map and province map.
4. A small scale map is a map that has a scale of 1:250,000 to 1:500,000. For example a country map.
5. A geographic map is a map with a scale of more than 1:1,000,000. Such as continental regional maps and world maps.

Definition of Scale According to Members

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a scale is defined as a row of lines or dots and so on with the same distance between them, used to measure, like a thermometer, a glass measuring liquid; a column used to determine the level or amount of something (such as on salary regulations and on interest registers); comparison of the size of the picture and so on with the actual situation.

Based on katadata.co.id, the scale is a comparison of the distance on the picture with the original distance. Scale can be calculated using the scale formula to draw a map or plan so that it can represent the real situation of an area.

Reader certainly knows maps or globes. Both are made by applying a comparison or ratio between the distance on the map and the actual distance on the earth’s surface with the same unit.

Types of Scales

Based on katadata.co.id, scales are grouped into three types, namely numerical scales, line scales, and verbal scales. Here are the three explanations.

1. Numerical Scale

The numerical scale shows the comparison between the distance on the map and the actual distance. For example 1 : 300,000, the way to read it, ie 1 cm on the map represents 300,000 cm of actual distance.

2. Line Scale or Graphic Scale

Line scale is made by drawing a line or stick as a distance comparison on the map. Usually divided into several segments. Each segment shows the same unit of length. Reader can listen to an example of the line scale below.

0_2_4_6_8_10 km

0_1_2_3_4_5 cm

The scale above is read every 1 cm on the map representing 2 km in the field. The last denominator in kilometers is divided by the last centimeter denominator. In the example above 10 : 5 = 2 km (the unit used is kilometer).

3. Verbal Scale

Verbal scale is a scale expressed verbally or in a sentence. The scale that often appears on maps does not use metric units of measurement. For example, maps in England. It uses units of mils, 1 inch = 5 mils. This type of scale is more widely used in Europe.

Scale related to geography subjects. For a deeper understanding of scale and geography, Reader can read the book below.

 

How to Calculate Scale

The scale on the map is calculated based on the following formula.

Scale = distance on the map : actual distance

Example:

Scale = 10 cm : 50 km = 10 : 5,000,000 = 1 : 500,000

To better understand how to calculate the scale, Reader can listen to some of the questions below which are reported from the katadata.co.id site.

1. The distance between city S and city M is 150 km, while the distance on the map is 25 cm. So, what is the scale of the map?

Solution:

Scale = distance on map/ actual distance

= 25 cm/ 150 km

To determine the scale, first equate the two units.

Distance on the map = 25 cm

Actual distance = 150 km = 15,000,000 cm

So obtained, scale = distance on the map/ actual distance

= 25 cm/ 150 km

= 25 cm/ 15,000,000 cm

= 1/600,000

So, the scale of the map is 1 : 600,000. That is, each distance of 1 cm on the map represents 600,000 cm = 6 km in real conditions.

2. The plan of Bayu’s house is drawn with a scale of 1:150. The length of the land on the plan is 9 cm and the width is 5.5 cm. Calculate the actual length and width of the bayu house.

Solution:

Length of land on the plan = 9 cm

The actual length of the land is 9 cm x 150 = 1,350 cm = 13.5 m

Width on the plan = 5.5 cm

Actual land width = 5.5 cm x 150 = 825 cm = 8.25 m

Actual area = actual length x actual width

= 13.5 x 8.25

= 111,375

So, the area of ​​the bayu house is actually 111,375 cm ²

3. When a map with a scale of 1 : 2,000,000 is reduced twice, then the scale will change to?

Solution:

Reduced scale = scale x reduced amount

= 2,000,000 x 2

= 4,000,000

So, the scale of the map changes to 1 : 4,000,000. However, the resulting map will be smaller and less detailed.

Scale and Purpose of Measurement

Scale is not only used in maps or plans. Scales are also used in measurements. According to Muhammad, the measurement scale is formulated as the determination or determination of the scale on a variable based on its nature inherent in the research variable.

Sugiyono defines the measurement scale as an agreement that is applied as a template to determine the short length of the interval on the measuring instrument so that it will produce quantitative data.

The purpose of the measurement scale that was reported from the resikanilmiah.com page is as follows.

1. Able to Solve Statistical Tests

Knowing the level of measurement is important in the process of determining the statistical analysis techniques that will be applied. The main consideration is the appropriateness of the set values.

2. Able to Interpret Research Variables

Knowing the correct measurement scale is important because it helps in determining the decision. It also helps in interpreting data from a variable. The research variable itself is a quantity whose value changes throughout the population and can be measured. Like a sample of employed individuals.

Variables for the population group such as location, industry, gender, skills, age, type of job, etc. Each employee has a different variable value in the sample.

Scale is not only used to calculate maps. There is another meaning of the diction “scale”, it can be interpreted as a comparison in a measurement. As is the case in the field of psychology.

 

Various Measurement Scales

Sugiyono grouped measurement scales into several groups as follows.

1. Likert scale

The likert scale is used to measure the opinion, attitude, and perception of a person or group of people about social phenomena. In research, social phenomena are usually defined specifically by the researcher. The social phenomenon is called a research variable.

2. Guttman scale

The guttman scale is a measurement scale that will get a firm answer, namely “yes or no”; “true or false”; “positive or negative”; “ever or never”; and so on. The data obtained is in the form of interval data or dichotomous ratio.

3. Differential Scale

This scale is used to measure attitudes. The format is not in the form of a handa choice or a checklist, but arranged in a continuous line where the “very positive” answer is located on the right side of the line and the “very negative” answer is on the left side of the line or vice versa. The data obtained is in the form of interval data and is usually used to measure certain attitudes or characteristics of a person.

4. Rating Scale

The three data above are in the form of qualitative data that will be quantified. Meanwhile, the rating scale is a scale whose raw data is numerical or quantitative, then interpreted in qualitative explanations.

Unlike Sugiyono, Sekaram and Roger grouped the measurement scale into four groups as follows.

1. Nominal Scale

The nominal scale is the lowest scale or level of measurement from the other three ways of characterizing data. Nominal data has the meaning “only in name”. Nominal information or data refers to data related to labels, categories, and names. The data obtained are measured with a qualitative approach.

A nominal scale is a measurement that allows researchers to group according to categories or groups. This measurement scale is allowed to use words, letters, and other alphanumeric symbols. In a nominal scale, numbers are only used to group variables and there is no implied order whatsoever.

For example, the variable of gender, respondents are grouped into two, namely men and women. These two groups are given codes A and B.

2. Ordinal Scale

The ordinal scale groups the variables at the same time making a sequence according to the agreed categories. An ordinal scale presents more information than a nominal scale. In the ordinal scale, there is a strong relationship between research variables.

The ordinal scale provides space for Reader to sort items using ordinal numbers to indicate position or rank in sequence. For example, order from best to worst, with numbering 1, 2, 3, and other forms of order.

3. Interval scale

An interval scale presents more information than an ordinal scale because there is a guarantee that the difference between values ​​is the same. The interval data scale is an ordinal scale with equivalent scale values ​​from low to high intervals.

Interval scales can be used when dealing with data that can be ordered, but do not have a starting point. By applying the measurement interval scale, quantitative data will be obtained.

The interval scale has three characteristics among which the values ​​have a meaningful order, there is no real zero or natural zero, and the distance between levels can be measured.

Interval scale is a scale with grouping based on sequence while providing information from several different variables. For example, a person’s addiction to a device is given an interval scale of 1-2-3-4-5 where the value is 1: very dissatisfied; 2: not satisfied; 3: normal; 4: satisfied; 5: very satisfied.

4. Ratio Scale

A ratio scale is a scale that can give the meaning of comparison or multiplication. The ratio scale provides a level by ensuring that there is an equal difference between the scale values ​​and having a true zero point. Therefore, the ratio scale is the most informative scale because it combines nominal, ordinal, and interval scales.

The division between the points on the ratio scale measurement has an equivalent distance between them. Therefore, on the ratio measurement scale, not only the sum and difference can be calculated, but also the ratio. A measurement can be divided by a non-zero measurement and a meaningful number will be produced.

Definition of internet network – Lately, technology is growing rapidly and the world community already has a very close relationship with something called the internet network.

It can also be said that society at this time cannot escape from the use of the internet. The reason is that the internet can make it easier for us to carry out communication activities with other people to find information and other things.

The word internet or internet network is already familiar. So, what exactly is the meaning of the internet network?

The internet is something that is needed to access sites, websites, or social media. Usually, this internet network is in the form of a connection between networks located in all parts of the world, which consists of Personal Area Network (PAN), Local Area Network (LAN), Metropolitan Area Network (MAN), Campus Area Network (CAN), to Wide Area Network (WAN). If there is no internet network, then we will not be able to access various social media sites on the internet, such as Twitter, Email, Facebook, and so on.

This internet network has a very important role in human social life. Because, this internet network has great benefits in order to facilitate problem solving in the field of communication. In fact, today almost all aspects and fields of work use the internet as one of the ways to speed up their work.

Our daily lives have really relied on the internet network in many ways. It has become a public secret if we can even find various answers to solutions on the internet.

For example, you want to make a dish, then right now you can find the recipe on the internet and immediately put it into practice. It’s amazing, isn’t it? On this internet you can find food recipes, search for the latest news, until there is the latest feature that allows you to order certain food or products via the internet.

To find out more complete information about the meaning of the internet network, see the summary of information below about the meaning of the internet network, according to experts, history, functions, benefits, and impact. Check this out !

 

Definition of Internet Network

 

The Internet is a global computer communication network that connects computer devices with computer networks spread around the world. The word internet comes from Latin, namely from the words ” inter ” and ” net “. The word ” inter ” means “between”, while ” net ” is a network which is an abbreviation of the word network .

The word internet can also be an abbreviation of the word ” Interconnected Network ” which makes it very possible for you to communicate and share information with anyone, from anyone, and anywhere. In addition, there are those who define the internet as an International Network .

This means that all types and types of computers around the world can be connected by using a type of communication network, such as satellite, telephone connection, and so on.

For this reason, we can say that the internet is a concept of a very wide information or communication network that can be used by the international community around the world. Not only that, the internet can also be used and involves various types of network topologies and computers that differ between generations and between company brands.

To integrate and manage the internet network we can use a technology called Transmission Control Protocol or Internet Protocol Suite commonly abbreviated or known as TCP/IP. This Transmission Control Protocol is a Switching Communication Protocol or a packet exchange protocol that is usually used for more than billions of internet users around the world.

Meanwhile, the term internet working or internet network means a way or process that connects the internet network and the things that regulate it.

As we already know, the internet network that exists today can be said to be a very large and global computer network. This is because the internet network can connect one computer user using another computer.

In fact, the internet network can also connect computer users from one country with computer users in other countries. In the internet there are also various sources of information from static, dynamic, to interactive.

 

Definition of Internet Network According to Experts

 

To better understand the meaning of the internet network, then we can see the opinions of experts about the meaning of the internet network itself. Let’s take a look at this explanation.

• Berners Lee

Berners Lee said that the internet is a network that consists of several other networks and are also interconnected with each other. This definitely explains the concept where a particular computer network can be connected to another network. This is what is meant by the internet.

• Suswono

According to Suswono, the internet is a group of networks that has a wide scale to the global or world stage. Where, no one has to be responsible for running the internet.

• Lani Siddhartha

While according to Lani Sidharta, the internet is a form of communication of a computer network, where the internet can provide various forms of very complete information services. In fact, more fully, Lani explained that the internet is a virtual or virtual record that can be used in business media, entertainment or even the political scene.

• Sibero

Sibero says that the meaning of the internet is a computer network that can connect other computers globally. Sibero also explained that the internet can be called a natural network, that is, a network with a very wide reach.

• O’brien

O’brien defines the internet as a computer network that has rapid development and is useful for various types of interests, ranging from the interests of education, business, to government that can be interconnected with each other.

 

• Ned Snell

Ned Shell defines the internet as a corridor or container for various types of resources that exist in it. Then, all those resources can be accessed through different devices or certain tools.

 

History of the Development of the Presence of the Internet

 

We have already discussed the meaning of the internet network. So we also need to know about the history of the development of the internet briefly.

In the beginning, the internet first appeared around 1969 in a computer network created by the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA). ARPA created an internet network for the first time which was later named ARPANET. Unexpectedly, it was ARPANET that would later become the forerunner of the formation of the worldwide internet network at this time.

In the 1980s, the internet began to be used by some limited groups in order to carry out its function as a link between various universities or popular campuses in the United States. Around 1982, the standard protocol from TCP/IP began to be published and used.

Two years later, in 1984 to be exact, domain names started appearing and being used. Then, in 1986 the National Sciences Foundation Network or NSFNET began to be established and developed. It was NSFNET that later replaced the role of ARPANET as a container for internet research in the United States.

After that, several international networks in various countries began to be connected and developed through the NSFNET.

ARPANET has indeed been replaced, however, the first internet as a result of its development is still being developed and used until now. At the beginning of its development, the information that could be accessed through the internet was only text-based information. But, starting in the 1990s, the service developed into a graphic display-based service known as the World Wide Web (WWW) which is the result of development from CERN.

After that, InterNIC was established in 1993 to serve domain name registration from the public. In 1994, the internet entered Indonesia for the first time. At that time, the internet network in Indonesia was still known as Paguyuban Network.

 

Functions of the Internet Network

 

The internet network has various important functions that are very useful and needed by humans. Especially by the urban community at the moment. Some of the functions of the internet are as follows:

• For Communication Media

One of the functions and benefits resulting from the existence of the internet network is as a medium for communication. The use of the internet as a communication medium began with the emergence of various messaging applications, social media sites, and so on that can be used by humans to facilitate communication activities with other humans.

• To Access Information

With the advent of the internet, it can be said that a new era of openness has begun. That is, the internet can make it easier for everyone to access various information that may be needed for their daily lives. Because, the internet can present all the information we want to find and can be obtained easily.

 

In the old days, if we wanted to find information, we had to open a book first. However, the presence of the internet can make it easier for us to get the information we need.

• To Exchange Resources

The presence of the internet allows us to be able to exchange resources or data with other people who are even in different parts of the world. This can be done quickly with the help of the internet.

As for some resources or data that are often shared for free or for free on the internet, such as journals, papers, photos, videos, writings, designs, music, and so on.

• To Access News

Currently, various events or incidents in various parts of the world can be seen, known, and accessed through various online media or online news sites on the internet. This makes us not miss important information from all over the world. This of course cannot be done if there is no internet network.

• For Entertainment

Nowadays, the internet also functions as a media that presents various entertainment vehicles from sites or social media that are in it. Entertainment on the internet has become one of the favorites of the urban community, especially the millennial generation.

 

The entertainment available on the internet consists of various types of media, such as text, photos, songs, games, and videos uploaded by other people. Meanwhile, sites or platforms that are widely used by the world community are Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, Tiktok, and others.

 

Benefits of the Internet

 

The internet does have a variety of functions for human life. Not only that, the internet network also provides many benefits for a wide audience because of its presence. As for some of the benefits of the presence of this internet network are:

1. Everyone who has access to the internet network can exchange information with all other individuals who are also connected to the internet located in all corners of the world.
2. Internet users can communicate remotely without having to meet or face to face.
3. Internet users can make purchase or sale transactions through online sites such as e-commerce and make payments through m-banking .
4. We can access various types of literature or learning modules from educational sites and websites on the internet.
5. Can help to find information on a site or website about something that cannot be found in a book.
6. Able to create various types of creative innovation in various fields by making the most of the internet network.
7. Help us in doing work from a distance or remote.
8. Can help entrepreneurs to run their business without having to have a stall or shop, because they can create a shop online.
9. Able to maximize communication between agencies and communities, such as the government and the people, especially in areas that are difficult to reach by transportation.

 

Impact of Internet Network Use

 

In the previous explanation, we have learned the meaning of the internet network, the meaning according to the experts, the history, to the functions and benefits of the internet network itself. However, the presence of the internet does not always provide a good impact for its users. Because it turns out, there are some negative impacts that can be caused by the existence of this internet network.

The impact of this poor use of the internet can be felt from the emergence of some of the following phenomena, namely:

1. Availability of access facilities for pornographic content.
2. The emergence of potential cyber crime or online crime that can affect every internet network user if they do not use the internet well and wisely.
3. There is a danger of stealing personal data from the internet or known as phishing .
4. Having access to be able to enter a computer network from another country for the purpose of crime, such as spying or data theft.
5. There is the potential to falsify inappropriate or untrue data. This is known as data forgery.
6. The appearance of crime in the form of violation of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) in the form of piracy of other people’s works. This is also called an offense against intellectual property.
7. There is a potential crime to obtain confidential information or personal information illegally. This is also known as infringements of privacy .

 

Conclusion

The definition of an internet network is a global computer communication network that connects every computer device with an internet network of computers spread around the world. In addition, the internet network is also defined as a concept of an information or communication network that is very broad and can be used by the international community around the world.

In the beginning, the internet was first discovered in 1969 by the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) in the form of a computer network. Later, ARPA developed the internet network for the first time and named it ARPANET. After that, the internet continued to be developed until it spread all over the world until now.

The internet does have many functions and benefits for its users. But it turns out, there are also bad things that will be caused by the presence of the internet network. Everything has been thoroughly explained in the explanation above.

That is a summary of information about the meaning of the internet network, meaning according to experts, history, function, benefits and impact. 

Ittiba Adalah – For Muslims, learning jurisprudence is obligatory even though many are aware of it. Ushul fiqh is one of the branches of science that discusses arguments based on the original law of fiqh. Of course, these arguments will be sourced from the holy book Al-Quran, Hadith of the Prophet, Ijma’, and Qiyas.

In this Ushul Fiqh, one of the things included in its scope is Ittiba which should be studied as best as possible by Muslims. While the other two are taqlid and talfiq. Remembering that knowledge will make us servants of Allah SWT who follow His teachings correctly. So really, what is ittiba’? What are the types of ittiba’? What is its position in Islamic law? Well, for Reader to understand that, let’s read the following comments!

Meaning of Ittiba’

The word ‘ittiba ‘ has been absorbed into Indonesian, you know … Yes, based on KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), ittiba’ has been absorbed into itibak which acts as a verb and means to follow (example). If translated linguistically, the word ittiba ‘ can also be interpreted as iqtifa ‘ or following a trail, qudwah or setting an example, and uswah or being an example. On that basis, the term ittiba’ means ‘ accepting the words or speech of others by knowing the source or reason of the words, both from the arguments of the Quran and the hadith of the Prophet .’

In short, ittiba’ is the effort of Muslims to follow or obey everything that has been ordered, prohibited, and allowed by the Prophet SAW . In other words, ittiba’ is the same as implementing the teachings of Islam according to what the Prophet Muhammad SAW also did.

Definition of Ittiba’ According to the Scholars

This definition of ittiba’ has been expressed by many religious experts. Well, here is a description of those definitions.

Ibn Kathir

According to Ibnu Katsir, ittiba’ is following the Shari’a and religion (Al-Sunnah) in every word and deed, as well as in various situations that he experiences.

Muhammad Al-Amin Al-syinqithi

In relation to this ittiba, he once said that ” Imam Ahmad said: Al-Ittiba’ means a person follows the teachings that come from the Messenger of Allah and his companions or that comes from the tabi’in, but ittiba’ in the latter is not an absolute obligation, only optional. 

While Ibn Al-‘Abd Al-Barr said: Al-Ittiba’ means following the Qath’i argument or argument, that is, following the opinion of the authoritative party which is obligatory for us to follow. In this regard, the Prophet is the most authoritative party who has the legality to follow his orders. “

Abd Ar-Rahman Ibn Nashir Al-Sa’di

Ittiba’ is following the Sharia revealed by God to His Messenger because he is the messenger (Messenger) of God’s revelation through which mankind is able to reach the path of guidance, and the Sharia or revelation is a source of guidance and mercy in all aspects of knowledge, actions, personal character, and in the call of his da’wah, both in belief, speech and deed, then following him is to implement his commands and die his prohibitions.

That’s Jabir Al-Alwani

Ittiba’ is implementing the commands of Allah and His Messenger as well as investigating his actions and circumstances to then actualize them by following his footsteps (iqtidha’).

Al-Badani

Ittiba’ or Al-Ittiba’ is implementing the commands and prohibitions that he taught as befits the Al-Qur’an, because it is still categorized as God’s revelation and by actualizing the holy Al-Sunnah.

Well, from some opinions of religious experts regarding the definition of ittiba’ it can be concluded that ittiba’ is the effort of Muslims to follow and apply the teachings that have been taught by the Prophet Muhammad SAW, both in word and deed to achieve the goal of the revelation of Allah SWT.

Basic Law of Ittiba’

The existence of ittiba’ is not just the opinion of scholars without any religious reason, but there is a legal basis that comes from the holy book Al-Quran. Well, the following are some of the legal bases for the implementation of ittiba’ for Muslims which is indeed a command from Allah SWT.

QS Al-A’raf verse 3

Follow what has been sent down to you from your Lord, and do not follow what has been written down.

Meaning:

“Follow what is revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow leaders other than Him. Very few of you take lessons (from him)”

QS Ali’ Imran verse 31

Say: If you love Allah, then follow me. Allah loves you and forgives you your sins. And Allah is Forgiving, Merciful.

Meaning:

Say : “If you (really) love Allah, follow me, Allah will love you and forgive your sins”. God is Forgiving and Merciful.”

QS An-Nahl verse 43

And We did not send before you but men to whom We revealed, so ask the people of hate, if you know.

Meaning:

” And We did not send before you, except men to whom We revealed; then ask someone who has knowledge if you do not know”

QS An-Nisa verse 27

And Allah wants to repent to you

Meaning:

“And God wants to accept your repentance, while those who follow their lust want you to turn as far away (from the truth).”

QS At-Taubah verse 42

لَوْ كَانَ عَرَضًا قَرِيبًا وَسَفَرًا قَاصِدًا لَّٱتَّبَعُوكَ وَلَٰكِنۢ بَعُدَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلشُّقَّةُ ۚ وَسَيَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ لَوِ ٱسْتَطَعْنَا لَخَرَجْنَا مَعَكُمْ يُهْلِكُونَ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ

Meaning:

” If what you call to them is an easy gain and a journey that is not that far, they will certainly follow you, but the destination is very far away for them. They will swear by (the name of) Allah: “If we were willing, we would certainly go with you”. They destroy themselves and God knows that they are indeed liars.”

In some verses of the Quran, it is clearly commanded for us Muslims to follow the commands of Allah SWT. The obligation to follow Him is something that is obligatory and there is no argument that changes it. Actually, there are still many verses of the Qur’an that discuss the obligation of ittiba’, let’s say it is in Surah Yunus which is expressed six times, especially in verse 15, then there is also Surah Hud which is expressed five times, especially in verse 97, and still much more.

Ittiba’s purpose

The existence of ittiba’, which is one of the obligatory things to be carried out for Muslims, of course has a reason. With the existence of this ittiba’, it is hoped that every Muslim, even those who are still laymen, can practice the teachings of Islam with full confidence without being shrouded in any doubt. Not only that, an act of worship or charity if done with full confidence will cause sincerity and humility in the Muslim. After all, sincerity and sincerity are indeed a valid condition for the performance of worship or charity.

In short, ittiba’ has the following objectives:

1. Get guidance.
2. Get luck from Allah SWT.
3. Firm on the truth.
4. Get protection and help from Allah SWT.
5. Join the ranks of the prophets.
6. Found a family that followed the path ittiba’.
7. Avoid sadness and fear.
8. Obtain the door of repentance and forgiveness from Allah SWT.

Types of Ittiba’

1. Ittiba’ To Allah SWT and His Messenger

As His servants, we must of course obey Allah SWT. How to do it? That is, by following His commands and avoiding all His prohibitions. In this regard, it has also been said by Allah SWT in surah Al-Imran verse 174, which reads:

فَٱنقَلَبُواِ بِنِّْمَةٍ مِنَ اللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍ did not touch them and they followed the pleasure of Allahَّ

Meaning:

“So they returned with blessings and (great) blessings from God, they did not befall a disaster and they followed God’s pleasure. and God has a great gift”

Actually, the verse talks about the Badar Sughra Event (Little Badr) which happened a year after the Battle of Uhud. At that time, Abu Sufyan who was a leader from the Quraish challenged the Prophet and his companions that he was ready to meet again with the Muslims the following year in Badr. But at that time there was a famine season, Abu Sufyan was afraid and did not continue his journey to Badr. Then, he told his friends to go to Medina and scare the Muslims by spreading false news.

Although at that time Abu Sufyan did not go to Badr, Prophet Muhammad and his companions still went to Badr and still the war did not take place. Coincidentally, in Badar, it was the middle of the market season, so the Muslims did trade and earned a large profit which was then brought back to Medina. Well, based on the verse, it is explained that the returning Muslims actually brought favors and blessings from Allah SWT through the results of their trade because there was no war.

2. Ittiba’ To Other than Allah SWT and His Messenger

Since we are still living in the world, of course ittiba’ will be related to things other than Allah SWT and His Messenger. Ittiba’ follows something that is not based on the Quran and Sunnah.

a) Ittiba’ To Eve Lust

It should be known , Reader, that there are diseases that can damage a person’s deeds, one of which is ittiba’ to lust. Therefore, for those who have been “affected” by this disease, immediately clean and purify yourself. Lust can actually shape human behavior. Therefore, Allah SWT always associates important problems in life with lust.

Lust can invite people to do evil. But for those who are able to withstand it, then they will be safe from all the tricks of the devil. As Allah SWT has said in Surah Al-Qashash, which reads:

“So if they do not answer (your challenge), then know that they are only following their lust and who is more astray than the one who follows his lust without receiving the slightest guidance from God. Verily, God does not guide the unjust.”

b) Ittiba’ To Satan

Reader must already know that devils or devils are creatures of God who live in the supernatural world and are even difficult to reach by human eyes. Satan is included in the group of jinns who are very outrageous, who have deviated from the rules of Allah SWT as their creator. Satan will also continue to try to incite people to keep walking on his wayward path.

Therefore, Allah SWT always encourages His people not to follow Satan’s incitement. As has been explained in surah An-Nur verse 21 which reads:

O you who believe! do not follow the steps of the devil. Whoever follows the steps of the devil, then verily he (the devil) orders to do abominable and evil deeds. If it were not for the grace of God and His mercy to you, none of you would be clean (from those vile and evil deeds) forever, but God cleans whom He wills. and Allah is All-Hearing and All-Knowing.

c) Ittiba’ To Estimate

In the holy book Al-Quran, Allah SWT firmly condemns those who are involved in the problem of belief and creed. That act is often done by infidels since ancient times, especially by worshiping idols according to their prejudices. As explained in surah An-Najm verse 23 which reads:

“…those are nothing but names that you and your ancestors invented; Allah has not sent down any evidence for (worshiping) him. They were just following guesses, and what his desires wanted. Indeed, guidance has come to them from their Lord”.

d) Ittiba’ To Infidels

In reality, infidels are those who do not believe in Allah SWT and continue to deny or do not believe in the apostleship of Prophet Muhammad SAW. Allah SWT of course strongly forbids His people to follow unbelievers. As has been explained in surah Al-Ankabut verse 12, which reads:

“And the disbelievers say to the believers: “Follow Our path, and later We will bear your sins”, although they are not (able to) bear their sins in the slightest. Indeed, they are truly liars.”

e) Ittiba’ To Ancestors

The existence of traditions or ancestors which are still attached to their children and grandchildren can of course lead to good and bad things. If the traditions of the ancestors lead to wrong things, of course we cannot follow them. As has been explained in surah Al-Baqarah verse 170 which reads:

“And when it was said to them: “Follow what God has revealed,” they replied: “(No!). We are only following what We have found our forefathers (doing)”. In fact, their ancestors did not know anything, and were not guided?”

The Position of Ittiba’ in Islamic Sharia

The existence of ittiba’, especially to Rasulullah SAW, has a high position in the Islamic religion, and can even be a person’s door in the acceptance of deeds in the presence of Allah SWT. Therefore, ittiba’ has a position in Islamic law, which is as follows:

• As a condition of acceptance of charity.
• As one of the principles in Islam, as in surah Al-Kahfi verse 110.
• As a reason to enter heaven.
• As proof of love for Prophet Muhammad SAW, as in surah Al-Imran verse 31.
• As a way to get true love for the Prophet.
• As a way of implementing the command to obey the Messenger and avoid related threats. As in Surah An-Nisa verse 59.
• As the nature of believers, as in surah An-Nur verses 51-52.
• As a sign of piety, as in surah Al-Hajj verse 32.

Well, that’s the commentary on what ittiba’ is and its types, the most important is ittiba’ to Allah SWT and Prophet Muhammad SAW. Has Reader implemented ittiba’ in accordance with the teachings of Islamic Sharia?

•  

Meaning of Irrigation – Hello Friends Reader, Do You Know? Irrigation is an important thing in agriculture. Plants cannot grow optimally without proper irrigation.

This will also greatly affect the harvest to come. Understanding the importance of irrigation makes irrigation development a priority. According to the data in the data frame, the government through the Office of Public Works and People’s Housing (PUPR), is targeting a 90 percent increase in irrigation in 2019. Let’s have a look at the discussion of the meaning, network, type, purpose and benefits of irrigation.

Definition of Irrigation

Irrigation is an effort to prepare and manage water to support agriculture. Irrigation is the artificial discharge of water from an available water source to a land with the aim of draining it regularly in accordance with the needs of plants when the supply of soil infiltration is insufficient to support plant growth, so that plants can grow normally.

According to Government Regulation Number 25 of 2001, irrigation or irrigation management is all efforts to utilize irrigation water, including the operation and maintenance, security, restoration, and improvement of the irrigation network.

As with the surface water network, to meet the needs of the agricultural area in Molek, water flows by gravity from the Blobo watershed using primary, secondary and tertiary channels. The flow of water can be successful if the condition of the channel is very good, so the effort made for the physical maintenance of the irrigation channel needs to be paid more attention.

With law No.7 of 2004 article 41 paragraph 1 related to water resources, irrigation is the preparation, arrangement, and production of water to support agriculture, including surface irrigation, swamp irrigation, groundwater irrigation, irrigation with pumps and irrigation embankment According to Law Number 7 of 2004, irrigation includes the preparation, regulation, and disposal of water to support agriculture.

Definition of Irrigation in UU No. 7 of 2004 is not more than just an effort to provide water for agricultural purposes only, but a wider scope including:

1. Irrigation, efforts to prepare and manage water to support agricultural activities from surface water and ground water.
2. The development of swamp areas, that is the maturity of land in swamp areas, among others for agriculture.
3. Flood management and regulation of rivers, reservoirs, and much more

To achieve the highest possible irrigation efficiency, the loss of water that occurs during the distribution of irrigation water must be limited.

It is not only farmers or governments that need to understand irrigation. The knowledge of this irrigation system also needs to be known by many people. The purpose is to involve everyone in maintaining this irrigation system. For example, don’t dirty your irrigation system. Before discussing the agricultural irrigation system further, it is good to understand the definition of irrigation system.

As explained in the book “Irrigation Hydrology” , irrigation is the systematic distribution of water to cultivated land for plant growth. While in the sense of Government Regulation Number 20 of 2006, irrigation is the preparation, arrangement, and disposal of irrigation water to support agriculture, and its types include surface irrigation, swamp irrigation, groundwater irrigation, pump irrigation, and pond irrigation.

In the Scientific Journal Mustek Anim Ha Vol 1 edition 3 it is also explained that irrigation is an activity related to the collection of water for rice fields, fields, plantations and other agricultural endeavors.

The Meaning of Irrigation According to the Experts

Number in accordance with government regulations. Number 23 of 1998, Irrigation is defined as the provision and arrangement of water with the aim of supporting agriculture.

Number in accordance with government regulations Year 1998 Article 22 Irrigation is also included in the concept of drainage, that is the arrangement of water in the plant growth media so as not to interfere with the growth or production of plants, while according to Small and Svendsen irrigation is the act of human intervention to change the flow of water from the source out, without interfering with agricultural production.

The term irrigation is an activity related to taking water from gardens or agribusiness to increase the production of agricultural products. Another term for irrigation is the preparation, intake, distribution, and preparation of water for agricultural land.

According to Abdullah Agoeda in The History of Irrigation in Indonesia , cited in a Dutch government report, irrigation is defined as “technically directing water through diversion channels to agricultural land and once taken, the maximum yield will flow continuously.”

According to Gandakoesuma (1981: 9) , irrigation is an effort to introduce water by building buildings and channels to drain water for agricultural purposes, distribute river or field water regularly, and process water that is no longer used, after all the water finished.

Must take action to limit the intake of water from water sources below to places that need water or must be distributed to plants that need it.

Mawardi Erman (2007:5) states that irrigation is a business to obtain water that uses buildings and prosthetic channels for the needs of supporting agricultural production.

According to Government Regulation No. 25 of 2001 (CHAPTER I article 1) on irrigation states that what is meant by using irrigation is the business of preparing and arranging water to support agriculture, which types include surface water irrigation, groundwater irrigation, pump irrigation, and pond irrigation.

According to Wirosoedarmo, irrigation is an activity related to obtaining water for rice fields, fields, plantations, fisheries or ponds, etc., which are essentially for agricultural purposes.

According to Sosrodarsono and Takeda , irrigation directs the water needed for plant growth to agricultural land and distributes it systematically.

According to Hansen et al. , irrigation is the use of water in the soil for the purpose of providing the water needed for plant growth.

According to Kartasapoetra , irrigation is the preparation and arrangement of water to meet the benefits of agriculture by using water from surface water and groundwater.

History of Indonesian Irrigation

Since ancient Egypt, irrigation has been known by the Nile River. In Indonesia, traditional irrigation has existed since the time of our ancestors. This can also be seen cultivated in governments in Indonesia.

By damming between rivers to direct water to rice fields. Another way is to find water in the mountains and run on bamboo continuously. Some also carry buckets made of betel leaves or pull them from the river and throw them in the field along with buckets filled with areca leaves.

Jatiluhur Reservoir located in Jatiluhur District, Purwakarta Regency, built in 1957 with an area of ​​8,300 hectares and a water storage potential of 12.9 billion m3/year is the first multi-purpose reservoir in Indonesia.

Irrigation Network

The irrigation network is a unit of channels and structures required to manage irrigation water from preparation, collection, distribution, administration and use.

According to Government Regulation No. 25 of 2001 on irrigation, the definition of an irrigation network is channels, buildings and additional structures forming a unit that is necessary to organize irrigation water starting from preparation, collection, distribution, management, use and disposal. There are two types of irrigation networks, namely:

1. The main irrigation network is the irrigation network where the irrigation system is located, starting from the main building, main/main channel, annex building, picture and additional building.

2. The level 3 irrigation network is a functional irrigation network of the water supply infrastructure in the 3rd level plot which consists of a service provider canal called a tertiary channel, a division channel called a quaternary channel and an evacuation channel and additional channels, including a network of irrigation pumps with a wide service area assimilated to the tertiary area .

Based on maintenance, the irrigation network can be divided into 4 (four) types of maintenance, namely:

1. Routine maintenance: light maintenance on buildings and irrigation channels can be done temporarily during continuity operations, which maintenance is only partial

the building/canal is just above the surface.

2. Periodic Maintenance: Maintenance is done on building components and canals under water, when to make this work, the drains are first flushed.

3. Preventive Maintenance: Preventive maintenance is an effort to prevent damage to the irrigation system as a result of irresponsible human intervention or disturbed animals.

4. Emergency Maintenance: work carried out to repair due to unexpected damage, for example due to floods or earthquakes.

Types of Irrigation 

1. Surface Irrigation

According to Moch Absor, upper irrigation is an irrigation system that intercepts water exclusively in the river through a weir building and also through a free intake building, then the irrigation water is flowed by gravity through channels to the agricultural land.

Here are known primary, secondary & tertiary channels. This water arrangement is done using a sluice gate. The process is gravity, high ground will receive water first.

2. Water Pump Irrigation

Water pump irrigation is irrigation where water is taken from a well and raised through a water pump, then flowed using many methods, for example using pipes or channels. During the fever of the dry issue, this irrigation can continue to flow to the rice fields.

3. Gravity Irrigation

Gravity irrigation is irrigation that utilizes the force of gravity to flow water based on the origin to the location that needs it, usually this irrigation is used in Indonesia. There are three types of gravity irrigation including:

• Wild pond irrigation.
• Canal based pond irrigation.
• Furrow & wave irrigation.
• Sprinkler Irrigation

Irrigation is a gift of water using the method of spraying or using to imitate rain (sprinkling), the water that is sprayed will be, for example, fog, as a result of which the plant receives water based on the top, the leaves will get wet first, and then drip to the roots.

4. Dry Land Irrigation or Drip Irrigation (Trickle Irrigation)

This irrigation has the same principle as using sprinkler irrigation but the tertiary pipe is formed through tree strips & the pressure is smaller because it only drips. The advantage of this system is that there is no top genre.

Based on the method of water discharge measurement and the degree of installation equipment, the irrigation network is divided into three categories, namely:

A. Moderate Irrigation

Simple irrigation networks are often managed independently by a group of farmers who use water, so their equipment and ability to measure and regulate is very limited.

The available water is generally abundant and has a moderate to steep slope, facilitating drainage and water distribution. Irrigation networks are easy to organize because they involve water users from the same social background.

However, this network still has some weaknesses, among them the waste of water occurs due to the amount of wasted water, the wasted water does not always reach the more fertile land below it, the work of the basin is temporary so it does not last long.

B. Semi Technical Irrigation

The semi-technical irrigation network has a permanent or semi-permanent basin structure. The photo booth is usually equipped with a catch and measure structure. The channel network already has several permanent buildings, but the distribution system is not yet fully able to organize and measure.

Because they do not have the ability to organize and measure well, organizational systems are often more complex. A water distribution system is similar to a simple network, where the water source is used to irrigate a wider area than just the area served by the network.

C. Technical Irrigation

The irrigation technical network has a fixed exploitation structure. Click on buildings and structures to adjust and scale. In addition, there is a separation between the draining and the giving channels.

Alignment and measurement is done starting from the seepage building to the tertiary site. Plot Level 3 plays a central role in the network of irrigation techniques. In order to streamline the irrigation service system for agricultural land, a map organization has been formed that covers primary parcels, secondary parcels, tertiary parcels, valuable parcels and paddy fields as small units.

5. Micro Irrigation

Irrigation systems only run water around the roots. Some types of this system are drip, micro spray and mini sprinkler. This irrigation system offers several advantages such as water saving, lower flow rate, can be done with fertilization and can be applied to different soil topographies.

6. Status of the Irrigation Network

1. Government Irrigation : an irrigation network created and managed by the central or regional government. These sprinklers are usually large in size.
2. Village Irrigation : The irrigation system is built and managed by the village community. The scale of this irrigation system is from 100 to 500 hectares with a simpler network.
3. Private Irrigation : an irrigation network built and managed by an individual or individuals for their own needs. For example, when someone opens an agricultural business, to manage a garden, he builds an irrigation system.

Purpose and Benefits of Irrigation

According to the irrigation planning standard KP-01, irrigation is a system of providing water on agricultural land to meet the needs of plants so that the plants can grow well. The purpose of irrigation is:

1. Wetting the plants . Moistening the soil using irrigation water overcomes water shortages in agricultural areas with little or no rainfall. This is important because the lack of water needed for growth can affect crop yields.
2. Nourishing . Fertilizing is to provide a lot of water, the purpose of which, in addition to wetting, also provides useful substances for the plant itself.
3. Adjust the temperature . Plants can grow well at temperatures that are neither too high nor too low, depending on the type of plant.
4. Clean the soil or get rid of pests . The purpose of irrigation is also to kill insects that nest in the soil and damage plants, so that in the dry season it is necessary to add water to the rice fields so that the rice loses its salinity.
5. Clogging . Clogging or what can be called Kolmatase Diairi with the purpose of improving/lifting the soil surface.
6. Increase groundwater supplies . The purpose is to increase the supply of ground water for daily needs. This is usually done by storing water at one point, so that the water can seep into the ground and finally be used by those who need it. Irrigation is needed for agriculture, plantations and others.

In order to meet the needs of irrigation water, it is necessary to be inclusive and even, especially where water resources are limited. In the dry season, for example, many agricultural areas are not planted because there is not enough water needed.

In order to meet the needs of irrigation water, it is necessary to apply the right management measures supported by good technology and legislation. The use of hydraulic energy resources is adjusted to meet the needs of the plant.

Good management means that buildings and irrigation systems and their installations must be managed in an orderly and orderly manner under the supervision and responsibility of the body or organization. Water Farmers Association (P3A) (Regulations) (Government, 2001).

The benefits of irrigation are:

• Add water to the soil to provide the liquid needed for plant growth.
• Guaranteed harvest during the short dry season.
• Cools the soil and atmosphere, creating a favorable environment for plants to grow.
• To wash and reduce salt in the soil.
• To reduce the risk of soil erosion.
• To soften the plow and clods of soil.===========

What is IQ, EQ, and TQ – Reader, you must have experienced some of these things. You are prayed for, expected, even forced, even scolded by your parents just to be smart. This is because having a smart and intelligent child is the dream of every parent.

Therefore, not a few parents like to take their children for IQ, EQ, and TQ intelligence tests. Even so, of course everyone has different intelligence and cannot be compared to each other.

However, as time progresses, IQ test results are no longer the only determinant of a person’s intelligence. There are many factors in each individual that determine their intelligence and success.

However, have Reader found out what IQ, EQ, and TQ really are? What is the history and what is the difference?

Before we proceed to a deeper discussion. Let’s first know briefly about the three. IQ is intellectual intelligence, while EQ is emotional intelligence. Well, if TQ, that is transcendental intelligence.

From the name, all three are similar. However, IQ, EQ, and TQ have significant differences. The only similarity between the three, which is used as a measure of a person’s intelligence. Then, what is the difference between IQ, EQ, and TQ? Let’s read more in this article.

Meaning of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

Intelligence Quotient t or what we usually call IQ is an indicator to measure a person’s intelligence. The intelligence in question is the intelligence that is formed on the learning process and life experience.

IQ describes a person’s ability to think, remember, understand, evaluate, process, master the environment, and act in a directed manner. Usually, IQ has a close relationship with intellect, logic, analytical ability, mathematical problem solving, and strategic.

In addition, IQ is also related to the ability to communicate, respond or respond to things around them, as well as the ability to learn number materials, such as mathematics.

Through school, this intelligence is honed by thinking rationally. For example, when we learn about mathematics, we are trained to understand, analyze, and solve problems from that question.

History of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

Well, where did the concept of intellectual intelligence test come from? The concept of IQ tests has been around since the end of the 19th century, precisely the 1890s.

This concept was created and first thought by Francis Galton (cousin of Charles Darwin the Father of Evolution). Galton took the basis from Darwin’s theory about the concept of individual survival in a species. Simply put, it is a theory about how each person survives, because of the superiority of certain traits that they possess and are descendants of their parents.

Galton also put together a test that measures human intelligence from the aspect of agility and muscle reflexes. It was only at the beginning of the 20th century that Alfred Binet, a psychologist from France, developed a tool to measure human intelligence that is now used by many people.

In 1983, research on the concept of human intelligence tests was continued by Harvard psychologist Howard Gardner . He mentioned that human intelligence is not a single or general concept.

According to him, the intelligence is several sets of specific abilities that amount to more than one. All of that is a function of separate parts of the brain, and is the result of human evolution over millions of years.

As time progressed, people began to realize the importance of intelligence and its testing. Many psychologists began to examine and make various hypotheses about intelligence. Differences of opinion arise with each piece of evidence that is considered strong by each party.

Some believe that intelligence is a single concept called Factor G (General Intelligence). There are also those who consider that intelligence is essentially divided into two sets of abilities, namely fluid (Gf) and crystallized (Gc). For this reason, throughout the 20th century, many types of intelligence testing were ultimately based on those views.

Another factor that also contributes and has a big role in shaping a person’s intelligence is the genetic factor. This is the theory meant by Galton. So, in general, a person’s IQ level is not much different from when they were a child until adulthood.

However, it does not exclude the possibility of other things that affect a person’s level of intellectual intelligence. For example, such as the environment and knowledge gained during the academic process.

Types of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

Quoting Very Well Mind, according to Howard Gardner there are initially eight types of human intelligence. The eight types of IQ are, among others, as follows.

• Linguistic intelligence ( verbal-linguistic )
• Mathematical or logical intelligence ( logical-mathematical )
• Spatial intelligence ( visual-spatial )
• Kinetic and bodily intelligence ( bodily-kinesthetic )
• Musical intelligence ( music-rhythmic and harmonic )
• Interpersonal intelligence ( interpersonal )
• Intrapersonal intelligence ( intrapersonal )
• Naturalistic intelligence _

Well, as time went on, Gardner finally added another aspect of the ninth intelligence, namely existential . Intelligence that includes the spiritual and transcendental side. Although eventually this type of intelligence became popular, but this existential theory received a lot of criticism due to the lack of empirical evidence.

Therefore, until now experts have not agreed on defining what intelligence is, measured using what tools, and what the meaning of a person’s intelligence score is. In some developed countries, many do not use the term IQ test anymore. Instead, they call it specific tests, such as academic ability tests, verbal intelligence tests, and so on.

Meaning of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

Emotional Quotient or EQ is emotional intelligence related to character. This intelligence is related to one’s ability to control one’s feelings, recognize the feelings of others, adapt, discipline, responsibility, cooperation, and also commitment. EQ is also related to a person’s ability to accept, evaluate, manage, and control his own emotions as well as the emotions of those around him.

A person who does not have a good EQ, will not be able to control anger, is less open, difficult to work with others, easily suspicious, difficult to forgive, even unable to empathize, and so on.

Many things in life are developed by emotional intelligence rather than intellectual intelligence. The researchers also said that EQ has a more important position than IQ.

Because, IQ is not the same as EQ. It could be someone who has a low IQ, but he has a very high EQ. In addition, EQ is neither derivative nor innate from birth. EQ can be honed, strengthened, and taught at any time through character education, understanding other people’s feelings, and so on

The same is true in the world of work. EQ becomes a very important thing. Because, of course, you will not work alone. You will relate and communicate with many parties, such as co-workers, superiors, and clients. Therefore, good emotional intelligence is needed so that you can establish good cooperation.

History of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

The concept of Emotional Quotient was first created by Keith Beasley in his writings in a Mensa article in 1987. However, the term EQ created by him became global (and changed to EI) after Daniel Goleman published his book in 1995 entitled “Emotional Intelligence – Why it can matter more than IQ” . Although Goleman’s book is not considered an academic book, the concept of EI compiled by him makes psychologists again compete to do research on this matter.

Goleman’s reason for changing the term EQ to EI is because it is more appropriate to use it to explain the concept of emotional intelligence in question. From there, finally the experts also prefer the term Emotional Intelligence (EI).

However, even though this concept of EI has been accepted by the general public. There are still many psychological scientists and practitioners who remain skeptical of the concept of emotional intelligence. They often criticize the way it is tested.

The reason is that scientists must work based on evidence. If a scientist in any field makes a hypothesis, it must be supported by accurate measurements.

Types of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

Goleman also divided these emotional abilities into five types. The five types of EQ are, among others, as follows.

• self awareness,
• self control,
• social skills,
• Empathy,
• Motivation.

According to Goleman, people who have a high IQ without these five abilities, will be hindered in their academic activities and work.

Meaning of Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

Transcendental Quotient or TQ is a transcendental intelligence related to a person’s ability to interpret life and his life through a religious perspective. TQ can also be called spiritual/divine intelligence, which is the development of spiritual intelligence (SQ). This transcendental intelligence has a visionary concept that is far ahead.

TQ is related to a person’s ability to understand and implement the transcendental rules themselves. For Muslims, the transcendental rules are the Quran and the Sunnah of the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

While for other peoples, the transcendental rules are the rules found in their respective religious books. Even so, this concept of transcendental intelligence is more intended for Muslims.

Transcendental intelligence should basically be reflected in human behavior. Philosophical understanding of transcendental intelligence and its consequent and consistent application, gives a lot to human behavior in various conditions. In addition to behavior in performing worship, the behavior of a person with high transcendental intelligence is also reflected in their noble morals.

History of the Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

This concept of intelligence is the most recent concept that has begun to be accepted by many people. Even more surprising, this concept of transcendental intelligence was created by Indonesians, Reader .

TQ was pioneered by Toto Tasmara’s thoughts published in a book titled Kecerdasan Ruhaniah (Transcendental Intelligence) in 2001. Then it was further researched by Syahmuharnis and Harry Sidharta in 2006 by publishing the book Transcendental Quotient: Kecerdasan Diri Terbaik.

In the introductory part, Toto said that the use of the word spiritual intelligence or Transcendental Intelligence is intended so that people can more easily understand the comparison of his artificial concept with the concept of spiritual intelligence in Western countries. The concept he offers refers to the Al-Quran and the hadith, which are believed to be universal sources of thought and also a way of life .

In presenting the concept of transcendental intelligence, Toto relates it a lot to the teachings of love and morality. According to him, spiritual intelligence is intelligence that is centered on the heart that is filled with love ( mahabbah ) for Allah SWT. Toto also uses piety as an indicator of measurement.

Through Toto’s thinking, Syahmuharnis and Harry Sidharta tried further research to explain various scientific views about spiritualism and the concept of life according to transcendental rules. According to both of them, the concept of intelligence needs to be understood in order to seep into the human mind, so that it underpins all of their daily behavior.

The TQ concept in their book is the same as the TI concept created by Toto. It’s just that TQ, which is an extension of the TI created by Toto, is more clear, especially in the explanation of the measurement method and the connection of TQ with other concepts of intelligence that have been around for decades, such as IQ, EQ, SQ, and others.

Types of Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

According to Syahmuharnis and Harry, indicators of human behavior with high transcendental intelligence (TQ) can be observed from two types of behavior, namely in worship and everyday life. Here is a list of human behaviors that are included in the two types of TQ.

Behavior in worship includes two things, namely:

1. Only worship Allah SWT.
2. Carrying out religious obligations.

In daily behavior includes 22 things, among others:

1. Love both parents.
2. Have high integrity.
3. Responsible.
4. Being fair.
5. Disciplined and earnest.
6. Smart and knowledgeable.
7. Resist temptation.
8. Always be thankful for favors.
9. Trusted (trust).
10. Not arrogant.
11. Productive, innovative, and creative.
12. Always think positive and motivated.
13. Always do good and prevent evil.
14. Maintain personal hygiene.
15. Be confident and try to be consistent.
16. Not grumpy and forgiving.
17. Not wasteful and miserly.
18. Unite and maintain friendship.
19. Caring and appreciative.
20. Always keep your word.
21. Always strive for better.
22. Having a high tolerance without sacrificing faith.

For the creators of this concept of transcendental intelligence, people who have a high TQ automatically have EQ, SQ, and other Quotients at a high level. However, the human does not necessarily have a high IQ, but is included as an intelligent person.

People who have high TQ have understood and practiced the transcendental rules seriously. A set of rules for humans to live, that is to obtain success and happiness in this world and the hereafter.

The rules cover all aspects of human life, both in worship and in daily life. They lead their lives by always exercising their intellect, maintaining self-awareness, emphasizing ethics and morality, based on faith and piety, referring to transcendental rules, and always accompanying their life’s struggle with prayer and worship. All of the above behaviors are components of transcendental intelligence (TQ).

Conclusion

From the explanation above, of course Reader can draw conclusions from the differences in IQ, EQ, and TQ. The three have very far differences. IQ is used to measure intellectual intelligence, EQ measures a person’s emotional intelligence, while TQ is a measure of intelligence from a religious point of view.

All three have their own aspects or types. Reader can also develop those aspects to improve your three types of intelligence. Reader can find many books on how to improve IQ, EQ, and TQ at your favorite Sinaumedia or through Sinaumedia.com.

Well, that’s the short and simple explanation of IQ, EQ, and TQ. Now Reader is more understanding, isn’t it?

1.  

Meaning of IP Address – In modern times like today, we don’t need to go anywhere to find various information and knowledge that we want. We can access any information in just a matter of seconds through the web. We can feel this facility with an internet connection and a device that can be connected to it.

But, do we already know, the convenience of the internet can happen thanks to various important components that are well connected to each other. One of them is the Internet Protocol (IP) address that allows our devices, whether it’s a Personal Computer (PC), laptop, or mobile phone, to connect to the internet.

If Reader doesn’t know what the IP address is? What is the function of IP Address? How does IP Address work? What is the IP Address version? Is there a difference between Public IP and Private IP? What is the difference between Dynamic IP and Static IP? What are Shared IP and Dedicated IP? How are security threats related to IP Addresses? In this article, Reader can find the answer!

Definition of IP Address

IP Address is a series of numbers that become the identity of the device and connected to the internet or other network infrastructure. What is its function? Its function can be likened to a house number on an address, which ensures that data is sent to the right device. For the length of the number range starting from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255.

Internet Protocol, in Indonesian, is a kind of tool to identify all devices connected to the network, both the internet network in general and the local network.

We need to know together, when we use devices such as: laptops, PCs, mobile phones, or even printers. Actually, all those devices have their own IP addresses, you know .

The rapid development of technology has given rise to various innovations that make human life easier. Currently most or even almost everyone has turned to social media as a medium to communicate efficiently and effectively. Despite that, at least everyone still has and uses a phone number to be able to connect with each other and to be able to connect to other applications.

Let’s analogize together if the above explanation is still not clear. Let’s just imagine ourselves and other people are computer devices and IP addresses are each other’s phone numbers. In short, an IP address is a line of numbers owned by every device such as: computer, mobile device, smartphone , etc. that are connected via the internet. The numbers on each device and used to contact each other are of course different.

Then, how can someone access sites on the internet with those different numbers? All sites that are accessed are a group of files and data that are run on a hosting server that is stored, in this case it is a computer device.

Therefore, each website has its own IP address, for example Google uses the number 74.125.224.72 as the IP Address. However, there is a possibility that the IP address of a person’s site will be the same as that of another webmaster .

What is the Function of IP Address?

Having an IP address works so that every device that uses an internet connection can contact each other. However, that’s not all. A series of numbers in the IP Address also has other functions, you know. In addition to being likened to a phone number, IP address can also be likened to a person’s name and home address. Why is it like this?

IP address is an identity for a computer in an internet network. Therefore, the owner of a website can find out all the IP addresses that access his own site. Furthermore, the IP address serves as the address for sending data to the device we use. When we access a site, there is actually a process of downloading data sent from the site. That process is made possible thanks to the existence of an IP address.

When we visit a website, the device we use needs to find the location of the website’s data to then retrieve the data and present it to us or anyone who accesses it. When we buy goods in the marketplace, do we write down our complete home address along with our own phone number to receive the package from the marketplace so that the package arrives correctly? Well! That’s about the function of having an IP Address. It may not be realized, but its role is very important.

If we compare it, IP address is a number that works to ensure that packets (data) are sent to the right home (device). In other words, the function of IP address is as a communication medium for a device so that requests for it are directed to the right destination through the network.

How Does IP Address Work?

For Reader who do not know how IP Address works, here is the explanation:

A computer connected to a network router is usually provided by an internet service provider (ISP). Then, the router will communicate with the server where the website is stored to access the files that need to be sent back to the computer.

Devices such as computers and routers have IP addresses that can recognize each other. With this IP address, each device can communicate, receive data, and send it.

What is the IP Address version?

Now there are billions of websites available on the internet. Not to mention, the number of devices connected to the internet is definitely more than that. Therefore, currently there are two versions of IP addresses that are commonly used, the two are IPv4 and IPv6.

First, IPv4

This is the version of the IP address that has been used since the internet began to be used commercially. This version of IPv$ is also the most widely used version. It could be, right now we are wearing it.

IPv4 has a number length of 32 bits and consists of four groups of numbers separated by periods. These groups of numbers are each a decimal representation of the eight digits (bits) of a binary number.

A line consisting of eight binary digits is also called an octet. Each octet has a maximum value of 255. Therefore, this IPv4 address has a range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. With that range, IPv4 can accommodate almost 4.3 billion IP addresses.

So that we can illustrate the explanation above, below are some examples of IPv4 addresses:

• 16.254.1
• 146.80.100
• 168.1.3
• 16.254.1

Second, IPv6

Currently, the IPv6 address version is not widely used, but IPv6 was created due to the dwindling capacity of IPv4. IPv6 has a length of 128 bits and consists of eight groups of numbers and letters separated by colons. Each group of numbers and letters is a decimal representation of 16 binary digits.

Due to the many possible combinations of numbers and letters available, IPv6 can accommodate 340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. With such a large amount, the internet world will not lack IP addresses for a long time. One example of an IPv6 address is 2001:cdba::3257:9652.

What is the difference between Public IP and Private IP?

IP addresses have two types based on their coverage, namely Public IP and Private IP. What is the difference?

1. Public IP

As the name suggests, public IP addresses can be accessed via the internet. Public IP addresses are owned by all devices intended for the general public. Website servers, email servers, and Wi-Fi routers are some examples of devices that use Public IP addresses.

Public IP addresses and private IP addresses have their own number range and the allocation for the number range of this type of public IP address is regulated by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority or (IANA). If there is an organization (for example an internet service provider) that wants to obtain a public IP, then it must first request permission from the relevant authoritative body.

2. Private

A private IP address is used for communication for the local network. Examples of devices that have a private IP address are laptops, PCs, and mobile phones. Each device can communicate with each other not through an internet connection, but on other local networks such as Local Access Network (LAN).

How can a computer access a website if the IP address is private? This could be because the device does it through the public IP address of the internet router as an intermediary.

What is the difference between Dynamic IP and Static IP?

Internet service providers actually provide two types of IP addresses, namely dynamic and static. Here is an explanation of both.

1. Dynamic

Dynamic IP address is the type that is usually owned by the general public, including us. This IP address is provided by the internet service provider for free, but is not permanent.

Why not immortal? From the comments above it has been explained that currently the number of IP addresses that can be used is getting thinner. Therefore, IP addresses are used interchangeably. Internet service providers will also be responsible for this. A dynamic IP address can change once every week, month, or even year. However, restarting the device or internet router can also cause this change.

2. Static

Meanwhile, a static IP Address is exactly the opposite of a dynamic IP Address. The static IP address has been “booked” by the party using it.

Users who make reservations on one or more IP addresses include web hosting service providers, virtual private network (VPN), and file transfer protocol (FTP) servers. The service provider needs an IP address that does not change because the service will depend on it. We have to pay a certain amount of fees given by the internet service provider to get this static IP address.

What are Shared IP and Dedicated IP?

If we run one or more than one website, there are two types of IP addresses used by web hosting servers, namely Shared IP and Dedicated IP. How to explain both?

1. Shared IP

From the previous explanation about public IP, you already know that each of the website servers has an IP address. Shared IP is usually available on a shared hosting server, where all users share all the server’s resources, including its IP address. Not only that, all domains owned by a user also use the same IP address.

2. Dedicated IP

If shared IP is used together for all users on a server, this dedicated IP is only used by one domain only. Although this type of IP address is usually offered on dedicated hosting servers and cloud VPS hosting, some affordable/cheap web hosting service providers allow their customers to use dedicated IP on shared hosting servers.

How are Security Threats related to IP Addresses?

One thing we should remember together is that we should always protect the IP address and not share it with anyone. If the IP address becomes known to hackers or criminals in the internet world, we will be in a dangerous situation.

Even if it does not display sensitive information, the IP address is still at risk of being used by hackers or criminals on the internet to:

1. Tracking Your Location and Activity
   IP address can show geolocation and internet activity that we do. Our city or even our address and electronic transaction activity can also be tracked with this address. What are the consequences? we can be followed, hired, or even at risk of being a victim of crime.
2. Vulnerable to Hacking Devices
   Our devices are connected to the internet through IP addresses and ports. If we know our IP address, hackers can force us to take over the computer we use. And even worse, they can install malware, then steal sensitive information and privacy to commit criminal acts and harm us.
3. Using Resources or Doing Framing
   When our IP address falls into the hands of criminals, they can misuse it to trap. For example, they can download or upload malicious content via your IP address, which may violate the ISP’s terms and conditions. This will be fatal.

Well, after knowing some explanations from this article about IP Address, here is the summary. An IP address is a series of numbers used by all devices to communicate over the internet.

There are two types of IP addresses, namely IPv4 which has been used since the early days of the internet and IPv6 which was recently created to cover the shortage of IP address quotas which are getting thinner. In addition, IP addresses are also differentiated into several types and classes. IP addresses are useful for making remote connections with other devices and servers.

Let’s now start being more vigilant when browsing the internet and always protect our IP address, for the sake of security when doing activities on the internet.

Recommended Books about IP Address

Here are the reading books that Reader can read to learn more about IP Address, among them:

1. Computer Networking with TCP/IP Revised Edition (2015) by Winarno Sugeng

This book discusses starting from the basic concepts of computer networks, standards, processes and history, basic concepts of protocols, IP addressing, and so on related to IP Address. A suitable book to read for Reader who want to know more about IP Address.

2. Easy Steps to Build a Computer Network (2021) by Zaenal Arifin

This book explains the easy way to build a computer network. Packed with an easy-to-understand presentation, this book is very suitable for beginners who want to start working in the world of informatics and computer networks.

3. IpV6 to Support Network Operations and Domain Name System (DNS) (2019) by Onno W. Purbo

This book written by Onno W. Purbo discusses the practical knowledge that anyone who wants to operate IPv6 in networks, servers, routers, and others needs to have. Readers only capitalize on equipment with a LInux laptop only.

The material in this book is presented and suitable for learning by students in schools, colleges, and the general public who are struggling in the field of networking. This book is expected to be useful in helping to develop the IPv6 network in Indonesia.

 

Definition of Investment – Investment is a form of investment of assets or funds of companies or individuals for a certain period of time to achieve a higher return in the future. There are many things related to this activity, some of which are the means and purpose of the investment itself. The term “capital investment” is not a foreign language for those who have been involved in the world of capital investment both domestically and abroad.

However, beginners need a basic understanding and a short and clear explanation of what investing is and how to do it. This is a short description for those who are interested in investment activities and are new to it. There are still many people who doubt whether the investment is profitable or even disadvantageous. It is not surprising if many people think so, because there are many people who often go bankrupt because of their investments.

But behind that, there are many people who are successful and rich through investment. Take for example, Warren Buffett, who has been investing since he was 11 years old. So it is not surprising if his total wealth is $ 72.5 billion, which if translated into rupiah is around 1061 trillion. To recognize it, here is an explanation of investment and tips on how to do it easily:

Definition of Investment

Investing is a way to increase Reader wealth with little effort. The important thing is that when Reader invests, all Reader has to do is invest and wait for Reader money to grow. So don’t be surprised if investors say they are making money even if they are asleep. That is one of the most striking features of the investment.

For example, spend 1 million rupiah per month in the fund sector with fixed income. During this period, Reader will get 40% profit. This means that when making a withdrawal, your money will increase by Rp 4 million from the profit obtained. From the case example, investment also has various types, as follows:

Types of Investments

1. Types of Investments Based on Time

a. Short term

As the name suggests, this type of investment is relatively short-lived with visible results after 3-12 months. Another term for short-term investment is a temporary investment to secure assets while waiting for other investment opportunities that provide more optimal returns.

This short-term installation has two forms, namely the installation must be of high quality and the investment product must be liquid and easy to resell. Reader may think that short-term investments are perfect, but there are losses from short-term investments. One of them is that the return on this investment is much lower than long-term investments. The most popular investment method is the investment trust.

b. Long-term

Unlike short-term investments, long-term investments are included in the category of investments that take years to show results and returns. For example, it takes up to 10 years for many investors to sell it and make a profit. Many long-term investments have just been bought without being resold.

Of course, every time we start investing, we need to know the risk we are going to take. For the type of long-term investment that takes a relatively long time to produce a return, this investment generally has a much better return, but the risk is higher.

Therefore, to maximize this long-term investment, investors must also have enough capital. Reader also needs to acknowledge and accept that long-term investments can still lose in the first few years. Therefore, before deciding on this type of investment, it is necessary to analyze it thoroughly. One of the most popular long-term investment tools is investing in stocks.

2. Popular Types of Investment Instruments Used

a. Investment Trust

Based on Capital Market Law No. 8 of 1995, the investment trust is a forum used by investment managers to gather funds from the general public with the capital they invest in their stock exchange portfolio. As an investor, Reader only needs to prepare capital to be invested in the stock exchange portfolio. This will be managed by the investment manager.

The securities portfolio consists of money market products, bonds and stocks. Reader does not need funds or capital of millions of rupiah to invest in this product. This is because Reader can only choose investment funds with a minimum fund of 100,000 rupiah.

Some people who own or use investment trusts as an investment tool knowing that trust investments are considered long-term investments that tend to be safer than stocks. In addition, the funds that Reader issues are already managed by the investment manager, so that Reader does not need to monitor them at all times.

b. Shares

This investment tool is best known among Indonesian people. Maybe Reader is one of the people who choose shares as an investment tool. That is, when Reader buys shares in a registered company, Reader becomes a shareholder of that company and is entitled to dividends equal to the percentage of shares that Reader owns in that company.

In addition to the right to pay dividends, Reader will also get a profit from the difference in the sale price of the shares. Another benefit of investing in stocks is that they are liquid and easy to trade. Therefore, if the share price rises, Reader can transfer the shares to other people.

From the explanation above, we can conclude that the profit that can be achieved may be higher than other types of investment. However, this very profitable and very profitable form of investment is risky due to price volatility and is strongly influenced by economic, political and certain conditions, such as: B. It depends on holidays.

c. Gold and Precious Metals

In addition to stocks, gold and precious metals are one of the investment tools known to Indonesian people from the past until now. This investment is also suitable for Reader who want a long-term investment and tend to be safe, along with the increase in the price of gold and precious metals. Fortunately, this increase is due to the response to certain situations that lead to the value of the investment in the market.

Stocks and bonds have declined. The tendency of prices to rise and stabilize is also the reason why many people invest in gold and precious metals. Investing in gold and precious metals can be an option for those who are just starting to invest, especially for young people such as college students.

d. Obligations

Obligations are certificates of medium to long-term debt that can be transferred. Obligations include a commitment that the issuer pays interest in the form of interest for a certain period of time and at a certain time pays the principal to the bond holder. The bondholder’s interest income is the coupon.

The term of this investment vehicle is 1 to 10 years. The existence of this obligation is motivated by efforts to collect funds from the community to be used as a source of funding. There are three types of Indonesian bonds, namely corporate bonds, Indonesian individual bonds (ORI), and government bonds.

e. Fixed Deposit

Another investment method is a term deposit that can be done at the bank. These time deposits have higher interest compared to regular savings. In addition, term deposits have a definite deadline, usually 3-12 months. If Reader withdraws funds before the specified time limit, it will be fined by the relevant bank. The higher the nominal amount that Reader enters as a deposit, the higher Reader’ profit.

f. Property

Usually people will be very interested in this type of investment if they already have enough capital. As Reader knows, land and buildings are very promising long-term investments. The property value that continues to increase from year to year reaching 15 to 20% is certainly very attractive. Especially if the location is strategic.

Why is it so attractive to invest in this property? One of the main reasons is that real estate has become one of the basic needs and the risk from this investment is definitely minimized. However, to start this investment facility, Reader needs enough capital to buy and maintain Reader own real estate.

g. Insurance

When Reader hears term life insurance, Reader probably thinks about protection. Not only protect yourself, but also protect your family and assets that Reader owns, such as houses, vehicles, etc. If insurance in general makes sense as protection, insurance can also be one of Reader’ options when it comes to investing Reader money.

This investment-based insurance is a combination of two products, namely insurance and investment trust and other investment funds. Generally, the premium that Reader pays is converted into units. Association can be divided into two types: premium payment and investment.

Life insurance is often used as a long-term investment. Before taking insurance, it is necessary to explain how this insurance investment will be done. In addition to fees, Reader must pay insurance every month. If Reader chooses investment-based insurance, the premium that Reader must pay tends to be higher than normal insurance.

• Recommendations of the Best Books About Business
• Review of the Book “Smart Trader Rich Investor, A Successful Stock Investment Guide for Beginners”
• Gold Investment Profits and Losses

Investment Benefits

1. Fight Inflation

Inflation occurs every year and the value of the currency decreases. Without investment, the value of Reader money will erode every year. Therefore, it is important to find investments that have a higher return than inflation.

2. Adding Input Sources

Investments indirectly provide an additional source of income. Therefore, it is recommended to set aside a portion of Reader salary for Reader monthly investment so that Reader monthly salary works.

3. Achieve Financial Goals Faster

If Reader can save only 1 million rupiah per month, it will take more than 8 years. However, if Reader invests with an average annual return of 12%, Reader can achieve that goal within 6 years.

4. Increase Wealth Or Set

This can be applied to real estate investments, land, apartments and house purchases, which will increase prices in the future. However, value acquisition cannot be achieved in a short time and requires a lot of time and patience.

5. Meet Future Needs

With the many unexpected needs in the future, it is very suitable for investment to meet the needs that support the future. Investing in the present aims to support and maintain future life as the value increases.

6. Modest or frugal lifestyle

With an investment, a person tries to live a simple life to stay invested and in the end avoid buying something less important and more economical.

7. Avoid Debt

With a simple lifestyle, people avoid debt. Those who must invest prefer to avoid debt and live a simple life to improve their economic situation.

Tips on how to invest in order to make a profit

1. Have a Clear Purpose

Why is purpose so important in investing? This is because it is difficult to determine the next step that should be taken without a clear goal. The target determines what type of investment Reader should make, ranging from the time frame to the type of investment and purpose.

2. Be able to assess how much capital can be prepared

This level explains the money or assets that Reader currently has. Currently, Reader can invest with capital less than Rp100,000. Capital also affects the type of investment such as gold, stocks and real estate.

3. Understanding the Risks on Yourself as an Investor and the Type of Investment Taken

Everything related to the circulation of money cannot be separated from the profit and loss factor. Risk for yourself means financial performance. Of course, if Reader decides to invest, prepare some money in advance, both at the beginning and in the process. In this case, Reader must first pay off the debt with a stable income period and additional funds.

4. Pay Attention to the Legality Aspect (Making sure that it is in line with the field of business)

After knowing the type and investment product needed, when buying an investment product it is necessary to determine whether the seller’s agent or provider has obtained a business permit that is suitable for business activities.

5. Understand Who the Regulator is

Make sure Reader knows who the supervisory authority is that oversees companies that sell and provide investment products. This is needed if something happens in the future.

6. Read the Terms Related to the Product Carefully

Product instructions should be read carefully. This is to ensure that consumers fully understand the rights and obligations, benefits, costs, and risks associated with the product.

Investment Risk

People usually associate term deposits as “low risk, low return” as one of the last options in the spectrum. Because, funds developed in deposits are usually guaranteed by the Lembaga Penjaman Simpanan (LPS). However, term deposits have a weakness which is that they have a relatively low yield compared to other products.

On the other hand, stocks or shares are usually classified as having great potential for growth, but the risk is relatively high when compared to commodities such as deposits and bonds. Another example is investing in cryptocurrency investment, which is currently growing rapidly due to its very high profit potential, also known as “high risk, high return”. The risk is that the value of crypto assets can decrease quickly and drastically.

Inheritance becomes one of the things that is often discussed and debated when one of the family members dies. This is related to the distribution of property from the person who has died to the descendants or those who are entitled to it.

Inheritance can be arranged or divided by referring to the applicable inheritance law. However, until now, the inheritance law experts in Indonesia have not agreed on the same meaning so the term “inheritance law” still has a variety of meanings.

Wirjono Prodjodikoro, uses the term “inheritance law.” Hazairin, uses the term “inheritance law” and Soepomo calls it the term “inheritance law. Soepomo is of the opinion that the rules governing the process of continuing and passing on property and intangibles from a generation of people to their descendants.

To understand more about the law of inheritance, the following will be explained in more detail about the law of inheritance that has been compiled from various sites on the internet.

Definition of Inheritance Law

To understand the meaning of inheritance law, Reader can listen to some expert opinions on inheritance law that have been summarized from various sites on the internet as follows.

1. Gregor Van der Burght

Inheritance law in the view of Gregor Van der Burght is a set of rules that regulate the legal consequences of property upon death, the transfer of property left by the deceased and the legal consequences caused by the transfer for the recipients both in relation and balance in between them one with another or with a third party.

2. Assumption

In Soepomo’s view, the law of inheritance contains rules that govern the process of passing on and passing on property and intangibles (immateriele goederen ) from a generation of people (generatie ) to their descendants.

This process has started when the parents are still alive. The process does not become “acute” because the parents died. The death of the father or mother is an important event for the process, but does not radically affect the process of continuation and transfer of material and non-material property.

3. R. Wirjono Prodjodikiro

Wirjono put forward the opinion that inheritance disputes arise when someone dies, then there is property left behind, and then there are people who are entitled to receive the property left behind, and then there is no agreement on the division of the inherited property.

Inheritance law is a matter of whether and how the various rights and obligations of a person’s wealth at the time of his death will pass to the living.

Wirjono shows that there are three main elements in inheritance law as follows.

• A bequeather ( erflater ), who at his death leaves wealth.
• One or several heirs ( erfenaam ), who are entitled to receive the wealth left behind.
• Inherited property ( nalatenschap ), which is the form of wealth that is left behind and once transferred to the heirs

4. Ali Afandi

In Ali Afandi’s view, the law of inheritance is the law that governs the wealth left by a deceased person and the consequences for his heirs.

5. Santoso Pudjosubroto

Inheritance law in the view of Santoso Pudjosubroto is a law that regulates whether and how the rights and obligations of a person’s property at the time of his death will pass to other people who are still alive.

6. Ter Haar Bzn

Ter Haar Bzn put forward an opinion on the law of inheritance as legal rules regarding how from century to century the continuation and transition of tangible and intangible wealth from generation to generation.

 

Elements of Inheritance Law

In inheritance law, several terms are known as follows.

1. Heirs

Heir refers to the person who is entitled to receive the inheritance (legacy) of the person who has died.

2. Inheritance

Heritage is inheritance, inheritance, and will. Inheritance is not only in the form of property, but can be in the form of debt that must be paid by the person who is still alive and becomes his heir or heir.

3. Heirs

An heir is a person who gives an inheritance, that is, a person who dies and leaves a number of assets, inheritance, or a will. Generally, heirs give property, obligations, or debts to other people or heirs.

4. Heirs

Heirs refer to all the people who become heirs, meaning those who are entitled to receive the property left by the heir. This heir has the legal right to receive all property, obligations, and even debts left by the heir.

5. Inherit

Inheriting refers to the meaning of inheriting property, usually all the heirs inherit the property left by the heir.

6. Inheritance Process

The term inheritance process has two meanings as follows.

• Continuation or designation of heirs while the heir is still alive.
• Distribution of inheritance after the death of the heir.

Law of Inheritance in Indonesia

Indonesia is a country with diverse cultural heritage and a multicultural country. The various rules that exist cannot box the existing culture. Indonesia itself does not yet have a nationally applicable law of inheritance.

Therefore, inheritance law in Indonesia refers to customary inheritance law, Islamic inheritance law, and civil inheritance law. The following is an explanation of various inheritance laws that have been summarized from the Cermati.com site.

1. Customary Inheritance Law

Indonesia consists of various ethnic groups, religions, and customs that are different from each other and have their own special characteristics. This has an effect on the law that applies in each group of society known as customary law.

Customary inheritance law can be interpreted as legal rules that govern the continuation and transition from one generation to the next, whether in the form of tangible or intangible wealth.

Customary law itself is unwritten, only in the form of norms and customs that must be obeyed by certain communities in a region. The law is binding and only applies in the area with specific sanctions for violators.

 

Due to the fact that customary inheritance law is often influenced by social or kinship structures. In Indonesia itself there are several types of inheritance systems as follows.

• Descent System

This system is divided into three types, namely the patrilineal system which is based on the father’s bloodline, the matrilineal system based on the mother’s bloodline, and the bilateral system which is the system based on the bloodline of both parents.

• Individual System

Each heir obtains or owns the inheritance according to their respective share. In general, this system is applied to societies that adhere to bilateral social systems such as Javanese and Batak.

• Collective System

Heirs receive the inherited property as a unit that is not divided in its control or ownership and each heir only has the right to use or get results from the property. An example is heirlooms in a certain community.

• Majority System

Inherited property is transferred as an indivisible unit with the right of control transferred to a specific child. For example, to the eldest child who serves as the head of the family replacing the position of the father or mother as the head of the family, such as in Balinese and Lampung communities inheritance is passed on to the eldest son and in South Sumatra to the eldest daughter.

2. Law of Civil Heirs

The law of civil inheritance or what is better known as the law of western inheritance is applied by the non-Muslim community including the color of the country of Indonesian descent, whether Chinese or European whose provisions are regulated in the Civil Code (KUHP).

In the legal system, civil heirs adhere to the individual system in which each heir owns the inheritance according to their respective share. The following are the legal rules for civil heirs.

• Inheriting based on the law or inheriting without a will is called Ab-instentato, while the heir is called Ab-instaat. There are 4 groups of heirs based on the law, among them the following.

1. Group I consists of husband and wife and children and their descendants.
2. Group II consists of parents and relatives and their descendants.
3. Group III consists of grandfathers, grandmothers and so on.
4. Group IV consists of families in a more distant collateral line, including relatives of heirs of group III and their descendants.

• Inheriting based on a will, which is in the form of a person’s statement about what he wants after he dies, which can be changed or revoked by the maker as long as he is alive in accordance with the Civil Code Article 992. The way to cancel it must be with a new will or done with a Notary .

3. Islamic Inheritance Law

Islamic inheritance law is used by Indonesian people who embrace Islam. The inheritance law is regulated in Article 171-214 of the Compilation of Indonesian Law, which is the material of Islamic law written in 229 articles.

Islamic inheritance law adheres to the principle of bilateral individual inheritance, not collective or majority. Therefore, the heir can come from the father’s or mother’s side. In Islamic inheritance law, there are three conditions for inheritance to be declared to exist so that the right becomes valid and handed over to a person or heir who receives the inheritance as follows.

• The bequeather (heir) has died and it can be legally proven that he has died. If there is a division or gift of property in the family while the heir is still alive, it is not included in the category of heir but is called hibah.
• The person who inherits (the heir) is still alive when the person who inherits dies.
• The person who inherits and inherits has a relationship of descent or kinship, both a straight upward line relationship such as father or grandfather and a straight downward relationship such as children, grandchildren, and uncles.

 

Meaning of Introvert – Every person is different, not only in physical matters, but also in personality. Let alone you and your friend, people who are twins also sometimes have very different personalities from each other. Discussing this personality, we usually group people into two types, namely, the group of people who have an extroverted personality and the other one is, those who have an introverted personality.

People who have an extroverted personality are known as active figures in their daily lives. They have many activities, and are almost always surrounded by many people and feel comfortable with the situation. Well, because they are active and do a lot of things, it is not surprising if an extrovert has many friends wherever he is. Then what about the meaning of introvert?

Many people often consider the concept of introvert to be a shy, closed figure, even often branded as a figure who is ansos alias anti-social. Introverts do have a personality that is the opposite of extroverts. But that difference does not necessarily make them anti-social or anti-social. Well, so that you don’t misunderstand the introvert personality, here is the definition of introvert, the characteristics, and how to interact with introvert friends!

Definition of Introvert

As discussed earlier, many people often misunderstand introverts. The majority of them are often associated as shy, anti-social figures, even considered cold by the people around them. Whereas the definition of introvert is a personality type that focuses more on thoughts or feelings, and prefers a calm atmosphere.

The extroverts feel something different. In contrast to introverts, extroverts are very enthusiastic when interacting with many people such as coming to parties, or similar events involving many people.

Introvert Types

At first glance, introverts look the same. But not many people know that this one personality is also divided into several types. Here are the types of introverts you need to know:

1. Social introverts

They are called social introverts not because they cannot socialize well, but because they prefer a small circle of friends. This type of introvert only has a few close friends who have been with them for years. They are very close to his friends, even considering him as his own brother.

2. Introverted thinker

This type one introvert is a great thinker and loves to imagine. The majority of introverted thinkers are intelligent, serious, and very careful in doing anything. And because they like to imagine, this one introvert is usually inhabited by people who have unlimited creativity. They are able to do things that are considered impossible, and make anyone feel in awe of their achievements.

3. Anxious introverts

Among other types of introverts, this introvert is the most shy. They don’t always like crowds, and prefer to spend time at home with people who make them feel comfortable. It’s not anti-social or anything, this one introvert doesn’t like being around a lot of people because they feel awkward, and don’t know what to do. They are not clever at talking or looking for topics of conversation.

4. Restrained introvert

You must have had a friend who was the first to meet you, the silence begged for forgiveness. Don’t talk a lot, just ask the question and give a short answer. But his cold nature will change when he gets to know you longer. When these introverts feel comfortable with you, they will be more open and talkative. Most people often misunderstand this type of introvert. But just because they are quiet at the first meeting, doesn’t mean they aren’t interested in making friends, right?

Signs of Introverts

Although on paper, extroverts and introverts are easy to distinguish, considering that the two have very different differences. But in the real world, we face so many people that it will be difficult to distinguish which is the extrovert and which is the introvert. Even so, an introvert will show certain signs that make it easy for you to guess. What are the signs?

1. They feel tired when they have to deal with many people

Many people think that an introvert is shy and cannot socialize. In fact, the reality is that not all introverts are like that. They can easily mingle and interact if required, even attending events that make them meet many people.

But just because someone comes to a party, doesn’t mean they like it right? An introvert doesn’t mind meeting and interacting with many people, but that doesn’t mean he likes it.

One of the unique things about an introvert is that they easily feel tired when dealing with many people, so they can never last long in a big event.

Even though an introvert looks fine from the outside, they are actually tired of meeting everyone, chatting, and pretending to be interested in the topic of conversation that comes up.

When everyone is busy talking, an introvert will be busy looking for a way to get out of the event and return to his comfortable home where he can stop pretending and be himself.

2. Introverts prefer to spend time alone

Introverts do not mind spending time with many people, but if given a choice, they prefer to spend time alone. For many people, spending time alone is sad, not a few people even feel lonely.

But that never happens to introverts. On the other hand, when they are alone, it is the most pleasant moment for them. They can be themselves and do what they want, without having to care about others.

3. Having few friends

Compared to extroverts who have a wide circle of friends, an introvert prefers a small but quality circle of friends. They are really selective in choosing friends, and sometimes only choose people with a personality similar to them.

Don’t get me wrong, an introvert is friendly to everyone, and doesn’t mind meeting new people. But not everyone he knows will be considered a friend. An introvert doesn’t care if he doesn’t have many friends. For him, quality is much more important than quantity.

4. They like to talk to themselves

Another unique habit of an introvert is, they like self talking or talking to themselves. Don’t worry, they’re not crazy at all! For those who are not used to it, self talking looks strange. But for an introvert, self talking is their way of expressing their thoughts and feelings.

And believe it or not, this self-talking method makes an introvert feel much calmer than before because he has removed all the chatter that bothers him.

5. They always think before acting

Not only choosing friends, an introvert is also always careful when making decisions. Being cautious, introverts sometimes take a long time to decide something.

Before making a decision, an introvert will first weigh the various options he has, see the pluses and minuses, and then choose which one is best for him. In his life, there are hardly any original terms, because they always think before doing something. That’s why it’s no wonder that introverts almost never make wrong decisions.

6. More productive when working alone

The majority of people prefer to work in a team. One of the reasons is because a heavy workload will be lighter if done together. But the story is different if the person is an introvert. As already said before, introverts prefer to spend time alone.

This actually also happens when he works. Compared to working in a group, introverts prefer to work alone. When alone, introverts feel freer. They can think better, work more focused, and make much smarter decisions.

7. They prefer to express their thoughts in writing

Although not all, but the majority of introverts do not like to talk too much. They are not the type of people who speak bluntly and express their thoughts without being screened first. Instead of speaking, introverts prefer to express what they think in written form.

One of the reasons is because when writing, they have time to think first about what they will write. They are careful in their opinion, because they don’t want their writing to hurt others or worse, become a boomerang for themselves.

8. Likes to imagine

In addition to self-talking , an introvert also sometimes allows himself to wander everywhere. When they are alone, they like to imagine many things that they find interesting. For many people, daydreaming may just be a waste of time. But for introverts, daydreaming can reduce stress and it’s not uncommon for them to get good ideas while imagining.

How to Interact with Introverts

Unlike extroverts who are open and easy to make friends with anyone, an introvert cannot be like that. They will stay away and feel uncomfortable if our attitude is too friendly, but it will be difficult to get along with introverts if we are also passive like him. Well, because dealing with introverts is difficult and easy, you need a special way. Here’s how to deal with introverts.

1. Spend more time with them

Introverts, especially restrained introverts, are not easy to approach. They don’t trust others easily, and for that you should spend more time with them. In the beginning, everything was not easy. You may be more heartbroken because of their quiet, even cold attitude. But after meeting two or three times, the introvert will be more open, and not the cold annoying figure you met before.

2. Be careful in choosing questions

One of the hardest things when talking to an introvert is that we can never guess what’s on his mind. Their faces tend to be flat, making it difficult to guess. Because of its closed nature, it is good if you are careful when asking questions. Make sure the questions you ask are not offensive, and make him move away from you.

3. Discuss his favorite topic

No matter how quiet an introvert is, they will always be more enthusiastic when discussing topics they like. If you want to be friends or have a relationship with an introvert, make sure you first find out what they like. Discussing his favorite topic will make an introvert much more open, it will be even better if you also understand the topic and have the same interests so that your conversation connects.

4. Don’t be lazy

Who the hell likes to be friends with people who like to mess with other people’s affairs? Introverts especially hate people who ask too many questions. Remember, the majority of introverts are closed people, and their attitude will be very closed to people they meet for the first time.

They do not like to be asked questions, especially if the question concerns personal matters. So instead of you making him uncomfortable, and eventually moving away, it would be better if you waited for him to tell the story. If he feels comfortable, he himself will talk about himself.

5. Be a good listener

It’s hard to make an introvert talk a lot, especially if you’ve just met him. So if you’ve managed to find an interesting topic, and start a conversation with him, don’t spoil it by making the introvert the listener.

Instead, give him a chance to talk. Once an introvert talks to you a lot, it means that he is already comfortable around you, and forcing him to be a listener will only damage your efforts to be close to him.

6. Don’t talk about other people let alone reveal people’s secrets

Introverts are not gossipers by nature, and dislike gossipers. So when you talk to an introvert, make sure you don’t talk bad about other people in front of them. Well, they can be trusted and can keep secrets well.

But talking about other people in front of introverts will make you look bad in their eyes. An introvert will consider you as someone who cannot be trusted, and such a person will never be a friend to an introvert.

7. There is always a moment of need

If you want to be friends with an introvert, then you must first prove that you deserve to be called his friend. In addition to being reliable, there are always times when it is needed, which is also a quality that introverts like very much. Don’t worry, when you are sad or difficult, introverts will do the same for you.

8. Don’t force it

At the beginning of the acquaintance, introverts seem difficult to approach. They don’t talk much, and are closed. There are many reasons why they behave like that to new people. Starting from embarrassment, shyness, or fear of miscommunication But that doesn’t mean you can force him to open up. That will only make an introvert further away. Instead of forcing him to open up, it would be better for you to wait for him to feel comfortable with you.

That was the meaning of introversion, its characteristics, and how to deal with it. Starting a friendship with an introvert is not always as easy as flipping the palm. But if you are patient, and willing to give them time to adapt, introverts will be very good friends for you.

They are not the type of friends who talk too much, but their quiet attitude doesn’t mean they don’t care about you. Introverts care deeply about their friends, and are very loyal. They are good secret keepers, and can be relied upon. In difficult situations, introverts do not hesitate to lend a hand and help you solve all existing problems without complaint.

1.  

Definition of Five-Note Interval – In the art of music, a note interval is the distance between one note and the next note, whether it’s the distance of a note up or the distance of a note down. You should know that each tone interval has its own distance and special name.

A musician must master pitch intervals before learning other things. Because the tone interval will help you in doing various other things. For example, to understand the scale until making harmony on the guitar solo.

A. Meaning of Tone Interval

Quoted from the School of Music Theory 1, Faculty of Languages ​​and Arts, Yogyakarta State University, states that the tone interval is the “distance” between one tone and another. Each interval is given a name that contains the meaning of quantity and quality. In a scale there are 7 (seven) tones each of which has the name of the interval quantity, as follows:

c – c : prime
c – d : secondo
c – e : third
c – f
: quart
c – g : quint c – a : sext
c – b : seprime
c – c’ : octave

Meanwhile, the interval quality names are divided into 2 (two) basic groups, including:

1. Interval Perfect (pure)

a. Interval Prime ( 1 )

b. Quarter Interval ( 4 )

c. Quintet Interval ( 5 )

d. Octave Interval ( 8 )

2. Major Interval (big)

a. Second Interval ( 2 )

b. Interval of Thirds ( 3 )

c. Sext Interval ( 6 )

d. Septim Interval ( 7 )

Each of the above basic intervals can be changed, that is by widening the distance or narrowing the distance. In order to widen the distance, the upper tone is raised by 1 semitone, or the lower tone is lowered by 1 semitone, while in order to narrow the distance, the upper tone is lowered by 1 semitone, or the lower tone is raised by 1 semitone.

All Major intervals, if widened by 1 semitone will become Augmented intervals. However, if it is narrowed by 1 semitone, it will be a minor interval and when it is narrowed again by 1 semitone, it will be a diminished interval. Likewise on the Perfect interval, when widened by 1 semitone it will become an Augmented interval. However, if it is narrowed by 1 semitone it will be a diminished interval.

B. Sequence of Tone Intervals

Harmony or harmony is a combination of two or more tones that differ in pitch. The definition of a tone interval is the distance between two tones with a sequence of intervals, among others:

1) Prime (1st) like C to C
2) Skunde (2nd) like C to D
3) Ters (3rd) like C to E
4) Kwart (4th) like C to F
5) Kwint (5th) like C to G
6) Sect (6th) like C to A
7) Septim (7th) like C to B
8) None (9th) like C to D’
9) Decim (10th) like C to E’
10) Undecim (11th) like C to F’
11) Duodecim (12th) like C to G’
12) Tredecim (13th) like C to A’

C. Names of Tone Intervals

A tone interval has a value of 1 and there is also a value of half. Meanwhile, for the major scale has 1-1-1/2-1-1-1-½. But you need to note that, the interval applies if you use the tone do or C. With the tone sequence that is CDEFGABC.

There is also a minor scale with an interval of 1-½-1-1-1/1-1-1. As quoted from the book Mandiri Belajar Tematik SD/MI Class 6 Semester 2 by Desi Damayanti, et al., states that tone intervals have several names, namely prime, second, third, quart, quin, sect, septim, and octave.

1. Prime Tone

Prime tone is an interval of one tone or do to the same tone, which is do. Prime tone intervals are often referred to as Prim or Unison or First tones.

Prime tone is also a tone interval or distance between tones with a similar pitch. An example of a prime tone interval is the distance between C and C again. Prim has a compact and plain effect, as well as the same sound when played using two different musical instruments.

2. Second tone

Second tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the second tone above or re or below it. A second is also a tone interval between one tone and another tone with a pitch one level above it. A second tone is also referred to as the interval from tone one to tone two. For example from tone C to tone D. The interval of the second tone has the effect of sounding like stepping.

3. Tone Terts

The third tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the third tone or mi or high tone. Examples of intervals of thirds are the tone C to the tone E or major thirds which gives a melodic jump with a bright effect and the tone C to the tone Eb or minor thirds which gives a melodic jump with a narrow, dark and sad effect.

4. Quart tones

A quarter note is a note interval from the first note or do to the fourth note above it or fa. Quart jug is the distance between the first note and the fourth note. An example of a quart interval is the tone C to the tone F which gives the impression of a harmonious sound.

5. Quin tone

Quin tone is a tone interval from the first tone, which is do, to the fifth tone, which is sol. The quin tone interval is also the distance between the first tone and the fifth tone. The quin interval can be composed of two tert intervals. An example of a quin interval is the tone C to the tone G with a harmonious effect.

6. Tone Sect

The sect tone is a tone interval from the first tone, i.e. do, to the sixth tone, i.e. la. The interval of this section is the distance between the first note and the sixth note. An example of the sext interval is the distance between the C tone and the A tone with a strong and convincing harmonic effect. A large sext interval increases the feeling of happiness, while a small sext interval increases the feeling of sadness.

7. Septim tone

Septim tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the seventh tone or si. The seventh tone interval is also the distance between the first tone and the seventh tone. For example the distance between tone C to tone B by giving the impression of tension and exaggeration, thus making it a less pleasant interval when sung.

8. Octave Tone

The octave tone is the tone interval from the first tone or do to the eighth tone which is do’. In the diatonic scale, the octave can identify the repetition of the same tone. Only at a higher level. An example is CDEFGAB-C’.

The example can be said to be an octave because it has an interval of eight, which starts from C and ends at C’, giving the effect of harmony, convincing, majestic, and great.

 

Definition of Interpretation – For some people, maybe the term interpretation is familiar to the ears or even maybe Reader has often practiced what is called the interpretation.

If you don’t understand yet, one of the jobs that often do interpretation is the profession of translator. When translating a work, the translators will interpret the work to be translated, before translating it into a specific language.

The translation process needs to be done, so that the foreign language in the work can be conveyed well into other languages. The purpose is so that the meaning of the original sentence does not change.

It should be known that the interpretation process is not only applied to the world of translation, but also in various other fields. So, what exactly is meant by that interpretation? So as not to be confused, let’s see the explanation in the following article!

Meaning of Interpretation

In general, the meaning of interpretation is the process of giving opinions, impressions, ideas, and theoretical views on a certain object that comes from a deep idea and is influenced by the background of the person who created the object.

In general, the concept of interpretation is used to translate certain information from the initial form into another form. For example when a researcher is examining an ancient record on stone media that was carved using a sharp tool.

The ancient record contains various symbols that need to be interpreted by researchers, so that the meaning and purpose of people today can be understood.

Researchers need to interpret the meaning that the stone carver wants to convey. Information that can be interpreted by researchers, can be in the form of writing, oral, or pictures, and can contain one or more languages ​​in one media.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), interpretation means the interpretation of giving, impressions, opinions, and theoretical views about an object.

However, in general, interpretation or what is also known as hermeneutics is a philosophy or theory that explains the meaning of a meaning.

The word hermeneutics itself is a verb that comes from the Greek language yaki hermeneuein which means to interpret or translate. Interpretation is included in the structure of the explanatory text.

The structure of the explanatory text consists of several general statements about the topic that explain the sequence of the event process. Interpretation contains conclusions and topics explained.

Generally, the interpretation text is at the end of the paragraph and the text explains the gist, view, and also the conclusion of the topic in the explanation text.

Definition Interpretation From Members

In order to better understand interpretation, here are definitions of interpretation from various experts.

1. Freeman Tilden

Tilden expressed his opinion that the understanding of interpretation is an activity that has an educational nature and has the purpose of expressing meaning and relationships through intermediaries based on original objects and experiences.

2. Walin

Walin defines interpretation as a way of service that aims to help so that a certain group can be aroused and have a sense of sensitivity to feel the beauty of the environment along with its variations and relationships with the environment.

3. Kaelan

Kaelan believes that interpretation is an art that provides an overview of indirect communication.

4. Ricoeur

According to Ricoeur, interpretation is a process of orderly thinking that is done to find the hidden meaning from the meaning that has appeared in a level fold. The level fold is in a literal sense. Symbols and meanings according to Ricoeur have mutually correlated properties and also have many meanings.

5. Sumaryono

Interpretation is an effort to reveal the meaning that is still veiled or an effort to unfold the level of meaning that is in the literature.

6. MacKinnon

According to MacKinnon, interpretation is a branch of science that studies art in providing explanations about an area such as fauna, flora, geological processes, history, and culture in the community.

From the opinion of experts, it can be concluded that interpretation does not always have a relationship with writing. Interpretation can be a way for someone to describe a condition, view, and everything that can only be seen and cannot be touched.

Types of Interpretation

As stated earlier about the meaning of interpretation, Reader certainly understood that interpretation can be done in many fields and has various types. Here is an explanation of the general type of interpretation.

1. Interpretation of Short Stories

Interpretation of short stories is a process to interpret and describe various meanings from short stories or short stories. Short story interpretation can also be interpreted as an activity to search for meaning and make the short story be able to be adapted and explained to conditions that are suitable in real life.

For example, interpreting the meaning of the adoption of a figure with a poor background, by using a poor figure can explain the habits and character of the figure in accordance with the situation and conditions experienced by the people from the lower economy.

2. Image Interpretation

The second type is image interpretation, which is the activity of analyzing photos and images produced through certain tools and the purpose of taking photos or images is to identify the object and its role.

In practice, image interpretation is done by remote sensing using a special tool. So, the interpreter through the results of observation with the specific image tool will get a number of shapes, colors, and so on.

3. Interpretation of History

Historical interpretation can be defined as an interpretation activity on a historical data, so that it can bring about the existence of subjectivity. In general, when analyzing historical relics, various shapes, symbols, and images will be found as material or data to be interpreted.

For example, when an archaeologist inside a cave found several symbols and pictures on the wall of the cave. The picture was certainly made with a specific purpose and purpose, for example to explain the customs of the community at that time.

Sometimes, there are some symbols and pictures whose meaning is unknown. So that interpretation is needed to interpret the symbols and pictures.

After performing the interpretation, the archaeologist can convey the meaning of the symbols and images through writing and verbally using language that is easily understood by the community at that time.

The result of the interpretation is to be able to get complete historical evidence along with information as a result of the historical evidence.

Interpretation of history, in general, can bring up a subjectivity. Therefore, there are several things that must be observed before interpreting, such as the background and also the point of view of the interpreter.

According to Gilbert J. Garraghan, historical interpretation can be divided into five types, among which are verbal interpretation, psychological interpretation, logical interpretation, factual interpretation, and technical interpretation.

4. Interpretation of Nature

The fourth type of interpretation is natural interpretation. Natural interpretation is an activity of interpretation and description of a condition or natural scenery around. For example, when a person sees the sky, then that person can interpret what he sees at that time.

For example, by determining various cloud shapes that can be interpreted to resemble certain shapes that are quite familiar.

Then, when the color of the sky becomes blackish blue, then one can interpret that maybe at that moment it is cloudy which means it will rain soon.

5. Data Interpretation

Fifth, data interpretation is one form of activity in which the merging of an analysis result with various types of questions based on criteria that are appropriate to the standards that have been determined.

So, in certain activities, one can get a certain amount of data. For example, when a person conducts research that raises the topic of the factors that cause poverty in a certain area, then that person will conduct research related to any factors that cause poverty.

If the data has been successfully collected, then the researcher can do interpretation, to find out the factors that cause poverty in the area.

6. Music Interpretation

Interpretation can also be done on music. Music interpretation is a process used by a person to discover any meaning and desire of a composer. With the aim that music lovers can know the feelings that the writer wants to convey or feel when creating the music.

7. Map Interpretation

Map interpretation can be defined as a process of reading a map and giving meaning and interpreting the contents of the map by using the symbols written in it.

So, when someone looks at a map such as Google Maps, then that person will see various symbols. The symbols on the map mean several things such as the airport, petrol station and so on.

Purpose of Interpretation

Interpretation is done to achieve various specific purposes. Here is an explanation of the purpose of interpretation.

1. Increase Understanding

The main purpose of interpretation is to improve the understanding of an object. The word interpretation can be interpreted as an activity to explain the meaning of an object that is still unclear.

From the meaning alone, the purpose of this interpretation is clearly stated. Interpretation activities can help a person to minimize the occurrence of inconsistencies in the meaning and meaning of certain objects, for example such as historical interpretation.

With historical interpretation, an archaeologist can know the meaning, purpose, and meaning of a symbol and minimize the misinterpretation of the symbol.

2. Use of Data

Interpretation is done for the management of existing data. When interpreting, analysis is done to provide an explanation.

Analysis can only be done, when the data has been found and used appropriately. By doing interpretation, it can lead to a logical explanation based on the existing database.

3. Minimize Misinterpretation

Interpretation is done not only to explain an object, but also to help minimize the occurrence of misinterpretation of a particular object. This purpose is in line with the meaning of interpretation, which is the art of explaining, illustrating, and explaining something.

Principles in Interpretation

Based on the meaning and purpose of interpretation, here are five principles when interpreting that Reader need to understand before interpreting.

1. There is no need to include explanations that have nothing to do with what is shown and explained, because it will be a useless explanation.
2. Write information that matches all the elements contained in the explanation.
3. Interpretation can also be referred to as an art that combines various types of art to reach a certain limit.
4. When doing interpretation mediation, it does not need to be done sequentially, but it needs to be done according to needs and persuasion.
5. When interpreting for children, there is no need to simplify the language of adults.

In addition to applying the five principles of interpretation, an interpreter must also apply an interpretation program. The purpose is so that the interpretation process or the result of the interpretation is in accordance with the wishes and there is no interpretation error.

The interpretation program covers seven plans, among which are:

1. Can be used
2. Efficient
3. Able to express beauty
4. Minimize damage or loss to natural and cultural communities
5. Flexible and selective
6. Public participation
7. Optimum use of natural resources.

There is also a special interpretation program that must be known and covers five programs among them namely

1. Trial and error
2. Data analysis
3. Unity
4. Determine the theme and purpose of the program
5. Doing an inventory of the resources available in a site.

From the explanation of interpretation in this article, Reader of course already understands what is meant by interpretation, right?

Meaning of Interpretation – For some people, the term interpretation may not be foreign to Reader’ ears or even maybe Reader has often practiced what is called interpretation itself.

If you don’t understand, one of the jobs that usually do interpretation is a translator. When they want to translate a work, they will interpret the work, then translate it in a specific language.

The translation process is done, so that a foreign language can be displayed well into another language. The purpose is so that the meaning of the original sentence does not change.

It should be known that the interpretation process is not only applied to the world of writing, but also in other fields. Well, what exactly is meant by the interpretation itself? In order not to be confused, read the following explanation.

Meaning of Interpretation

In general, interpretation is known as a process of giving opinions or impressions, ideas or theoretical views on a certain object that comes from a deep idea and is influenced by the background of the person who does it.

Interpretation is usually used to translate certain information from a form other than writing into or is used as verbal information. For example when a researcher found an ancient record on stone media that was carved using a sharp object.

The ancient records usually have symbols that need to be interpreted by the researcher, so that the meaning and purpose can be understood by people today.

Researchers need to interpret what the stone carver wants to convey by scratching some symbols or a number of shapes on the stone. Information that can be interpreted by the researcher, can be in the form of oral, written or pictures that contain several languages ​​at once.

According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), interpretation is defined as giving an interpretation, opinion, effect or theoretical view about something.

But in general, interpretation or can be understood as hermeneutics is a theory or philosophy that explains the interpretation of meaning.

The word hermeneutics itself comes from the Greek verb hermeneuein which means interpret, interpret or translate. Interpretation enters into the structure of the explanatory text.

The structure of the explanatory text itself, consists of several general statements on the topic that explain the sequence of the process of events, interpretation containing the conclusion and the topic explained.

Usually, the interpretation text is at the end of the paragraph and the text explains the gist, view and conclusion of the topic of the explanatory sentence.

In order to better understand the meaning of interpretation, here are the definitions of interpretation from several experts.

1. Freeman Tilden

Tilden expressed his opinion that interpretation is an activity that has an educational nature and has the purpose of expressing meaning and relationships through intermediaries from original objects and experiences.

2. Walin

In contrast to Tilden, Walin defines interpretation as a way of service that helps a certain group to be aroused and have a sense of sensitivity to feel the beauty in the environment, variations and relationships with the environment.

3. Kaelan

Kaelan believes that interpretation is an art that provides an overview of indirect communication.

4. Ricoeur

According to Ricoeur, interpretation is an organized thinking process to find the hidden meaning in the meaning that appears in a level fold. The level fold is in a literal sense. According to Ricoeur, symbols and meanings are interrelated and have many meanings.

5. Sumaryono

Interpretation is an effort to uncover the meaning that is still veiled or an effort to open the folds from the level of meaning that is in the literature.

6. Grace

According to Gracia there are three main ways of interpretation. First is the interpretation which is basically the same as the understanding of the meaning of the text. The two interpretations, according to Gracia can show a process where a person develops his understanding of the text. The three interpretations, according to Gracia, can be used to refer to the study of the text.

7. MacKinnon

According to MacKinnon, interpretation is a branch of science that studies the art of providing explanations about an area such as fauna, flora, geological processes as well as about the history and culture of the community.

From the opinion of experts, it can be concluded that interpretation does not always have a relationship with writing. Interpretation can be a way for someone to describe a condition, scene or everything that can only be seen and cannot be touched.

Types of Interpretation

As stated earlier about the meaning of interpretation, Reader certainly understood that interpretation can be done in many fields and has various types. Here is an explanation of the general type of interpretation.

1. Interpretation of Short Stories

Short story interpretation is a process to interpret or describe some meaning from a short story or short story. Interpreting short stories can also be interpreted as interpreting by making a short story, the short story must be able to explain the conditions in real life.

For example, by raising a poor figure, by raising a poor figure, it can explain the habits and character of the figure in accordance with the conditions of the society from the lower economy.

2. Image Interpretation

The second type is image interpretation, which is the activity of analyzing images and photos produced by certain tools with the purpose of taking them in order to identify the object and its role.

In practice, image interpretation is done by remote sensing with special tools. So, the interpreter will get a number of shapes, colors and so on through the results of observation with the special image tool.

3. Interpretation of History

Historical interpretation can be defined as an interpretation activity that includes historical data, so that it will give rise to subjectivity. In general, when analyzing historical relics, a number of shapes, images, symbols and so on will be obtained from several media.

For example, when an archaeologist found a cave, several pictures and symbols were found on the cave wall area. The picture was certainly made with a specific purpose or purpose, for example to explain a custom that people had in that era.

Sometimes, there are some symbols and pictures whose meaning is unknown. So that interpretation is needed to interpret the symbols and pictures.

After doing the interpretation, then archeology can convey its meaning through written and spoken language using language that is easily understood by the general public.

The result of the interpretation is to be able to find complete historical evidence along with the information possessed by the historical evidence.

Interpretation of history, in general, will bring up a subjectivity. Therefore, there are several things that need to be considered when interpreting, such as the background and the point of view of the interpreter.

According to Gilbert J. Garraghan, historical interpretation is divided into five types, among which are psychological interpretation, verbal interpretation, logical interpretation, technical interpretation and factual interpretation.

4. Interpretation of Nature

The fourth type of interpretation is the interpretation of nature, which is an activity of interpretation and depiction of a condition or natural scene that is in front of the eyes. When a person looks at the sky for example, then that person can interpret what he sees in the sky.

For example by determining cloud shapes that can be interpreted as resembling certain shapes that are quite familiar.

Then, when the color of the sky is blackish blue, then one can interpret that it is cloudy and it means that it will rain soon.

5. Data Interpretation

Fifth, data interpretation is one of the forms of activity that includes combining the results of an analysis with various types of questions with criteria that are appropriate to the standards that have been determined.

So, on certain activities or activities, someone will get a certain amount of data. For example, when someone conducts research that raises the topic of the factors that cause poverty in a certain area, then that person will conduct research related to whatever the cause is.

Once the data has been obtained, the researcher can interpret it in order to find out the factors that cause poverty in the area under study.

6. Music Interpretation

Interpretation can also be done on music. Music interpretation is a process used by a person to find whatever the composer wants. With the aim that music lovers can know the feelings that the music creator wants to convey or feel when creating the music.

7. Map Interpretation

Map interpretation is the last type of interpretation. Map interpretation can be defined as a process of reading a map by giving meaning or interpreting the contents of the map by using the symbols written in it.

So, when someone looks at a map for example like Google Maps, then that person will see some symbols. The symbols on the map mean several things such as self-service, petrol stations and so on.

Purpose of Interpretation

Interpretation is done to achieve certain goals. Here is an explanation of the purpose of interpretation.

1. Increase Understanding

The first purpose of interpreting is to improve understanding. The word interpretation can be interpreted as an activity to explain about an object that is still unclear.

From the meaning alone, the purpose of this interpretation has been clearly stated. Interpretive activities can help a person to minimize the incompatibility of meaning and meaning to certain objects, for example such as historical interpretation.

With historical interpretation, an archaeologist can find out the meaning, purpose or meaning of a symbol and minimize the misinterpretation of the symbol.

2. Use of Data

Interpretation is done to encourage the use of a data. When interpreting, analysis is done to provide an explanation.

Analysis can only be done, when the data can be found and used correctly. By doing interpretation, it can lead to a logical explanation because of the database.

3. Minimize Misinterpretation

Interpretation is done not only to explain an object, but also to help minimize the occurrence of misinterpretation of a certain object. This purpose is in line with the meaning of interpretation, which is the art of explaining, describing and explaining something.

In addition to the three purposes of interpreting, there are several other purposes when someone interprets.

Interpretation is done to encourage visitors to use meaningful resources, so that they can improve ideas and require specific behavior. Another purpose is to increase public understanding of the purpose of an institution.

Principles in Interpretation

Based on the meaning and purpose of interpretation, here are five principles when doing interpretation that Reader need to do when doing interpretation.

There is no need to include an explanation that has no relationship with what is shown and explained, because it is a useless explanation.
Write information that matches the elements contained in the explanation.
Interpretation can also be referred to as an art that combines various types of art to reach certain limits.

When doing interpretation mediation, it does not need to be done sequentially, but it needs to be done according to needs or persuasion.
When interpreting or interpreting for children, there is no need to simplify the language of adults.

In addition to applying the five principles of interpretation, an interpreter needs to apply an interpretation program. The purpose is that the interpretation process or the result of the interpretation is in accordance with the wishes and no interpretation errors occur.

The intended interpretation program includes seven plans, among which are usable, efficient, capable of expressing beauty, minimizing damage or loss to natural and cultural communities, flexible and selective, public participation, and optimal use of natural resources.

There is also a specific interpretation program that should be known and includes five programs, among which are trial and error, data analysis, unity, determining the theme and purpose of program creation and inventorying the resources available in a site.

Example Interpretation

Interpretation is usually in the explanatory text sentence at the end of the paragraph or closing. The interpretation text contains conclusions about a phenomenon as well as the cause and effect relationship that has been explained in the previous sentence.

Interpretation needs to be done, so that the reader can understand the sentence written by the writer. In the explanatory text, the writer can give his opinion or give a statement related to the phenomenon that happened.

In order to better understand the interpretation, here are some examples of interpretation of a sentence in the explanatory text.

1. An example of interpretation in the explanatory text about street musicians

To respond to street performers, one has to look from two sides. This solution pattern should be done by the community at all levels.

The government can also play a role in educating and guiding street performers to become better people in the future.

While the community must be able to be wise. As the saying goes, ” don’t judge a book by its cover.” “It’s time for us as a community to put that saying into practice when responding to street performers.

The text above is an explanatory text. The interpretation contains the conclusion from the topic raised by the writer and explained in the last paragraph.

2. Examples of interpretations in explanatory texts about natural disasters

Earthquakes can happen at any time regardless of season. Even so, the level of concentration of earthquakes tends to occur in certain places only, for example on the border of the Pacific plate.

This place is known as the circle of fire. Of course, it was given that nickname not without reason, but because the place is surrounded by many volcanoes that can erupt or cause earthquakes at any time.

3. An example of interpretation of a painting

Every painter who is able to express his feelings through pictures does not always detail what he wants to write. There are some painters who prefer to draw abstract, where the meaning contained is less understandable by the general public.

Therefore, a painting can be used as an object of interpretation so that the public can understand the meaning and purpose of the creator of the painting.

From the explanation about interpretation above, Reader must have understood what is meant by interpretation, right? If not, Reader can study the information in more depth by reading books available on Sinaumedia.com. 

Internship is one of the valuable experiences to be had. Before jumping into the real world of work, a person can train his mind, knowledge and abilities in the implementation of an internship . Therefore, internship is something important for students.

However, what is an internship ? This article will discuss internships . Starting from the understanding of internship , the purpose of internship , the benefits of internship , and the rules of internship implementation .

Meaning of Internship

Through the program, various job guidance will be provided later. That will make the person acquire a skillset or networking in the world of work. Then, it can be used as a career supporter in the future for that person.

The government has also made regulations regarding internships . Things about internships are listed in Law No. 13 of 2003, on Employment.

In general, internship programs are more identical to students. Especially for students who are already in the final level. Like in the fulfillment of courses, or simply looking for experience before work.

Before diving directly into the real world of work or community, this internship activity is indeed one of the activities that can be used as experience. This internship activity generally takes place in a certain period of time,

It can start from one month, three months, even twelve months. An intern or trainee can get pocket money. However, there are also institutions that do not provide pocket money for their internship participants.

Things like that are usually already a rule from the institution or company. In addition, this internship activity will also depend on the agreement between the two parties, namely the company or institution and the trainee or intern .

The main purpose of holding this internship program is to help someone. So that the person can master a skill, or something he is learning through the job position where he is doing an internship.

In addition, this internship program also aims so that the interns can later prepare for the real world of work, because they already have experience. For students, this internship program is one of the places that can be used to implement the knowledge that has been acquired during lectures.

Purpose of Internship

The purpose of implementing this internship program is actually broad. In its implementation, the participants can see what the world of work is like. They can assess whether the world of work is the same as imagined.

It can also be said that internships also aim to start pioneering a career. For example, if following an internship program at a startup , then an internship participant can determine whether he likes the atmosphere in the company or not. As it is known that startup companies are classified as companies that are fast and have busy activities.

Following internship activities will increase experience and knowledge. That will make a person have greater self-confidence. In addition, the achievements that have been obtained will make potential employers interested in the future.

Not only that, after completing the internship , he can improve his skills. As in communication, organization, even in teamwork. All these things will be useful for various careers in the future.

Through the implementation of an internship , then someone will be helped in making connections. For example, such as a mentor who can provide useful information. And can help guide during the implementation.

The possibility of getting a reference for future jobs is also higher. That is because the mentor will know how the performance and competence of the interns .

Internship benefits

There are many benefits from doing an internship . Some of the benefits of an internship are as follows:

1. Feel the work experience

One of the great benefits that can be felt during the implementation of the internship is to gain work experience. This experience is a warm-up before a student really plunges directly into the real world of work.

During the internship program , there will be many things to learn. Such as the work system in a company, ethics in work, how the work in the company is, as well as directly practicing the scientists who have been obtained in the world of lectures.

To avoid choosing the wrong company, it is best to conduct a survey first on the company. Find out what field the company operates in, whether it is similar to the topic you want to explore.

If a student succeeds in entering the company he is looking for, then the internship implementation process will go according to plan. There will be a lot of knowledge that can be gained. Therefore, when he plunged directly into the world of work, he already had the resources to be able to adapt quickly.

2. Get out of the comfort zone

It is very clear that the world of work and the world of campus are two different things. When entering the world of work, all abilities possessed must be released. It will be beneficial for the company.

Internships are moments from not knowing many things before, turning into knowing new knowledge. Although during the implementation of the internship you have to work really hard, but the benefits will also be felt later in the day.

This will also make students know who they really are. Will also know how or to what extent he is capable. It can also be used as a yardstick to improve one’s ability again.

3. Improve communication skills

When undergoing an internship at a company, you will certainly face several or even many people. From peers, seniors, co-workers, clients to superiors. The ways of communicating with them are of course different from the way of communicating everyday.

Unknowingly it will make an intern trained in communication. The ability to communicate will increase. It will certainly be profitable, and can even affect his future career.

The ability to communicate is one of the most important supplies for an employee in the world of work. Because, the situation and the environment are different from the environment that has been faced so far. That will make an intern have to adapt. It will certainly be profitable, and can even give influence in the career life in the future.

4. Adding relationships

During the implementation of the internship , you will certainly meet new people. That is the profit that can be obtained from an intern . When getting a relationship, try to maintain a good relationship.

Working relationships in the professional world are one of the most important things. Relationships will play a role in boosting someone’s career. When becoming an intern , one of the relationships that have been obtained is a mentor or supervisor from the intern . An intern mentor is an intern’s first career partner.

5. Networking can develop

In the implementation of the internship , the networking that is formed is not arbitrary. That happens because an intern will get valuable or meaningful networking . For example with people who have professional skills in various fields. This can be used as a stepping stone in achieving his dream target.

6. Being able to practice the knowledge gained

A student must have gained knowledge in the world of lectures. Either in formal or informal form. Internship is a container and opportunity for people who are going through it. The opportunity to really apply and prove the knowledge that has been acquired.

Moreover, if the field of work is the same as the major or expertise of the internship participant. That will make the potential possessed by the intern participants to apply the knowledge they possess become more and more open.

However, other things with companies or internship institutions are not suitable for the field he studies. Then it will be difficult to apply the knowledge that has been obtained. Basically, the interns have the opportunity to learn.

It doesn’t matter if they do something wrong. In fact, the mistakes made will be a learning material to become even better.

7. Adding work experience to the CV

It cannot be denied that when recruiting new employees, HRD will prioritize the experience written on the CV. HRD will see if the applicant’s experience is interesting or not.

Because, not everyone has the opportunity to follow an internship program. It will be beneficial for someone who already has work experience in the form of an internship . Especially if he has a certain performance or achievement in the company where he did his previous internship . So when applying for a job, the opportunity to get it becomes higher.

8. Having the opportunity to become a permanent officer

The last benefit of the implementation of the internship is being able to have the opportunity to become a permanent officer in the company or institution where the intern is. Companies or institutions where internships are implemented generally always evaluate intern participants .

Such as the evaluation of the performance of the trainees. Therefore, internship participants who have a good and satisfactory performance certainly have a high potential to be recruited by the institution or company.

Internship Hiring Rules

In Indonesia, there are two laws governing internships. First, Law No. 13 of 2003, on Employment. Second, Regulation of the Minister of Manpower Number 36 of 2016, regarding the Maintenance of Apprenticeships within the state.

Related to the rights that will be obtained by internship participants , the rules are found in Article 22 paragraph (2), regarding the Employment Law, which is as follows:

•       Get guidance from an internship supervisor or instructor.
•       Obtaining the fulfillment of rights in accordance with the apprenticeship agreement.
•       Get occupational health and safety facilities during the internship.
•       Earn pocket money.
•       Be included in the social security program.
•       Obtain an apprenticeship certificate or certificate of having followed an apprenticeship.

It is clear that the interns are entitled to pocket money or wages. Although the amount is determined based on the regulations of the institution or company. However, they also have the right to seek guidance to develop their potential.

Then, the company or institution is also obliged to provide a written agreement for its intern participants . The agreement at least contains some important matters. More fully, the regulations regarding the content of this written agreement based on Article 10 paragraph (2), Permenaker 6/2020, the written agreement contains the following matters:

•   Rights and obligations of intern participants.
•   The rights and obligations of the internship provider.
•   Internship program.
•   Internship period.
•    Amount of salary or pocket money.

Regarding the period of time or duration of the ongoing internship process, it is based on Article 5 paragraph (5) of Permenaker 6/2020. The duration of the internship is a maximum of one year. In general, internship programs that run in an institution or company are different. Starting from 3 months to 6 months.

That is the explanation of the internship . To build a career, supporting experiences are needed. Internship is one of the ways to gain experience.

•  

Understanding the Internet – In this modern age, the internet has almost become a primary need for everyone. Not only teenagers, but parents and even children use the internet a lot.

Be it for communicating, shopping, social media, playing games, or for other purposes. The existence of the internet does provide convenience for every individual to carry out daily activities. So it is not surprising if the need continues to increase. But do you know what the internet actually means? If not, then check out the following review to learn more about the internet.

The meaning of the Internet

If you don’t know, the term is a form of packet exchange protocol, which has been used globally. Then, the process of connecting the internet network is called internetworking. The meaning of the internet is explained by one of the IT experts, Onno W Purbo as a media used to streamline the communication process using applications. In the meantime, here is the meaning of the internet from some other members:

1. According to Allan (year 2005) 

According to Allan, the internet is a group of computer networks connected to each other, which can read and apply various communication protocols or commonly known as IP and TCP. Still according to Allan, the protocol is a simple specification of how computers are interconnected with each other and interact.

2. According to Turban, Potter, and Rainer (year 2005) 

Furthermore, the internet according to Turban, Potter, and Rainer is a large network that can connect computers. Starting from connecting networks between school organizations, governments, businesses, and other institutions quickly.

3. According to Harjono (2009) 

The meaning of the internet is further conveyed by Harjono, which is interpreted as a group of several computers, even thousands of computers in the world that are interconnected and connected to each other. In connecting these computers, a medium is needed, such as cable, satellite, optical fiber, and a telephone connection. With the media, every computer can interact with each other.

4. According to Sarwono (2012) 

According to Sarwono, the internet is a group of networks with a global scale. In the beginning, the internet was only used in the military, but now the internet has been used by the general public. All circles have easily operated it. And according to Sarwono, no one is responsible for using the internet.

5. According to Supriyanto (2006) 

Fifth, the internet according to Supriyanto is a connection between several computers through a network that exists in the world and has an operating system with different applications. The relationship can occur by using a telephone or satellite that uses a standard protocol in communication.

6. According to Sibero (2011) 

Furthermore, according to Sibero, the internet is an Interconnected Network, which is a computer network that interconnects computers globally. The Internet is able to work because of the existence of computer networks, both local networks and networks with a wider global reach. In addition, the internet also uses the same communication protocol, namely IP or TCP.

7. According to Berners Lee

Then according to Berners Lee, the internet is a network that has several networks in it. The concept from Berners Lee can be interpreted as the existence of a local computer network that is connected to other networks.

8. According to O’Brien

The Internet according to O’Brien is a rapidly growing computer network. Where the existence and development of the internet itself can have a positive impact on various areas of life, such as business, education, government, and other areas.

History and Development of the Internet in the World

Later, ARPANET is the forerunner of the internet network. Then, around the 1980s, network technology was used by several campuses, although it was still very limited and only used by a few circles.

The IP or TCP standard protocol was only published in 1982. Then in 1986, the National Science Foundation Network (NSFNET) was established. It is NSFNET that emerged as a replacement for ARPANET in housing research and research in America. After a few years, around 1990, ARPANET was taken down.

Instead, CERN introduced a new service called the World Wide Web (WWW). Until 1993, Internic began to be developed, whose function is to register domain names from the public. Then in Indonesia, the internet started coming in around 1994. In that year, people who struggled in the IT field started to introduce the internet to the community.

Since the discovery of the network, the internet began to grow. The development of the internet has undergone many significant changes, both in terms of coverage, speed, transmission, and its use. Coverage is more directed to the reach of the region that can use the internet.

Until now, there are still many countries that are competing to try to meet and expand their reach using satellites. Because it is with satellite that the reach of the internet will be able to be expanded.

Then in the data packet transmission part, from year to year also continues to experience changes. Data transmission today is of course different compared to previous years. In accordance with the concept and understanding of the internet, as well as the support of increasingly modern technology, the transmission of internet data packets has also become better.

The same goes for the speed part. Various technology industries are now trying to continue to develop the network. From the early 2G, 3G, 4G, up to the latest at the moment, namely 5G. The bigger the internet network technology that you want to use, of course the resources you need are big enough for the country.

The use of the internet also continues to develop. It can even be said that the development of the internet to meet the daily needs of humans continues to undergo changes. Starting from changes in information, communication, and the devices used. In the past, the internet was only used by the military. But now, with the growing use of the internet, people can use it privately.

Almost every job today requires the internet as part of the work process. Not only in the field of work, the internet also penetrates into other fields, such as politics, economy, information, education, communication, and many other fields. The more the internet develops, the more its scope and use will spread to more areas of life.

Benefits of the Internet for Daily Life

1. Benefits in the field of education

The Internet is very helpful in the activities of students in the field of education. Not only students who have studied in universities, but those who are still in elementary, junior high, high school are also greatly helped by the presence of the internet.

The same goes for those who do not go to school and choose home schooling in their respective homes. There are many things that can be obtained through the internet as a means of learning. Every child or student can access millions of information through the internet. So that it helps them in developing their knowledge.

In addition, through the internet everyone can also develop their own skills. Through the many features that can be accessed with the internet, they can find and continue to develop skills.

With a good and fast network, you can discover new things. So it will be very easy for anyone to access and test their skills. The search and audio visual features will help you a lot to learn about anything in the world.

2. Benefits in the field of health

In the field of health, the internet also provides many benefits. You can access health information with the help of a computer network. In fact, the health information has been found so much, that you are the one who should be careful when looking for the information.

With the internet, it is easier for people to interact with doctors. Some websites now offer online health consultations with doctors who are experts in certain health fields. Through the internet, you can access various things to take care of your health, starting from a healthy lifestyle, how to manage your health, good foods to consume or avoid, hospital recommendations, and many more.

3. Benefits in the business field

Then in the field of business, the internet also makes it easier for businessmen to achieve financial gains. For entrepreneurs, you can create a business website, e-commerce, creative industry, or startup business. What is important to note is that, when deciding to use the internet in business activities, the reach you have will be much wider. That way, the business will also grow more easily.

4. Benefits in the field of information communication

Furthermore, the benefits of the internet can also be obtained in the field of communication and information. Right now, you must have felt how easy it is to communicate with other people who are far away. Communication both through audio, visual, and audio visual is very easy to do nowadays. You can see and know the condition of other people who are far from reach. This shows the rapid development of communication with the internet.

Likewise in the field of information, where everyone can access millions of information through search engines on the internet. Any information is available there, and you can get it with just one click.

In fact, information from other countries that are very far away can be enjoyed in a matter of minutes. This is in accordance with the understanding of the internet where electronic media in the 21st century can provide faster network access and a wider reach.

The development of the internet has also provided a variety of reading books through eBooks. The advantage of eBooks is that readers can read anywhere via mobile phone or tablet, save on the use of paper, downloaded books are stored in the cloud, and reading is more practical and efficient.

https://www.Sinaumedia.com/products/full-premium-package?queryID=4e94db1f2b5b60b8db29a9d6f2475402

Sinaumedia Digital is an app developed by Kompas Sinaumedia to increase interest in reading by presenting quality and well-known books, magazines and tabloids. Reader can read as much as you want just by subscribing from 89 thousand/month.

5. Social and entertainment benefits

Another important thing that is greatly benefited from the existence of the internet is that it is easy for everyone to get entertainment. There are many platforms that provide opportunities for anyone to socialize on media and get entertainment.

The presence of social media in addition to making it easy for everyone to interact with each other also provides access to entertainment. Either by looking at funny photos or millions of videos that can be chosen by yourself. With easy access, everyone can get entertainment anytime and anywhere.

Negative Impact of the Internet

1. The rise of hate speech

The Internet provides facilities for everyone to share information. This includes criticizing anyone via social media. Through the media, there are still many people who misuse it to express various expressions of hatred.

Of course, because there is no filter on the internet related to hate speech, it makes everyone, especially public figures, very easy to accept harsh comments and criticism that tend to hurt people’s hearts.

Therefore, when looking for information, it is highly recommended to be good at choosing and sorting. Don’t let the information you consume contain fake news and hate speech.

2. The amount of illegal content

The second negative impact is the emergence of a lot of illegal content. Video content is the most dangerous. Because videos that contain inappropriate things are also starting to be produced a lot. Whether it contains immoral acts, criminality, or pornographic videos that are not child-friendly. The ease of spreading various content makes every adult have to control children who use the internet.

Because without control from adults, children will more easily access anything. Once they find inappropriate content, they will continue to get similar recommendations. Guidance from parents to children is also very important. So that children can gain positive benefits from the existence of the internet.

3. The emergence of cyber crime

The last negative impact is the emergence of cyber crime. The easier it is for everyone to share anything, the easier it is for others to comment and express their opinions. However, not everything that is said in the media can be accepted by everyone.

So it is very possible for every internet user, especially those who use social media, to get negative criticism for what they upload. Not only in the realm of the media, cyber crime also extends to the many frauds committed online.

In addition, there are still other crimes such as hacking, cracking, and spamming. Therefore, the internet, which has provided convenience and benefits, needs to be used even better. So that the facility really has a positive impact, not a negative impact.

Well, that’s the meaning of the internet and its ins and outs. Starting from the understanding of the experts, its history, its development, benefits, and also the negative impact obtained by using the internet. Without a good filter, the internet can cause disaster for its users.

 

Local Internet – Hello Reader friends, are you a smartphone user ? The use of smartphones cannot be separated from the use of the internet. So, you should always be ready with the data package that should be purchased. In today’s millennial era, you will miss out on important and up-to-date information if you don’t have the internet.

The Internet is a globally interconnected computer network system using transmission control protocol/internet protocol or internet protocol packets (TCP/IP) to connect devices around the world. This communication network transmits information accurately and quickly through certain frequencies.

If you guys don’t understand it yet, the term is a form of packet protocol used around the world. Further, the process of connecting internet circuits is called networking. Information and Technology Expert Onno W. Purbo explains the meaning of the internet as a tool that streamlines the communication process using applications.

We need the internet anytime and anywhere to exchange messages through WhatsApp, Instagram, YouTube, Line, and other applications or stay informed through navigation applications, email, Facebook, and others. Currently, internet can be obtained easily, even providers (internet service providers) compete with each other to offer packages with the best price and quality to meet the customer’s internet needs.

So, what is meant by local quota? What about the concept and how to use it? Take a look at the following information that will explain to you the meaning of local internet or local quota, as well as the concept of its use.

What is the Internet?

The Internet (English abbreviation of interconnected network ; literal meaning: “interconnected network”) is a globally interconnected computer network system using internet protocol packets (TCP/IP) to connect devices around the world. The networks consist of private, public, academic, business, and local government networks to the global sphere, which are connected by a variety of electronic, wireless, and optical network technologies.

The Internet brings a variety of information resources and services, such as interconnected hypertext documents and World Wide Web (WWW) applications, electronic mail, telephone, and file sharing. The Internet originated from research carried out by the United States federal government in the 1960s to develop strong and tolerant communication with computer networks. The interconnection of commercial and enterprise networks in the early 1990s marked the beginning of the modern internet transition, which resulted in continued exponential growth as generations of institutional, personal, and mobile computers connected to the network.

One of the negative impacts that the internet has on humans is the ability to read. The facilities provided by the internet in accessing data make people tend to look for information through the internet and no longer look for information through printed books. Human reading ability has decreased because information sources can be obtained directly through the internet.

Sources of information have also shifted from printed books to the internet. In this modern era, most writers choose to use information sources from the internet. The ease of searching for information sources and compiling information from the internet into a book makes people experience a decline in reading ability.

Definition of Local Internet

Currently, there are many internet service providers that offer various types of internet packages at different prices, even some of them offer quota packages with large capacity and can be offered at affordable prices. Internet service providers such as Indosat, XL, Telkomsel, Three, Axis and others also provide additional local quotas for the packages offered. So, what is meant by local internet?

When buying a quota package, the supplier (vendor) will usually divide the quota into several categories. Local internet quota can be said to be a type of quota that can only be used in one region or one region. This quota is always in the same area as the place or region where you activate the data package.

As is known, an internet packet has a composition consisting of several types of specific quotas or sub-packets. Some of them are as follows.

• Chat and Social Media Application Package.
• Night Package.
• Video Packet.
• Flash/National Package.
• Special 4G Package.
• Local Internet Package.

As explained above, local internet is a type of internet package that you can only use in the local area when activated. For example, you activate a local package in the South Jakarta area, the package is only valid and can be used in the South Jakarta area only.

Broadly speaking, local internet is an internet quota that can be used in a limited area, for example the customer’s area activates the area and/or the surrounding areas, but the reach of the area is not national. Local internet has different reach which is determined by several things, namely the city of the customer activating the quota and the type of internet packet that is activated.

Local internet can generally only be enjoyed in the city where the package is activated, but details of its use can be found in the applicable package provisions. If the customer is in the border area of ​​the city, the quota used cannot be accurately determined because it depends on the serving network and other factors that cannot be controlled, such as weather, demographics, land structure, population density, etc.

Local Internet Type

In fact, there are many providers of the cheapest local internet packages, but as a customer you must be careful in choosing and seeing the benefits that will be obtained from these local internet packages. Don’t let you be supplied with a cheap price, but the capacity is less. Local internet quota can be called cheap if the price can be adjusted to the received quota.

Next, we will discuss the types of local internet quotas most used by customers, namely unlimited , continuous, and regular.

1. What is Unlimited Packet?

As the name suggests, this package can provide convenience to customers who want to use the internet as much as possible without quota limitations. This unlimited package is also recommended for people of all ages who enjoy YouTube streaming , playing online games , following social media, surfing the web, etc.

2. What is Internet Packet Routing?

As interesting as the unlimited package, the channel internet package is the local internet quota that customers are most interested in. This is because the total quota offered is very large and ranges from 220 GB to 880 GB. Each quota can be used for a maximum of 365 days.

3. What is a Regular Packet?

The advantage of this package is that you can share the internet with your friends or family. In addition, one of the things that makes the regular package as attractive as the previous two packages is the large number of quotas that are also available, starting from 43 GB, 73 GB, and 91 GB. Each quota can be used for 24 hours without special rules. Customers also get an extra night quota for 30 days.

Difference between Local Quota and National Quota

As explained above, a local quota is an internet package that can only be used in certain regional areas and is different from the standard general quota. General quota or main quota is an internet package that can be used nationally.

If you are in Indonesia, you can use this type of quota. The next difference is that the local quota is a quota bonus that you get when you buy a standard quota package. However, if there is a local quota bonus, the price of the internet package is a little cheaper.

How to Use Local Internet

Currently, almost all mobile operators use a system of several subpackets in one internet packet. For example, there are several GB of flash data quota and another GB for local internet packets. This is why you should always have the following questions.

• Which quota will be exhausted or used first?
• Can local internet packet quota be used before regular or flash packets? If possible, then how?

Actually, the local quota will be used first in this quota utilization scheme. Once finished, just switch to the flash quota. This system of course works automatically. So, you don’t need to make special arrangements. However, it will be different if you use a data packet outside the required packet area. The package that will be used first is the flash package , not the local package.

There are several cases that prove that the local quota cannot be used when you return from outside the region and the quota that is sucked is the flash quota . That certainly sounds very disadvantageous. If you are also facing this problem, try restarting the phone you are using. Alternatively, you can also activate airplane mode, then turn it off again. The purpose of this method is to refresh the network on the phone. Thus, the data packet will be detected by the local network.

Local quotas generally do not stand alone, but are combined as one of the benefits along with some other types of quotas in the data package. The use of local quota does not require special arrangements, customers can directly take advantage of it after successfully activating the data package that offers local quota benefits in it.

How to Use Local Internet Outside the City

According to the name of the packet, the use of this internet packet is only in the place or zone where the internet packet is activated. One of the disadvantages of this package is that it cannot be used outside the city where this package is activated, although the price is quite cheap.

If the local quota is used outside the coverage area, the consumption of internet usage will be transferred to another type of quota, such as a regular internet quota or deducting the pulse directly according to the applicable tariff if no other quota is available.

But don’t worry, Sinaumedia has a powerful way to use the local internet when you’re out of town. How to do it? Check out the following clues!

To use the local internet quota in other regions, we can use a third-party application called Fake GPS Location . This application can change the location of the phone you are currently using to track the local quota activation area. In other words, the location seen on your phone is still in the original area. This Fake GPS Location application is free and you can download it from the Google Play Store. The application can work on both rooted and non- rooted devices. So, don’t worry about its security.

• First, open the settings menu of the device used.
• Second, select the “cellular network” menu, then select the Telkomsel SIM card.
• Third, click AP Name or APN option > then click the + sign to create a new APN and fill in the APN as follows:

– Name: videomax.co
– APN: SGSN
– Proxy: – (leave empty)
– Port: – (leave empty)
– Other menu leave empty.

• Next, click “save settings” and finally click “Ok”.

Use this APN setting as the default APN on the device you use. Next, after doing the above settings, download the Fake GPS Location application on the official Google Play Store. Then, do the following.

• Once the application is successfully downloaded and installed, open the application.
• Next, a notification will appear about the activation of the fake location.
• Click “open settings” and find the “copy local application” option, select “Fake GPS”. All you have to do is choose the activation location of the local internet package.
• After finding the name of the city or region, click the green arrow button. The fake GPS app will run in the background of your phone.
• At this point, the process is complete and you can directly access the local internet, even if you are in another region.

What Applications Can Be Accessed Using Local Quota?

Local quota can be used for unlimited internet access in certain applications. Customers can use the local quota to browse the internet, stream videos , play games , send messages through applications, and so on. One thing that differentiates is that customers must access the internet when they are within the reach of the local quota area.

How To Know Our Location Zone?

There is no sure method or way to know which region you are currently in. The only way to do this is to contact the most relevant call center, then ask them in which district the city you are visiting is located.

Alternatively, you can also ask which city is in the same region as the current city. If you don’t want to bother calling the call center , you can ask at the local counter to buy an internet data package.

One thing you need to know is that each cellular network operator uses a different regional division, even the division of regions can change from time to time, especially for Telkomsel operators. It is possible that if the number of active users in a city changes, increases, or decreases drastically, the area of ​​the city can change every subsequent period, ie it can be wider or it can be narrower.

Why Local Internet Quota Can’t Be Used, Even though Buy Close to Home?

You do buy an internet package at the nearest counter , but the counter can buy data store vouchers or starter packs from other cities in different regions. So, where to buy internet at the counter also affects quota usage. Therefore, you can try to ask again at the counter where you bought the data package for reasons of not being able to use the local quota.

The counter will later check back so that the buyer does not feel disadvantaged. This is very important to note for the uninitiated, especially for pulse meter agents or counters that are specialized for local internet packets (physical vouchers and prime packets) that apply a division scheme based on A numbers, not B numbers.

The point is, the area tracked by the data packet will track the area or location of the voucher or the internet packet is activated, not the packet shot. If a packet is shot and taken from city A, and activated in city B, the packet will still enter zone B as local internet.

—

That’s the article related to “Meaning and How to Use Local Internet Outside the City” that you can use as a reference. Some of the information above may seem less important to those of you who rarely go out of town. However, for those of you who often travel far or are pulse agents, it is mandatory to know and understand the local internet quota information as explained above.

To get more information, Reader can also read books available on Sinaumedia.com. As #SahabatTanpaBatas we always strive to give the best. To support Reader in adding insight and knowledge, Sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Reader has information #MoreReading. Hopefully useful!

Every part of the earth has space. Space in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as the gap between two (rows) of pillars or between four pillars (under the house’s vault); a cavity bounded or bounded by a plane; the boundless void, the place of all that is; inner compartment (durai, petai); share; real and imaginary space in the show on stage.

Launching from the Detik.com page, space is defined as a place on the surface of the earth, both in whole and in part that is used as a place for living beings to live. All living things and various organisms depend on their lives in the spaces on earth.

These spaces have boundaries that influence life on the surface of the earth. Here is the basic concept of the space formulated by Yulia Siska in between.

• Space is a place on the surface of the earth.
• Space is not only limited to air, but also the lowest layer of the atmosphere that affects the earth’s surface.
• Space can include a body of water on the surface of the earth, such as seas, rivers, and lakes. While under the surface of the earth there is water, and the soil reaches a certain depth.
• Space includes various layers of soil and rock, which are the resources for life.
• Space is a place for humans to interact.

The spatial dimension used to view nature as a place and as a provider of various potential resources. Space can also be interpreted as a spatial dimension, which is the place where various natural events occur both in social and historical forms in the process of time.

Understanding Spatial Interaction

In Nursid Sumaatmadja’s view, space is defined as a place on the surface of the earth either in its entirety or only partially that is used by living beings to live. Space can also be interpreted as a container for all the activities of humans, plants, and animals on the surface of the earth.

Launching from Kompas.com, space is not only limited to the air that is in contact with the earth’s surface. However, it is also the lowest layer of the atmosphere that gives influence to the surface of the earth. Space also includes the waters found on the surface of the earth, namely seas, lakes, rivers, or those under the surface of the earth (groundwater) up to a certain depth.

Quoting from Education Standards, the concept of space is a concept that has a focus on the location and distribution of space, as well as the way people organize and manage the space they live in. The characteristics of an environment and a human being are influenced by the location where they live.

Based on the Tirto.id page, the interaction between spaces is the relationship between a region and other regions. Relationships that are established mutually need each other. The forms of interaction between spaces have an influence on the occurrence of inetaxy between spaces.

In the book “Pasti Bisa Social Science for SMP/MTS Class VII” by Ganesha Operation, it is mentioned that the interaction between spaces is used as a place to live and interact between individuals and other individuals, individuals with groups, or one group with another group.

In that space, they interact with each other and influence each other. One of the factors that affect the interaction between spaces is the existence of regions that complement each other from the differences in the potential of natural resources between regions.

Interaction between spaces can also be interpreted as a way of managing spaces based on their potential and problems and the connection of a space with the surrounding spaces. Interaction between spaces can take the form of the movement of people, goods, or information from the original area to the destination area or from one area to another.

 

Conditions for the Occurrence of Anti-Space Interactions

The occurrence of interaction between spaces or spatial interaction is influenced by several conditions that have been summarized on the Kompas.com website as follows.

1. Complementarity _

One space and another need each other so that they complement each other. The thing that is a magnetic link between one region and another is different commodities.

2. Intervening Opportunity

An opportunity between is interpreted as an alternative offer where a space offers a better option than the original space or the destination space.

3. Ease of Transfer ( Transferability )

This transfer facility is interpreted as a condition that can be handed over or transferred.

Forms of Spatial Interaction

The form of interaction between spaces is very diverse. Launching from various sites on the internet , following forms of interaction between spaces.

1. Population Mobility

Population mobility is a form of interaction between spaces in the form of movement and movement of people from one space to another. For example urbanization, immigration, transmigration, travel to work, travel to tourist attractions, and others.

Urbanization is the result of forms of interaction between spaces. Not only that, other impacts such as the development of growth centers, changes in the orientation of livelihoods, and changes in land use.

2. Communication

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), communication is defined as the sending and receiving of messages or news between two or more people so that the intended message can be understood; relationship; contact; relationship.

Communication is a form of interaction between spaces through the transfer of ideas, ideas, information, vision, mission, ideals, and the like both directly and indirectly. For example watching news shows, watching television shows, reading books, surfing the internet, etc.

3. Transportation

Transportation is a form of interaction between spaces through the movement of goods from one place to another. Such as the transportation of goods, trade, and others. Each form of interaction between the spaces has an impact on each life.

Those impacts that have a great chance will mutually influence the interaction between the space and living beings and inanimate objects in it.

Interaction between spaces that occurs in the form of the transfer of goods or energy requires transportation. Several different means of transportation ranging from private vehicles or public transportation.

For example online ojek , bus, taxi, train, electric rail car (KRL), mass rapid transit (MRT), light rail transit (LRT), and others. Means of transportation is a way to move within a city or across a nearby city.

Impact of Spatial Interaction

The existence of interaction between spaces has an impact on human life. A simple example is the impact of urbanization that makes cities more crowded and densely populated. Launching from the Zenius.net site, the following is the impact of the interaction between spaces.

1. Development of Growth Centers

Population mobility from villages to big cities or urbanization causes the development of growth centers. For example, the Hollywood district in Los Angeles, United States.

Since the beginning, people who aspire to be actors/actresses or film production teams will definitely come to Los Angeles, which is famous for its Hollywood district. Because of this, Los Angeles became the center of the growth of the world film industry.

The same thing happened in Indonesia. Many people flock to Jakarta to complain. This causes Jakarta to become the center of economic growth in Indonesia.

 

2. Land Use Change

Population density due to population density due to urbanization has an impact on the difficulty of finding a place to live. This causes the transfer of land functions. For example, a piece of land previously used as agricultural or residential land was converted into office or residential land.

3. Change in Livelihood Orientation

In ancient times, human work was quite simple and depended on nature. For example, farmers, fishermen, traders, etc. However, as time goes by, human jobs become diverse, such as office workers, civil servants, content creators, and so on.

4. Changes in Population Composition

Migration carried out by the population can have an impact on the change in the composition of the population in the destination province. For example, region A was full of Muslims. However, because region A is often the destination of migration, it is possible that region A is no longer populated by Muslims only, it could be more diverse with the arrival of Hindus or Catholics.

However, this does not only apply to religion. Tribe or race is also included in it.

5. Development of Facilities and Infrastructure

Toll roads began to be built and connect most of the cities on the island of Java. With the existence of tolls, road users will be able to cut mileage and save fuel.

Not only that, stations, airports, ports, and terminals continue to improve their quality. Such as improving cleanliness, facilities, and services. Not only that, even ordering tickets can be done easily through the application. No need to queue at the counter.

6. Socio-Cultural Changes

When there is interaction between spaces, then indirectly there is also social interaction between individuals in it. Like natives and immigrants. This can trigger acculturation or cultural assimilation based on differences in norms and values ​​held by each group.

Example of Spatial Interaction Question

Here is an example of a question about the interaction between spaces that is plated from the Zenius.net site.

Pay attention to the statements below!

(1) Iqbal and his family traveled from Jakarta to Surabaya.

(2) Indonesia imports wheat from Ukraine.

(3) Dilan sent a package from Boyolali to Milea’s house in Bandung.

(4) Rudi plays chess with his younger brother.

The form of interaction between spaces is shown by the statement number…

a. (1), (2), and (3)

b. (1) and (3)

c. (2) and (4)

d. (4) only

e. Everything is wrong

Answer:

From the four existing statements, activities involving interaction between spaces are number A. (1), (2), and (3). While number (4) does not involve two spaces so it cannot be said that there is interaction between spaces.

Hello fellow Reader , have you ever heard the word Integrity? Reader friends are sure that the word integrity must be familiar to our ears, especially for people who work in an organization or company..

Integrity is indeed a very important word in the world of business and work. Unfortunately, integrity is one of the words that is often misunderstood and misused in organizations. The general public has three definitions of integrity, namely integrity means being honest, a balanced and orderly life can be called a life of integrity, and integrity means doing things properly without undue effort.

Basically, everyone should have integrity as a form of responsibility, whether it’s a task, a job, or daily activities. To better understand what integrity is, Reader can refer to this article that discusses its meaning, characteristics, examples, and application, both in the world of work and in the principles of life.

Meaning of Integrity

Integrity is a word that comes from the Latin word “Intiger” which means whole and complete. So integrity requires an inner feeling that reveals integrity and consistency of character. In short, integrity means the concept of consistency of actions, values, methods, measures, principles, expectations, and results. In ethics, integrity is considered to be honest and fair or true in one’s actions.

Moreover, the definition of integrity according to experts is not too far from the definition we proposed earlier. An expert defines integrity as three things that we can always hold fast to: staying committed, being honest, and doing things consistently.

Integrity is your image in an organization that can be seen from your daily behavior and actions. Integrity refers to consistency between words and convictions reflected in daily actions.

Sometimes people only speak with their lips while their hearts are filled with pride, jealousy, envy, revenge, and emotions. People with integrity often think before speaking so that their behavior and actions are consistent with what is said.

A person’s integrity is always tested in terms of status, women, wealth, family, money, a little fear, a little hunger, etc. Integrity is a feeling of patience and gratitude. Honest people are patient when tested, and when blessed, they are grateful.

What is meant by integrity is thinking, speaking, behaving, and acting correctly, accurately, and in accordance with the code of ethics and principles. Integrity begins with thoughts, not words. Thinking gives rise to knowledge, understanding, values, beliefs, and principles. People who say things without thinking can cause regret later, hurt other people’s feelings, and even cause hatred.

It feels incomplete if we do not understand the meaning of integrity based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI). Integrity in KBBI is a quality, trait or condition that manifests a unity, so that it has the potential and capacity to exercise authority and honesty.

When we have high self-esteem, the people around us can see it through our actions, words, decisions, methods, and results. Likewise when we become whole and coherent human beings, wherever we are and in whatever condition, there is only one. We will never leave a part of ourselves in another situation, because we have become a cohesive person. In other words, you are always yourself.

Socrates said, “With one’s mind one can make the world grow or thorn.” So you are what you think. Thinking happy makes you happy, thinking you can’t make you can’t. Thoughts can make you competent and brave thoughts make you brave.

As said Dr. Ibrahim Elfiky, positive thoughts create positive actions and results. Integrity should start with positive thinking. Positive thinkers speak positive words and behave and act positively. Think positive, then everything around you will also appear positive.

After thinking about it, it’s time to say a word. Words can express a person’s quality. Words are magical because they can influence the way a person thinks and acts. The right choice of words can inspire people to be more enthusiastic in work. The words of conscience will motivate him to behave and act in a true and proper way.

On the other hand, words that are not in accordance with the conscience can lead to behavior and actions that can harm oneself and others. Finally, what you say should be expressed in good and fair behavior and actions while still respecting the code of ethics and ethical principles.

Behaving and acting with dignity and integrity is a unit that becomes a standard for officers in performing their duties.

Integrity According to the Experts

1. Henry Cloud

According to Henry Cloud, when we talk about integrity, it cannot be separated from the effort to be a complete and inclusive person in all different parts of the self, who functions well and does one’s job, the service is in accordance with what was planned in advance. Integrity is closely related to the wholeness and effectiveness of a person as a human being.

2. Ippho Santoso

According to Ippho Santoso, integrity is generally defined as a combination of thoughts, words, and actions that create reputation and trust. If used to refer to the origin of the word, the meaning of the word Integrity means to say completely and completely.

3. Andreas Harefa

According to Andreas Harefa, integrity is three keys that can be observed, namely honesty, respecting commitments and doing things consistently.

4. Stephen R. Covey

According to Stephen R. Covey distinguishes between honesty and integrity “honesty is telling the truth, in other words, according to our words. In fact, integrity follows our words, how we say them. Others, fulfilling promises and fulfilling expectations.”

Honesty means conveying the truth, a person’s words correspond to reality. Integrity shows that his actions match his words. People with integrity and honesty are independent people. They show their authenticity as responsible and dedicated people.

5. Dr. Kenneth Boa 

Dr. Kenneth Boa describes integrity as the direct opposite of hypocrisy. He considers that a hypocrite does not meet the conditions to guide others to achieve noble character. Integrity is required for everyone, not only the leader but also the people being led.

People want to know that their leaders can be trusted if they want to be followers. They believe that leaders care about the interests of each team member and that leaders must have confidence that their team members will do their jobs.

Leaders and followers want to know that they will keep their promises and never waver in their commitment. Those who live with integrity will not and cannot destroy the trust of those who trust them.

They always choose the right and defend the truth. That is a sign of integrity. Tell the truth responsibly, even if you don’t feel comfortable saying it.

Integrity is about “heart”, which is the ability to fulfill one’s conscience, including, among others, honesty, sincerity, commitment, etc. And integrity is built through three important factors, namely leadership values ​​(values ), consistency, and commitment.

These values ​​are the guidelines for the leader’s actions. This integrity is stronger if the leader has consistency between what is said and done (at the beginning of the conversation) and is committed to it. If we do not have integrity, we lose credibility because others will turn their backs on us to avoid disappointment. Integrity is the practice of being honest and showing consistent and uncompromising adherence to principles, life values, and strong moral and ethical values.

Characteristics of People Who Have an Attitude of Integrity

1. Having an Honest, Sincere, and Trustworthy Attitude

An organization will easily find employees with higher education, experience and graduates from prestigious universities. But finding honest, sincere, and trustworthy employees is not easy.

Employees like this are still rare, so the leadership is tasked with finding hidden pearls in the corners of the archipelago to become agents of change towards success. An employee who is honest and sincere in doing his job will pay attention to his conscience.

An honest and sincere attitude is self-confidence that can bring happiness and peace of mind. Work is not just to get material/wealth, but more importantly, how after work the soul becomes calm, peaceful and sleeps well.

What is the meaning of wealth if it is obtained with dishonesty, of course it makes you feel guilty, your heart beats fast, you cannot eat well. Honesty and sincerity are the main pillars of preventing corruption, collusion, and disgrace. On the other hand, dishonesty encourages corruption and unhealthy competition.

Honesty and sincerity in work can build trust in the work environment. Honesty and sincerity will not reduce the honor, self-esteem and authority of employees, but rather be trusted, loved, respected and appreciated by the people around them.

2. Open and Consistent

Transparency or openness is the result of trust. Managers will not promote or give risky jobs to employees they do not trust. Employees also do not follow the advice of unreliable leaders.

In terms of service to the community, officers must be transparent about regulations, costs, and standard operating procedures (SOP). Never accept or collect anything other than the terms of service, as this can damage trust. Building trust takes a long time but destroying it is short.

Consistency can be understood as following rules, codes of ethics, and ethical principles that should be true. Consistency can also be understood as the adequacy between what is said and what is done. Consistency creates stability.

Employees who are consistent in their search and choice of truth. Consistency is up to you, because it’s your life that determines the fit between your values ​​and actions.

3. Be Objective

Being objective means making an assessment based on pre-determined criteria or measurements that are supported by data and facts. Being objective will bring you closer to justice.

If behavior is only based on a person’s preference or assumption of liking or disliking, it will definitely lead to dissatisfaction, hatred, injustice, and other negative behaviors.

High education, expertise, work experience and high positions do not guarantee high integrity. Integrity is you, you determine the ups and downs of your inner integrity.

No one can change you unless you want to change for a happier life. Without integrity your life feels bland, integrity makes you feel calm and peaceful because in your heart there is always hope.

4. Maintaining Dignity and Not Doing Reprehensible Things

Maintaining dignity means being able to maintain positive values ​​in oneself. Upholding the dignity and worth of the workplace is the duty of every employee. The more important your position or position at work,

the greater the temptation to come to you. Eligible employees certainly do not commit shameful acts such as bribery, extortion, abuse of power and the like.

Employees who engage in embarrassing behavior are usually not afraid or ashamed. For example, agents who openly charge out-of-the-box processing fees , they do not need to be ashamed. Sometimes they feel proud of the goods bought with corrupt money.

However, if he is caught red-handed, he has to endure suffering and misery in life, embarrassing his family and the agency he works for. You reflect the culture of the office in providing service. Maintain the honor and dignity of the department by not doing embarrassing things.

Don’t let temptation weaken you until you end up being tempted to commit a reprehensible act. Your friends may say you’re stupid for refusing bribes, but on the other hand, refusing bribes can make you stronger, more honorable, and more valuable.

5. Always Arrive on Time

The first and main habit to have is to get used to being on time, every moment. This attitude reflects that we are very committed and consistent from time to time, because punctuality means that we value the time we have and the time that others have.

This attitude will make people around us believe that we are trustworthy individuals, because we live with integrity. On the other hand, when we are often late, others do not appreciate us.

It’s okay, we just don’t appreciate their time. Do we still deserve the respect of others? Our respect not only tarnishes but also damages our reputation in the company. Therefore, immediately practice and apply this habit anytime, anywhere.

6. Responsible Person

Employees should be willing to take risks for the results of their work. What is done can not only be held accountable to the ruler or the country, but more importantly can be held accountable to God.

You should think that every time you do work, someone is watching you even when no one can see it. The best attitude towards mistakes in your work is not to blame others, but to judge yourself by admitting mistakes, apologizing, and improving yourself.

Remember, you are responsible for yourself. If you do good, good will come back to you, but if you do bad, bad will come back to you.

7. Don’t Let Stress Control Your Personal Integrity

Too often, stress and pressure make people feel bad and take shortcuts by damaging their integrity. For example, a former employee of XYZ company is a person of high integrity. But because of the situation that made it more and more difficult for him to work and almost made him despair, he did something against the law.

When he commits a violation that harms the company, he indirectly damages its integrity. So let stress be the trigger that prompts us to take a deep breath and give our best effort. Don’t let stress destroy the self-confidence we already have.

Integrity Benefits

1. For material gain , people with integrity tend to experience material gain. For example, feeling healthier and more agile when doing activities.
2. Intellectually beneficial individuals with integrity are often more capable of maximizing their abilities than hypocritical individuals.
3. Emotional excellence In general, people with integrity also have motivation, self-discipline, great solidarity, empathy, sympathy, and emotional stability.
4. Spiritual benefits , integrity makes a person wiser in interpreting his entire life experience.
5. Social importance , a person’s integrity facilitates good relationships with others and cooperation in society

The Importance of Integrity in One’s Life

Without integrity, motivation is dangerous; without motivation, powerless capacity; inability, limited understanding; without understanding, knowledge is meaningless; Without knowledge, experience is blind. The experience is easily given and quickly used by people with all other qualities. (Anonymous)

From the quote above, it can be explained that integrity is the most important thing in a person’s life in general. When we look for the characteristics of how to build a personal life, the sequence starts from;

1. Integrity
2. Motivation
3. Ability
4. Knowledge
5. Experience

Here is a brief explanation of why integrity is so important in everyone’s life:

• Integrity is one of them applying applicable values ​​and standards.
• A person’s integrity will determine that he can be led and can become a leader because only people with integrity have quality character and the ability to learn from others.
• A person’s integrity will determine the extent to which he deserves the trust of others because of his consistent actions.
• Integrity builds a person’s reputation and achievements because he thinks, speaks, and acts consistently.

Understanding Social Integration – Social integration is an adjustment between different elements, especially in social life. So that later it will produce a comfortable life pattern for the community.

If seen from what he said, social integrity actually consists of two terms, namely “integration” which has the meaning of wholeness or perfection. Then “social” which has the meaning of relationship or reciprocity of an action performed by social or society.

But if it has the meaning according to KBBI, integration has the meaning of a renewal of something until it becomes a whole unity. Integrity itself is something that has an important role in society itself. With that, community goals will be harmoniously formed and it will be easy to achieve common goals.

Then, through the process, all things related to social order such as culture, law, education, and others will be easy to do. So we can conclude that social integration can be assessed as one of the elements that can reduce the occurrence of social conflicts in society.

Well, for Reader who want to know more about social integration. You can read and understand it through the meaning that will be explained below. There are several definitions from experts and several other explanations such as the conditions, forms, and processes of social integration.

A. Meaning of Social Integration

As explained earlier, if we look at the meaning of social integration according to KBBI, then we will find that integration is the blending of separate things into a whole.

The meaning of blending itself is to adapt, to enter, to melt, and to merge. So that all these things can become a unity. In that way, the integration refers to the meaning of adjusting, melting, or uniting two or more different things.

From the explanation, we can conclude that social integration is a process of adjustment of different elements that exist in society. So that it can melt into one and whole. These elements can be in the form of race, ethnicity, social position, religion, language, norms, customs or habits, and also value systems.

In community integration, there is cooperation from all walks of life. Starting from families, individuals, institutions, and even the community itself. So that it can produce an agreement about values, which are then upheld together.

However, social integrity cannot only be measured from the criteria above, which is the fusion of all members of society in a physical sense. But it also includes the development of solidarity and humane feelings. It is the basis of a harmony of a society.

According to Michael Banton, a British social scientist, explains integrity as a pattern of a relationship that considers the existence of racial differences in society. However, they did not give an important role to the difference.

The rights and obligations related to a person’s race are only limited to that field, so that there is nothing to do with the field, be it job, status, and others.

B. Meaning of Social Integration According to the Experts

After explaining the meaning of social integration in general. This time the writer will provide information related to the meaning of integration according to experts.

1. Gillin

Social integration is a social phenomenon that occurs due to the existence of a social process. Especially related to differences in elements, such as emotional, cultural, behavioral, and also desires.

Where in the end it will cause aspects of social problems. So that by realizing this, the community should have an easier time doing the reconciliation process that we call integration.

2. Soerjono Soekanto

Social integration is one form of a social process carried out by various parties. This is done to overcome the problems that exist in the community. The problem can be caused by social conflict, violence, and threats from other parties.

3. Hendropuspito

Social integration is a community unity that will ultimately make each individual have a vision and also a mission.

4. Paul B. Horton

Social integration is a series of processes and social interactions for all racial and ethnic groups that can unite. So that it can support economic and cultural life.

C. Conditions of Social Integration

Below are some conditions that must be met to form a social integration in society.

1. Having a sense of mutual need between communities

Indeed, everyone will have their own needs. Where the needs will be different for each individual. Therefore, as a whole society, we must need each other and also complement each other. It aims to ensure that our needs can be met properly.

That attachment and necessity will later become one of the driving factors for the occurrence of intact social relationships. Until finally we will be known as social beings.
As we know that all the things that a person needs will require the help of others.

For example, in terms of getting an education, of course we will need teachers, ministers of education and others. Then in the case of buying and selling transactions, of course we will need a seller and also a buyer.

It is this relationship that will later become a condition for the formation of social integration that we must understand.

2. Values ​​and Norms Should Be Conducted Consistently

The values ​​and norms that prevail in a society are one of the driving factors for social integration. The norms that apply in society are actually the same as unwritten laws.

So, knowingly or not, the norm is strongly believed to be one of the cornerstones in organizing community life. For example, the norm when visiting someone else’s house, or the norm when talking to older people.

Values ​​and norms that have been agreed upon and applied in society have become something permanent and eternal. Of course, the norm has been done through generations and consistently. Although basically the norm is not taught in formal schools. But one of the factors of conflict in society is a violation of prevailing values ​​and norms.

3. Values ​​and Norms Achieved Through Mutual Agreement

A community is a group of people in one area. It’s just that the community is not only made up of one race, religion, and the same background. But they have different backgrounds. In order to create social integration, the condition that must be met is an agreement on the norms that will apply. It must be agreed upon and obeyed by all members of the community.

Every human being has a different cultural background. Therefore, there are many forms of diversity of existing norms and values. So that the agreement of norms and values ​​that should be applied is very much needed. The agreement is an example of social integration related to the culture that exists in society.

There are several provisions related to values ​​and norms such as what should happen in society. So that not all values ​​and norms can be applied freely and openly. One of the stipulations of values ​​and norms is a norm that has been in place for a long time and the value of norms that have been in place based on mutual agreement.

4. Tolerance

Tolerance is a very important thing in the relationship in the social group with the general public. Because, as explained above, society, especially in Indonesia, is a society that consists of many backgrounds. Starting from culture , tribe , race, religion , and many more.

If there is no tolerance, then it will not be possible to form social integration in society. This is one of the conditions that must be met to form a social integration, namely mutual respect and mutual respect for all differences.

An example of an attitude of tolerance is the implementation of cooperative activities in the community in building places for worship or perhaps public facilities. That way, the community will be easier to communicate and well integrated. That is why tolerance is important.

5. Having Self-Awareness as a Social Being

One of the conditions for the formation of social integration is that each individual has awareness as a social being. So, all activities carried out have the purpose of achieving the common good. Therefore, if you want to join a social group, then you must have self-awareness that you are a social being.

By realizing that you are a social being, you will more easily integrate with other communities. Because, that attitude is a fundamental thing that everyone must have.

6. Have the same Vision and Mission

One of the conditions for social integration is to have the same vision and mission. Just like the conditions in social institutions, ordinary people also need to have the same vision and mission. Where the purpose, vision, and mission are obtained from a mutual agreement. 

With the right communication, then the agreed vision and mission can be realized as a form of social integration. Although every member of the community involved in it has a different background.

That is the six conditions for social integration in society. Basically, this can only happen when there is social contact and good communication between fellow members of the community. Because, those things are the characteristics of social relationships that must be fulfilled. So that the conditions of social integration can be achieved.

 

D. Forms of Social Integration

After discussing the conditions for social integration. This time we will discuss the forms of social integration that you need to know.

1. Normative Integration

This form of integration can be interpreted as integration that occurs because of the norms and values ​​that prevail in the society. Norms are something that can unite people, even if they have different backgrounds. For example, Indonesian citizens are united by a principle we call ” Bhineka Tunggal Ika “.

2. Functional Integration

The second form of integration is functional integration. This integration appears because of certain functions that exist in society. Then, the integration can happen if we prioritize the function that comes from each member of society. For example, Indonesia consists of various races and tribes.

3. Coercive Integration

Coercive integration is a form of integration created due to the power possessed by the ruler. That means, the ruler will apply violent means or also called coercive. For example, the demonstrators stopped rioting when the police sprayed tear gas into the crowd of demonstrators. That is one example of coercive integration.

E. Driving Factors of Social Integration

There are several things that are driving factors for social integration. Here are some factors you need to understand:

1. Group Homogeneity

One of the factors that can encourage social integration is the level of pluralism. The more plural and heterogeneous a society is, the more difficult the integration process will be. It may also take longer. Whereas a homogeneous society will more easily achieve social integration, because they can more easily create integrity in a fairly short time.

2. Number of Members

In addition to the plurality of the community, the number of members can also be a factor in the speed of the process of forming social integration. The more members, the more difficult it is to create and achieve the integration.

3. Geographical Mobility

Geographical mobility is a change or displacement of people in a region. New members of the community in a region will try to adapt to the norms and values ​​that already apply in the region.

4. Effectiveness of Communication

Social integration can be influenced by the effectiveness of communication between one member and another in the community. If members already have an effective communication system, then social integration will be easily achieved. But if a society does not have an effective communication system, then it will be more difficult for them to achieve social integration.

5. Attitude of Tolerance and Mutual Need

The last factor is the existence of tolerance to the feeling of needing each other. That way, it will be easier for members of the community to accept the differences that exist in the community itself. In addition, the awareness that we need each other can also accelerate the formation of social integration.

F. Social Integration Process

You can see the process of social integration from some of the processes below.

1. Acculturation

Acculturation is a social process that occurs when a society that has a certain culture is confronted with a different or foreign culture. The process of integration will continue until elements of foreign culture are accepted by the community and processed back into their own culture.

However, usually acculturation will take place without losing one’s own cultural characteristics. Thus, we can conclude that acculturation is a process of change marked by the unification of two different cultures.

The union of the two cultures will cause the two cultures to be almost similar. However, each of these cultures still maintains its characteristics or special features. In fact, the process of acculturation has existed since ancient times. This is because humans always migrate and move from one place to another.

With the migration there will be a meeting between different community groups. Therefore, every member of society will be faced with foreign cultural elements. Then, as time goes by, they will certainly do acculturation.

2. Assimilation

Assimilation is a social process whose emergence is marked by an effort to reduce a difference that exists in society. In the process, every member of the community will strive to improve the unity of attitude, action and also mental process while still paying attention to common interests.

That way, they will no longer distinguish each other and the boundaries between them will disappear. Then melt into a single entity.

3. Accommodation

Accomodation is a process of community effort in easing conflict and creating stability. The accommodation that exists in the community is expected to be able to resolve the conflict without damaging and destroying the opponent.

With accommodation, the conflict will be easier to resolve and be more peaceful. Therefore, accommodation can make it easier for members of a society to adapt to other members of society.

Also read the related article “Meaning of Social Integration” :

• Understanding Social Change
• Examples of Social Problems in Indonesia
• Understanding Social Interaction
• Meaning of Social Board
• Understanding Social Structure
• List of Tribes in Indonesia
• Understanding Social Differentiation

Those are some explanations about the meaning of social integration . We need to understand that unity and acceptance in society is very necessary for us to do consistently. So that we can live comfortably and peacefully and avoid social conflict.

 

The understanding of constitutional law – Indonesia is a country of law, all the behavior of Indonesians is regulated by law. Law is closely related to justice. There are even people who think that law should be combined with justice in order to have the true meaning of law. Only through a fair rule of law can society live peacefully towards happiness.

The essence of law is to create fair rules in society. Law aims to create a fair rule for the life of the community as it is dreamed of. Law contains the demands of justice. Every rule that affects human behavior or living conditions is expected to reflect a sense of justice.

In the olden days, the term “National Constitutional Theory” was rarely mentioned, especially in lectures and academic forums. Constitutional law studied by students is constitutional law in a narrow sense. This was influenced by the nature of the New Order government which tried to defend the political order at that time, which actually benefited the rulers in maintaining their power. The ideas about the UUD both directly and indirectly eventually become hegemonic or shackled.

At that time, the political order based on the National Constitutional Law was only the implementation of Pancasila and the Constitution (1945 Constitution), upholding the single precept of Pancasila and applying P4 (Pedoman Hidup dan Pengamalan Pancasila). As a result, the debate on the theoretical side of constitutional law is rejected, even silenced, because it is considered an “anti-establishment” idea and tends to disrupt national stability.

Constitutional law can also be distinguished between general constitutional law and positive constitutional law. Constitutional Law generally deals with generally accepted principles and principles, whereas positive Constitutional Law only deals with Constitutional Law that applies to a specific place and time. Positive constitutional law such as Indonesia’s Constitutional Law, the United Kingdom’s Constitutional Law, or the United States’ Constitutional Law currently in force in each country.

It was only after the 1998 reform that the dominant development in the study of Constitutional Law began. The birth of members of Constitutional Law also influenced this development. It is through the change of Pancasila that then causes changes and reforms in the structure/elements of the country. The birth of new national institutions is nothing but the creation of a better and more democratic Indonesia.

Talking about the constitution, many people do not understand what is meant by the Constitution. That is why this article was written to make Reader understand what the Constitution of the Nation means in general and according to experts

Understanding of Constitutional Law in General

Constitutional Law is essentially a law that regulates the administration of power in a country and all aspects related to the organization of the country. In this context, various terms are known in a constitutional law environment, namely:

In the Netherlands, the term “staatsrech ” is often used , which is divided into staatsrecht in ruimere zin (in a broad sense). Staatsrecht in ruimere zin is State Law. While staatsrecht in engere zin is the law that separates the law of statecraft from the constitution of the country, the law of state administration or the law of government administration.

In England, in general, the term “Constitutional Law” is used , the use of this term is based on the reason that the constitutional element is more prominent.

In France, the term “Droit Constitutionnel” is used to distinguish “Droit Administrative”, where the starting point is to distinguish between Constitutional Law and state administrative law.

Whereas in Germany, the term Verfassungsrecht is used : Constitutional Law and Verfassungsrecht : State Administrative Law.

The term Hukum Tata Negara comes from the words “Law”, “Tata” and “Negara”, which discusses the problem of state management. Law is a set of rules or rules for behaving or behaving, and when violated there will be punishment.

Order refers to the word order, ie order which can also be translated as order. Constitutional Law refers to the system of state structure, which includes arrangements about the structure of the state and the content of state standards. In other words, the concept of constitutional law is a science that studies the structure of the state, the mechanism of relationships between organs or the structure of the state, and the relationship between the structure of the state and its citizens.

Understanding Constitutional Law According to Experts

Below are some definitions of Constitutional Law according to experts, which consist of:

1. According to Van Vollenhoven

The Constitutional Law is the Constitutional Law that regulates all superior legal societies and subordinate legal societies according to their levels and determines the scope of their respective societies and finally determines the bodies to carry out the tasks of those who have authority within the legal society, as well as determine the arrangement and authority of those bodies.

2. According to Scholten

Constitutional Law is the law that governs organizations, not states. The conclusion is that the national organization deals with the position of organs in the country, their relationship, rights and duties and responsibilities.

3. According to Van der Pot

Constitutional Law is a set of provisions that determine the necessary organs and the powers of each organ, as well as their relationship with each other and with other individuals.

In addition, Van der Pot also explained that the Constitutional Law is a set of provisions that determine the necessary organs, the authority of each organ, the relationship between one institution and another, and the relationship between those organs and individuals in country.

4. According to Apeldoorn

Constitutional law in a narrow sense is identical to the term constitutional law in a narrow sense, as opposed to constitutional law in a broad sense, which includes constitutional law and the administrative law of the country itself.

5. According to Paton George Whitecross

Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the state apparatus, its duties, powers, and the relationship between state aids. In his book “Textbook of Jurisprudence” he formulated that constitutional law regulates the basic issue of the distribution of legal powers and duties of state bodies.

6. According to Maurice Duverger

Constitutional Law is part of private law, which regulates the organization and political duties of state institutions.

7. According to Kranenburg

The constitution contains the laws contained in the constitution that relate to the composition of the country’s law.

8. According to Utrecht

Constitutional Law examines the social duties and powers of government officials.

9. According to Kusumadi Pudjosewojo

Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the form of government (commonwealth or federation) and the form of government (kingdom or republic), which determines the upper and lower legal society and its level (hierarchy), which also legitimizes the territory and environment of the country and society.

The legal community and finally shows the equipment of the legal community (with the authority of the ruler) and also the composition (consisting of one person or several people), power, the level of balance between the equipment.

 

10. According to JR Stellinga

Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the powers and obligations of the state apparatus, and regulates the rights and obligations of citizens.

11. According to J. Apeldoorn

The state in the sense of a ruler is the existence of people in power in a federation of people living in a region.

12. According to Logemann

Constitutional Law is the law that governs the organization of the state. According to Prof. Logemann, a social organization that aims to use its power to organize and organize something in society.

13. According to Mac Iver

According to Mac Iver, the state as a political organization should be separated from “society”. The state is a political organization that exists in society, but the state is not a form of society. The state is an organization in society, namely organization-kapstok .

14. According to Wade and Phillips

In his book titled “Constitutional law” which appeared in 1936. Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the tools of the state, their duties and the relationship between the tools of the state.

15. According to AV Dicey

In his book ” An introduction to the study of the law of the constitution”, dicey says “as the term is used in England, appears to include all rules that directly or indirectly affect the distribution or exercise of the sovereign power in the state” . The state is all laws (written in “all rules”) based on the separation of powers within the state and the implementation of the supreme law of the state.

16. According to Austin

According to Austin, He said that constitutional law defines certain people or groups of people who hold a special power ( Sovereign power ) in the country.

17. According to Prof. M.Ph. Kleinjets

The Constitutional Law of the Dutch East Indies includes legal rules related to government (Inrichting Dutch East Indies) , tools of state power (Demet Overhead Gezag) , government, authority (Bevoegdheden) and power relations ( Onderlinge Machtsverhuord) between amenities.

18. According to Prof. ANCHOCIEZT

Constitutional law is a legal norm in which government officials and their powers have clear powers and limitations to regulate the apparatus of the state (regulate all aspects of community life), individuals including some who are in the state.

19. According to Prins

Constitutional law studies the fundamental issues that form the basis of the State and directly concern every citizen. Administrative law focuses on technical problems that until now have been ignored by us and are only important to professionals.

20. According to Muh Kusnardi and Harmaily Ibrahim

Furthermore, Muh Kusnardi and Harmaily Ibrahim in the introduction to Indonesian constitutional law state that constitutional law can be understood as a set of legal norms that regulate the administration of the state, the relationship of the apparatus with the state, the state vertically and horizontally, as well as the position of citizens and their basic rights.

Kusnardi and Ibrahim explained that citizens are an important part of a country. Therefore, constitutional law must contain the principles of the rule of law and the conditions of citizenship as well as the protection of civil rights (Human Rights Protection).

Purpose of Constitutional Law

The state is a large organization in which there is a government and people. Between the two there is power that regulates the activities of a country. The formation of the Constitutional Law is also not arbitrary but based on the purpose of the Constitutional Law as follows:

1. Describe the differences in the content of the 1945 Constitution after its changes and additions.

2. Realize and clearly understand his rights and obligations as a subject of the Constitution, in accordance with the 1945 Constitution.

3. Provide understanding support for beginners to gain extensive knowledge related to constitutional law of a country.

4. Familiarize yourself with the theory and implementation of Constitutional Law in Indonesia for the entire Indonesian community.

5. Support various scientific studies that may continue to develop related to the Constitution.

When the final settlement plan is done perfectly, the management of the national administration is always compact. If all stakeholders are able to carry out their duties honestly, the KKN action will not happen and the budget will be absorbed on time.

There will be no more crying and laughing when a series of laws are implemented and well understood by the stakeholders. Obeying the rules will bring peace, not only in the country, but also to the rest of the world.

Fundamentals of Constitutional Law

1. The basis of Pancasila

The first basis of the Constitution is Pancasila. As a national policy, Pancasila must be implemented and reflected in all government actions and decisions. As for the law, pancasila is a source of substantive law, where every content of legislation cannot conflict with the morals contained in pancasila.

The basis of Pancasila is stated in the Preamble of the 1945 Constitution, namely the unity of the nation, social justice for all Indonesians, a sovereign nation state, and a nation based on faith in God Almighty who is just and civilized.

2. Fundamentals of the Rule of Law

The following principles of constitutional law are the rule of law; Indonesia is a country of law. Therefore, all political attitudes and actions of the country and all citizens must be based on and in accordance with the rule of law.

In a country governed by the rule of law, the law is the highest governing body of the state. Regarding the concept of the rule of law, there are two concepts related to it, namely Rechtstaats and Rule of Law.

In short, the Rechstaat is the recognition and protection of human rights based on the principle of freedom and equality. Especially for the rule of law, this concept is based on the common law judicial system , namely judgment or case law .

3. Fundamentals of People’s Sovereignty and Democracy

The third basis of the Constitution is the sovereignty of the people and democracy. Sovereignty means supreme authority over a territory. In other words, people’s sovereignty is the highest power in the hands of the people. Therefore, in carrying out its functions, the government must adapt to the wishes of the community.

Furthermore, the question of democracy cannot be separated from the rule of law. Why? Because, in a democratic government, the people are in power; from the people, for the people and by the people.

4. Foundation of the Union State

The fourth basis of Constitutional Law is the unitary state. The unitary state can be understood as the supreme power of a country in the hands of the central government. This unitary state is the concept of state form.

The Union State of the Republic of Indonesia is maintained by giving the widest possible autonomy to the regions. With the aim that the regions develop according to their potential and wealth with the encouragement and support of the central government.

5. Basics of Power Distribution in Checks and Balances

The last basis of the Constitutional Law is the separation of powers. The division or separation of power can be interpreted as the division of power into several parts. The basis of checks and balances itself is a basis that requires legislative, executive, and judicial powers to be equal and supervise each other.

This decentralization is done to avoid the arbitrary actions of the rulers and to better guarantee the freedom and rights of the people. The division of power in Indonesia includes DPR, MPR, DPD, BPK, President and Vice President, MA, MK, KY as well as other organizations that have the authority to be regulated in the 1945 Constitution and other organizations determined by law.

 

Functional integration – In social life, most people will interact socially with a person or group with a different background. Differences in social background in society is a very natural thing. However, some people think that such differences are something that can divide the life of the community.

The emergence of differences in the middle of society can indeed trigger a conflict, but we can avoid or minimize that conflict. One of the ways to minimize the occurrence of conflict is to instill the values ​​of social integration. Social integration itself can be interpreted as something in the form of adjustment from different aspects that occur in community life.

With social integration, all levels of society will strive to work together in establishing social interaction. The interweaving of good social interaction between communities will bring forth community values. The integration itself can be done from the immediate environment, namely the family, then the individual, then the institution, and the community.

Community values ​​produced from social integration in the form of solidarity behavior, helping each other, and taking care of other people’s feelings. If the values ​​of the society can be applied properly, then the social environment will be peaceful and avoid the occurrence of a conflict.

There has been a lot of discussion about social integration, so it will be easy for us to understand and understand social integration. Social integration has three forms, one of which is functional integration. Reader, already know what is functional integration? This article will discuss more about functional integration. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

Meaning of Functional Integration

Functional integration is a form of social integration. Therefore, functional integration is always related to differences in society, especially differences related to certain functions in a society or social institution. This social integration is organized in a structured manner, so that each individual has a role to take care of and maintain a safe, peaceful, and peaceful social relationship. Thus, functional integration is always focused on the needs of the community in order to run safely, fairly, and stably.

So, functional integration is integration that occurs due to the existence of functions in society that must be carried out properly and correctly. However, social integration can be realized if we as a society are able to prioritize these functions, so that we can produce integration in society. A simple example of functional integration is the existence of community groups that work as fishermen, businessmen, farmers, etc., they will all carry out their respective functions, so that the needs of each community can be well met.

 

Examples of Functional Integration

So that it is easier to understand functional integration, then you need to see the examples below. So, what are you waiting for, let’s take a look at the examples of functional integration.

1. The Betawi and Sundanese tribes are integrated in order to meet the needs of food and industry

The first example of functional integration can be seen in the Jakarta community with its Betawi tribe and the West Javanese community with the Sundanese tribe. The two tribes perform functional integration to meet the supply and availability of food in their respective regions. In addition, the industry in West Java can grow because of the support that comes from Jakarta.

In this case, the intended functions are commodities and food availability and industrial development. If food commodities cannot be met, then the prices of food items can soar, so that the community will have difficulty in getting decent food. Whereas in the case of industry, the industry will not grow without the help of the nearest regions. The development of an industry can open new job fields.

These two different tribes prove that with differences they can work together instead of putting each other down. With the cooperation of the two tribes as well, the needs of the community, be it food or employment, can be met.

2. Districts of West Java and Aceh that are mutually integrated so that tea and coffee needs can be met

After the first example is a difference between two tribes, now the second example is a difference between two regions, namely Aceh region and West Java region. The two regions perform functional integration with the aim of meeting the needs of tea and coffee. Tea and coffee are drinks that are already known to Indonesian people, starting from adolescence to adulthood. Therefore, the supply of tea and coffee in a region must be balanced so as not to experience shortages.

The Aceh region is well known for the quality of coffee beans that have a special aroma and taste. In fact, coffee beans from Aceh have been exported to several countries. Meanwhile, the region of West Java is very well known for the quality of its tea. There is no need to doubt the quality of tea in West Java, especially if you drink the tea directly from the tea plantation, it will taste even better. The taste of this coffee and tea is really special and loved by many people, so stock should always be available.

Therefore, the Aceh region needs quality tea from West Java so that the availability of tea in Aceh does not run out. The same goes for the West Java region that needs coffee with a special aroma and taste, so it takes coffee from the Aceh region. The two complementary regions will make tea and coffee in each region not run out.

 

3. Bugis and Javanese Tribes Integrate Each Other To Meet Agricultural and Seafood Needs

The next example that shows functional integration is the good relationship between the Bugis tribe and the Javanese tribe. The two tribes cooperate with each other in terms of meeting agricultural and marine needs. In terms of food, agriculture and marine should complement each other so that each individual can eat food with balanced nutrition. By consuming food with balanced nutrition, a child experiences maximum growth and development.

The Bugis tribe is very well known for its seafood because the Bugis tribe lives close to the sea. Meanwhile, the Javanese tribe is also known for its quality agricultural products. Therefore, the Bugis and Javanese tribes work together to meet the needs of the local community. The Bugis tribe will take agricultural products from the Javanese tribe and the Javanese tribe will take sea products from the Bugis tribe.

With that cooperation, the Bugis tribe can taste the taste of agricultural products that come from Javanese farmers. In this case, agricultural products that come in, such as vegetables, nuts, rice, etc. While the seafood that comes in, such as salmon, lobster, tuna, etc.

When the availability is met, it means that the needs of the community in meeting balanced nutrition must be met. So, don’t underestimate the importance of setting aside capital and focusing on the needs of the community.

4. Functional Integration in the Field of Global Competition

As an era progresses, global competition becomes tighter. Not only is global competition getting tighter, technology is also changing to become faster and more sophisticated. Every country must be quick to adapt to the development of the times because if we don’t adapt quickly, then our country will fall behind other countries.

To adapt to the development of the times can be done with functional integration. With functional integration, global competition can be quickly overcome. For example, in terms of promoting a product, it is possible through social media where the whole world will know the products sold in the world market. The more people know about domestic products, the greater the opportunity to export goods, so that the country’s cash can increase.

In this case, the social media in question, such as twitter, youtube, instagram, etc. In fact, this social media can be played through the smart phone we have, so we can play social media anytime and anywhere.

With the presence of social media this can present a startup in the digital world. Social integration between social media and digital development can build start-ups that are able to compete with established companies. The birth of this startup will open up employment opportunities for the community.

5. Functional Integration in Business Matters Through the Application of the Principles of Use

Functional integration can not only be done to meet the needs of a region or community. Functional integration in the business world can be applied through the introduction of products based on their use. By doing this, the consumer will know the function and superiority of the product so that the marketed product is sold.

For example, Pocari Sweat is an isotonic drink product that wants to introduce its product to consumers by providing as much information as possible about the advantages and uses of this isotonic drink when compared to other isotonic drinks. The more often you spread the superiority of a product to consumers, the greater the chance if the product sells well in the market.

To inform about the use and superiority of a product can be through social media. This is because information spread through social media will be easily known by many people. Information spread through social media will make it easier for the company of a product to communicate with consumers.

This communication is very important to do because it can build the company. Companies that are more advanced, then their products will be known by many consumers.

Benefits of Functional Integration

Functional integration has several benefits that can be felt directly by the community. Below will be explained some of the benefits of functional integration.

1. Bringing forth New Collaborations

As discussed earlier, if functional integration is a collaboration to meet the needs of the community based on the differences that exist in the community. Cooperation is very important to do because it can strengthen the bonds of brotherhood, launch communication, and prevent conflict between community groups and community groups or regions between regions.

The existence of this cooperation not only creates peace, but also provides a positive impact on the community or a region, especially in the economic field. A region or community will experience profit if goods that come from joint work can be sold or marketed.

In fact, on a wider scale, the birth of this new collaboration increases the country’s income through an exported product. The products that are exported indicate that the products are already known by the world community. Social media became the wrong link or media to introduce the products to the world community. The increase in national income makes the country have reserves of foreign exchange that can be used to develop the country.

2. The needs of a district and community are fulfilled

Every need of the community in a region cannot be met just like that. In other words, there will definitely be some needs that cannot be met in a region, so that the people of that region cannot feel that need. For example, Aceh is known for its quality coffee and West Java is known for its quality tea. To meet the need for coffee, West Java ordered coffee from Aceh and to meet the need for tea, Aceh ordered it from West Java.

The needs that can be met in a region make the people of that region feel a product that comes from another region. Not only that, products that come from other regions will always give their own story to the local community. So, each community of one region and the community of another region must be able to understand each other.

By fulfilling a community need in an area, community life becomes more secure, peaceful, and peaceful, so that unity and unity can be created.

 

3. Provide Caring Attitudes and Behaviors Towards Each Other

Functional integration is indeed related to cooperation that can have a good impact economically. However, it turns out that functional integration has benefits unrelated to economics. The benefit is to provide the attitude and behavior of the community to keep caring for others. This caring attitude and behavior makes the community always want to help others who are in trouble.

There will be many people who are helped by this caring attitude and behavior. The necessary thing that is underlined in the attitude and behavior of caring or helping others is that there is no need to differentiate between tribe, race, culture, country, and religion when caring or helping others. If we differentiate tribes, races, cultures, countries, and religions before helping others, then it can trigger friction between fellow communities, so it does not close the possibility that a conflict will occur.

Mutual care can be done, starting from our immediate environment, such as neighbors, friends, or relatives. If we are used to helping others, then inside us will be embedded the desire to help others.

4. Improving the Nature of Nationalism

All the benefits of functional integration can be felt by the community. Not only that, with functional integration, we will get used to increasing the nature of nationalism. The nature of nationalism is important for every member of society to possess because the nature of nationalism can build the life of the nation and the country.

The nature of this nationalism can be in the field of economy (working together), education (educating and teaching people who cannot go to school), social (giving aid in the form of food or money), and many more.

5. Opening Job Fields

The existence of new cooperation carried out by a group of people with different backgrounds can produce a company. Every company that is built definitely needs employees to run its production. Employees are needed that will open up new jobs.

The more jobs available to the community, the greater the well-being of the community. The well-being of this community will reduce the social gap that exists in the community.

Conclusion 

Functional integration is a form of social integration, so functional integration can be said to be something in the form of cooperation based on differences, be it differences in the role of society, tribe, region, and so on. With functional integration, the community can live peacefully, peacefully, and peacefully. Therefore, to maintain unity we must work together to be able to complement each other.

Understanding Debt Instruments – For those who have been involved in the business and financial world for a long time will certainly understand more about the various terms in it. One of them is debt instruments. However, for those who are new, of course there are still many who do not understand the meaning of debt instruments.

Therefore, in this article we will discuss the terms of debt instruments along with examples of these terms in full.

What Are Debt Instruments?

A debt instrument is an asset that requires regular payments to all its holders, generally using interest. In addition, a debt instrument is also a documented and binding obligation that provides funds to entities in return for the entity’s promise to make repayments to lenders in accordance with the contract or agreement that has been made.

The debt instrument contract contains all the detailed provisions regarding the agreement, namely the collateral involved, the interest rate, the interest payment schedule, as well as the period until maturity if applicable. This debt instrument also provides capital to entities that promise to pay back the capital from time to time. Credit cards, lines of credit, loans, and even bonds can all be used as types of debt instruments.

The term debt instrument primarily has a focus on debt capital collected by institutional entities. Because this institutional entity can include the government, private companies, and also the public. Credit cards and lines of credit are types of debt instruments that can be used by institutions to obtain capital. This revolving line of credit generally has a simple arrangement and only with one lender.

Debt security instruments are sophisticated and structured debt instruments to be issued to various investors. More complex debt instruments will certainly require the creation of extended contracts as well as the involvement of many lenders who generally invest through the organized market.

Who uses debt instruments?

Generally, the term debt instrument has a focus on debt capital issued by an institutional entity. Institutional entities can include the government, private and public companies.

Debt instruments provide capital to entities that promise to repay the capital from time to time. Because the issuance structure allows capital to be obtained from many investors, the entity issues these debt securities instruments. Debt securities can be arranged with long or short term.

Long-term debt securities require payments to investors within a period of up to more than one year. As for short-term debt securities paid back to investors and closed within a period of one year. Entities generally organize debt security offers for payments ranging from one month to 30 years.

These revolving credit lines generally have a simple structure and only one lender. They also generally have no connection with the primary or secondary market for securitization.

More complex debt instruments will involve contract structures as well as the involvement of many investors or lenders who generally invest through an organized market.

Types of Debt Instruments

Based on the repayment period, the types of debt instruments are divided into two types, namely:

1. Short-term debt

Short-term debt generally has a short repayment period of less than 1 year.

2. Long-term debt

Long-term debt has a relatively longer maturity period. Generally up to more than one accounting period of 1 year. It can even be longer than that.

Examples of Debt Instruments in Indonesia

According to the type of debt, the issuance market for institutionalized entities varies greatly. The types of debt instruments that can be used by institutions to obtain capital are credit cards and lines of credit. In addition, there are loans and obligations. Everything can be a type of debt instrument.

Some things that are usually used as debt instruments are:

1. National Bonds

National Debt is a valuable document in the form of a letter of acknowledgment of debt in Rupiah currency or foreign currency that is guaranteed payment of principal and interest by the Republic of Indonesia, in accordance with the validity period.

The management of this National Debt Bond has been regulated in Law Number 24 of 2002 on National Debt Bonds, which provides certainty that:

• SUN publications are only for a specific purpose.
• The government is obliged to pay the interest and principal of the SUN that has fallen due.
• The amount of SUN that will be published each budget year must obtain the approval of the DPR and be consulted in advance with Bank Indonesia.
• SUN trading is regulated and supervised by the authorities.
• Provide heavy and clear legal sanctions against publication by parties who do not have authority and or forgery of SUN.

Purpose of Issuance of National Bonds

SUN is not simply published, but with specific purposes, including the following:

• Financing the APBN deficit.
• Cover short-term cash shortages.
• Manage the national debt portfolio.

The central government has the authority to issue SUN after obtaining the approval of the DPR which is confirmed within the framework of the approval of the APBN and after consulting with Bank Indonesia.

Terms in SUN

Different investment instruments, different terms that exist and are related in it. When talking about SUN, there will generally be 2 terms that are often used, namely maturity and interest or coupon.

Reader need to know that SUN certainly has a period of validity. That is, the government will return the investor’s principal funds after the due date or the time is up. As for the maturity itself, it actually has various variations, starting from 3 months and some even reaching up to 30 years.

Meanwhile, interest and coupons are rewards given to investors or buyers of SUN. This coupon is calculated as a percentage of the principal amount and time per year. However, the payment can be made at a discount or every three months.

Types of SUN

In accordance with Law Number 24 of 2002, SUN has 2 types, namely:

1. National Treasury Letter (SPN)

National Treasury Bill (SPN) is a SUN that has a maximum term of 12 months and interest payments are made at a discount. In some countries SPN is better known as Treasury Bills or T-Bills. SUN with this type is generally intended for large investors.

2. National Obligations (ON)

National Obligations are SUNs that have a term of more than 12 months with coupons or interest payments made at a discount. Government Bonds with coupons have a periodic coupon payment schedule (one, three months or six months).

While ON without coupons does not have a coupon payment schedule. In Indonesia itself there are 3 types of national bonds that are sold in a retail way, among others:

1. ORI (Indonesian Retail Bonds)

ORI is the oldest retail bond ever issued by the Indonesian government. The first ORI with series ORI001 was issued in July 2006. In general, 1-2 ORI are issued each year. In October 2022, the government plans to issue ORI011.

According to analysts’ estimates, retail bonds with a tenor of three years will offer a coupon with a percentage between 7%-8.75%. This yield is slightly different when compared to deposit interest, which according to the Money Market Information Center averages 7.11% (1 month) and 6.8% (12 months).

The government itself has a target to be able to absorb up to Rp20 trillion from the publication of ORI011, which is relatively the same as ORI010 which amounts to Rp20.21 trillion.

2. SBR (Retail Savings Bond)

SBR is a National Obligation that is sold to individuals or individuals Indonesian Citizens through Distribution Partners in the domestic Primary Market that cannot be traded in the secondary market.

The characteristics of SBR are the floating minimum rate and the early redemption facility .

3. Retail Sukuk (SR)

SR is a national obligation that is sold to individuals or individuals Indonesian Citizens through Distribution Partners in the domestic Prime Market that has a sharia basis. When Reader is looking for an investment product that is truly in accordance with sharia, maybe SR is the right answer because it has been guaranteed by MUI.

SR is almost the same as ORI in its characteristics, where there is a fixed rate every year and there is a secondary market.

2. Mortgage

Mortgage in the Big Indonesian Dictionary has the meaning “credit given on the basis of collateral in the form of immovable property.”

Guarantees in the form of assets or immovable things such as land, buildings, houses, and apartments.

Meanwhile, quoted from the Financial Services Authority, a mortgage is a debt instrument with the granting of a lien from the property as well as the borrower to the lender as a guarantee for its obligations; in this case the borrower can still benefit or use the property; The lien on the property expires after the obligation is paid off ( mortgage ).

Borrowers can have a house by paying off the mortgage debt, which is the value of the house along with the interest. If the borrower fails to repay the mortgage debt, then the object of the guarantee becomes the property of the creditor (lender).

3. Obligations

Obligations is a term in the capital market that means a debt statement to bondholders. Facilities from bond issuers where the party with the debt and the bond holder are the debtors. When a person has an obligation, it will usually be written when the debt is due, along with the coupon (interest) that is the responsibility of the obligation holders.

In Indonesia, generally the period that applies to this obligation is from 1 to 10 years. Then, the issuance of this bond has the purpose of collecting funds from the community which is used as a source of funding.

One of the reasons why bonds are in demand until now is because bonds can be traded and the level of security from bonds can be said to be quite good. This fairly good security is because the obligation has a connection with the government so that the process is safer and more accurate.

•  

Definition of Insomnia – Are you here suffering from difficulty sleeping or what is commonly referred to as insomnia? This term must be very familiar to you, right? Well, surely most of you think the meaning or definition of insomnia is only limited to difficulty sleeping.

In fact, there is a more complex and complete definition of insomnia. In full, the meaning and definition of insomnia itself is a disorder of difficulty sleeping in a person that causes the person not to get good quality sleep and conform to the sleep standards for humans.

Well, if you don’t get good quality sleep, you will definitely get many side effects that may be fatal.

A health specialist named Lusiana Winata told some of the consequences of this sleep disorder. According to him, a person who has trouble sleeping will experience several disturbances in various general functions.

The functions in question are aspects of life, such as social functions, work disorders, disorders in educational functions both academic and non-academic, and disorders of other important functions.

Difficulty sleeping at night will make the sufferer tend to feel sleepy during the day. Alias ​​the sufferer will feel the urge to sleep while the sufferer is carrying out their daily activities. This is what Doctor Lusiana Winata meant by disrupting the functions of life.

When sufferers feel sleepy when they are doing activities, whether it is work or study, it will definitely affect their performance and work results. There are also sufferers who do not even feel sleepy at all, even so the sufferers still have to sleep just to rest their eyes.

In addition, there are several other minor consequences caused by sleep disorders. Sufferers of sleep disorders will easily feel suffocated due to lack of energy, sufferers will tend to easily feel upset and end up with anger, besides that it will have a fatal impact on mental health and end up with overthinking and ending up with depression. Terrible isn’t it? Well, this time we will invite you to know more about this sleep disorder.

A. Meaning of Insomnia

Insomnia is one of the health disorders that attack the sufferer which causes the sufferer to experience difficulty or trouble sleeping. In this case, difficulty sleeping makes the sufferer have an obstacle to begin to sleep or even continue sleeping.

Insomnia in another sense can also be defined as a condition or disorder that can make the sufferer not have good sleep quality and will get various disturbances during the day. Insomnia has a kind of clinical diagnosis that is generally given regularly at least three times a week.

One of the institutions called the National Institute of Health conducted research and obtained the results that there are about 30% of the total human population having symptoms or signs of this sleep disorder. The results show that the population that suffers the most from the symptoms of insomnia are women, this can be caused by the hormonal changes that occur in women.

Another population that has the most symptoms of insomnia are the elderly (aged) with a vulnerable age between 60 years. It is caused by a change in the cycle or sleep schedule and some are also caused by the development of other diseases due to increasing age.

In addition to being caused by the things above, insomnia can also attack people of various ages. Insomnia usually occurs without any cause, so the trouble sleeping will come on its own for no reason. There are several conditions that can affect the onset of difficulty sleeping or insomnia, among others due to psychological stress, chronic pain in the body, heart disease or heart failure, an overactive thyroid (hyperthyroidism), restless legs syndrome, menopause in the elderly, due to certain drugs, etc.

There are also other factors that can affect insomnia, this factor can affect because it is done on a long-term basis, such as when there is a night shift at work. The diagnosis can be based on the habits when you sleep and some tests used to detect the underlying cause.

Insomnia caused by a psychological illness should be dealt with by a specialist. One of the treatments is psychological therapy. Psychological therapy that is considered effective in treating insomnia is cognitive therapy. The therapy is done in a way that insomnia patients are required to be able to improve their sleeping habits, by doing several ways to feel sleepy. In addition, patients are also trained to be able to reduce or even eliminate various pro and contra assumptions about sleep.

There are some sufferers of sleep disorders who prefer to rely on the way drugs work instead of treating them naturally. Even though you know yourself that we shouldn’t depend on medicine. Drugs that are often used by sufferers of sleep disorders are usually sedatives and sleeping pills.

Both are known to have effects that can make the user feel dependent on the drugs. sufferers will feel unable to sleep if they do not swallow both substances and drugs. If you consume one or both of these drugs continuously, it will definitely have a bad effect on your body, right?

B. Types of General Insomnia

After getting to know the meaning and some short facts of sleep disorders. It’s time for us to tell you what types of insomnia you have. Here are the common types of insomnia that you need to know.

 

1. Acute insomnia

Acute insomnia or what is also known as short-term insomnia is a condition when you experience difficulty sleeping for a relatively short period of time. Acute insomnia usually comes when you have things that make you feel stressed and depressed. Some examples of the reasons why you suffer from this type of sleep disorder are missal due to the loss of a precious person, receiving a sentence of a serious or deadly disease, and many more.

2. Chronic insomnia

Chronic insomnia is the opposite of acute insomnia. What does it mean? The meaning is, chronic insomnia is a disorder of difficulty sleeping that occurs over a relatively long or long period of time. Well, are you the one who might suffer from this type of insomnia? This type of sleep disorder can cause difficulty sleeping soundly for more than three times a week or may even last for more than three months.

If you feel that you have this type of chronic insomnia, you must have felt the difficulty of sleeping for a long time, right? If you choose to ignore this, then you must be prepared to accept the risk. This condition may have a great influence on your health. That is because your body does not get enough rest time to recharge your body. The cause is due to stress, the formation of sleep patterns, too often bad dreams, being affected by mental disorders, and so on.

3. Insomnia sleep onset

Insomnia sleep onset is a disorder of difficulty sleeping despite already feeling sleepy. Sufferers of this type of insomnia will find it very difficult to sleep even though they already feel very sleepy and have even tried to make their body fall asleep. Sufferers will struggle to sleep even after being on the mattress for approximately 20-30 minutes. Sufferers find it difficult to fall asleep despite closing their eyes repeatedly.

What are the consequences if you have this type of sleep disorder? The result is that you will only look at the ceiling of your room all night without feeling any rest. This type of insomnia is very, very harmful, because if you think about it, it will waste your time to rest. Its prolonged effects can cause Grads to feel tired and sleepy when the dawn has risen.

The cause of this type of insomnia is none other than mental disorders, such as receiving heavy stress, suffering from anxiety disorders, to the point of depression.

4. Children’s insomnia

There is an institution called the American Academy of Sleep Medicine that conducted a study. From the results of their research and monitoring, some facts were obtained that there are two types of sleep disorders that often occur in children or humans at an early age.

The first type of sleep disorder is sleep onset insomnia, which is an insomnia disorder that you may often see. This disturbance of sleep difficulties is caused by the habit of children who are usually held or given milk, and are in the same bed as their parents. Because children are used to it like that, making children won’t be able to sleep if they don’t do those habits.

Not only that, if your child is not used to having a fixed sleeping time, it will also increase the possibility of sleep disorders. If parents or caregivers force the child to have a fixed sleeping time, it will actually reduce the possibility of having difficulty sleeping in the child.

This type of insomnia can be overcome by getting your child used to going to bed earlier, or you can also make a sleep schedule so that they sleep more regularly. Force the child if he refuses to sleep. Don’t let your baby stay awake overnight and even fall asleep at the wrong time.

5. Insomnia due to certain drugs or substances

Insomnia or difficulty sleeping this type of disorder can occur due to the presence of stimulants that come from consuming drugs that can inhibit sleepiness. Certain drugs or substances include alcohol, coffee containing high caffeine, and certain other foods or drinks.

An example of food that can make it difficult for you to sleep is spicy food. Come on! Who among you likes spicy food? Our advice is better not to eat spicy food before bedtime! Because spicy food can give a feeling of heat in the stomach which may disturb your sleepiness and sleep.

The solution to this type of sleep disturbance problem is to stop the use and consumption of the substance or drug.

You already know right? That means you should reduce or even stop its use or consumption if you want to get an ideal sleep pattern and good sleep quality.

6. Insomnia due to medical conditions

Insomnia or difficulty sleeping with this type can be caused by various things related to the disturbance caused by the meditative condition of the sufferer. One simple example is insomnia caused by a mental disorder in the sufferer. Other problems are medical conditions due to mental disorders, such as depression, anxiety disorders, bipolar disorders, and so on.

The range of severity of this type of sleep disturbance is directly proportional to the severity of the disorder or medical condition experienced or suffered by the patient. Patients who suffer from this type of insomnia must undergo two treatments, the first to treat medical conditions (mental disorders, etc.), and the second is to treat sleep disorders. Patients who suffer from this type of sleep disorder must inform the doctor about any medication which is consumed.

7. Mixed insomnia

The last type of sleep difficulty disorder is the mixed type. The name of this type is not yet formal. However, the name of this mixture is very descriptive of this type of sleep disorder. Because mixed insomnia itself occurs due to a combination of sleep onset type insomnia coupled with the lack of ability to maintain sleep quality, as well as the habit of waking up early.

C. Symptoms of Sleep Disorders

Patients or sufferers who experience trouble falling asleep or what is commonly known as insomnia will begin with very simple symptoms, which is always waking up every night and when they wake up in the morning their body will feel tired.

 

For sleep disorders caused by mental disorders, usually patients will feel tense, anxious, worried, always worrying about the problems they are facing. It was caused by the patient lying on the mattress for too long and not closing his eyes to fall asleep immediately. Cause the patient to think about all the things in his life and even dissolve in it.

For acute type insomnia caused by trauma it will be very difficult to close the eyes. If this trauma happens continuously, then over time the patient will get used to sleeping late and end up with insomnia.

D. Driving Factors for Insomnia Disorder

It cannot be denied that insomnia can occur at all ages. But for the gender range, it is a fact that insomnia occurs more in women than in men. Here we will display some other factors that can trigger the occurrence of sleep disorders.

1. Having a mental disorder or problem (depressed, post-traumatic disorder, violent disorder, and many more)

2. Working with the night shift, work involving the shift method is judged to be able to change the biological clock or the natural clock in the body.

3. Gender differences, for women who are menstruating or menstruating will naturally experience unpredictable hormonal changes. As a result, women will easily produce sweat at night.

4. the elderly (elderly) because they are old, it will be very easy to be affected by old diseases. One of the disorders that occurs is the presence of difficulty sleeping.

5. Sleeping too long during the day

If you like to sleep during the day, then don’t fall asleep for too long. Why is that? Because napping for too long can make it difficult for you to feel sleepy at night. As a result, you will have insomnia and difficulty sleeping at night.

Well, that’s a variety of information about sleep disorders or insomnia that may add insight and help if there are those of you who want to overcome sleep disorders or insomnia.

Meaning of Innovation – In life, of course we want something that develops. Because a stagnant life and that’s all will be boring. Therefore, there are times when we need something new and challenging. Something new can be called innovation. In life, there are many innovations that can be applied.

Either in terms of education, business, community, or in other fields. Innovation will be greatly needed in order to obtain something new and better. If you want to learn the meaning of innovation more, then in this article it will be explained about it. So, read the article to the end to get an insight into what innovation is.

The Meaning of Innovation According to Some Figures

1. According to Nurdin (2016)

According to Nurdin, the definition of innovation is something new, which is introduced and carried out by a new practice or process (either goods or services) or it can also be something new but the result of adoption from other organizations.

2. According to Sa’ud (2014)

Then according to Sa’ud, innovation is a creative choice, arrangement, as well as a set of people with new material resources, and also using unique ways to produce improvements on achievements that have been the previous goal.

3. According to Kuniyoshi Urabe

According to Kuniyoshi Urabe, innovation is not meant as a one-time phenomenon, but something that requires a long and cumulative process. Among them is the decision-making process by the members of the organization, starting from the discovery of ideas or ideas up to the marketing target.

4. Van de ven, Andrew H

According to Van de ven, Andrew H, innovation is the development as well as the implementation of new ideas carried out by a person in a certain period of time with various specific transaction activities in the organization.

5. Stephen Robbins

Further, according to Stephen, innovation is a new idea or idea which is applied in order to initiate and renew a product, process, or service that has existed before.

6. Everett M Rogers

Then according to Rogers, the meaning of innovation is ideas, objects, ideas, and practices that are based on and accepted as something new, either by a person or a group to be applied or adopted.

What Are the Characteristics of Innovation?

1. New

The first characteristic of innovation is newness. Because everything that is created because of this innovation is something that has not existed before, or is perfecting something that already exists. This new concept was created from a hard thought towards the maximum utilization of existing SDA without reducing its function and role.

The new innovation also means that the pure idea has never been used by anyone. Although it has been there before, it means that it was adopted because it was suitable as a solution.

2. Planned

An innovation will be planned according to the desired conditions. This is important because it will affect the future. Because it is done on purpose, innovation is done with mature, clear, and carefully planned processes and preparations, so that the process is not rushed. Without planning, of course everything can cause disappointment.

3. Special

The third characteristic of innovation is special. As something new, innovation will have its own characteristics. Even though it is the result of adoption, there must be a peculiarity that emerges. With application in a new place, innovation will create its own uniqueness, even if it starts with adoption.

4. Have a clear purpose

Finally, the characteristic of innovation is the existence of a clear purpose. Based on clear knowledge, there will be certain objects that are studied and want to be developed. That way, the direction and purpose of the innovation was clear beforehand. Without a clear object, innovation can be mistargeted and not implemented well. It may even fail to be implemented.

Benefits of Innovation

1. Provide solutions to solve problems

One of the benefits of innovation is being able to solve problems. Something new can replace the old thing that feels full of problems. The presence of new ideas and ideas makes every problem that exists can be solved well. Especially for product problems, if there is an old product that can no longer be marketed, innovation must be done in order to re-engage the public’s interest in the product in the market.

2. Increase a person’s productivity

By thinking of new ideas and ideas, it means that a person will take the time to use his brilliant mind. Not only thoughts, but innovation will also grow when someone conducts experiments or research. So that by innovating, it means that the person has also taken advantage of the time to remain productive in working and creating. And this can also be done by many people, be it the boss, his employees, students or lecturers.

3. Increase toughness

Someone who innovates tends to have the ability to take advantage of their intelligence. That is, it is also tough, because in order to produce an innovation, the person must adapt to new problems and think about the solution to the problem.

4. Can produce something unique

Innovation can produce or even create unique and quality things. Especially people who have innovation belong to qualified people. What’s more, when the innovation he makes is successfully realized, it means he can produce something new and different from what already exists.

That is the benefit of innovation. Of course, innovating will also be beneficial for someone in improving his quality. Because innovation is born from ideas and brilliant ideas from the results of one’s thoughts and experiments.

Purpose of Innovation

1. Improve quality

The main purpose of innovation is to improve the quality of something, both products and services. Innovation that comes with new ideas and ideas is expected to be able to make a product or service much more valuable and quality than before.

2. Widen the network

With its novelty, it is hoped that a product or service can reach more markets. Innovation is also expected to be able to expand the business wings of an enterprise. Like the e-commerce businesses that are growing widely these days. The reach of innovative products will certainly also be wider, because the public likes something new.

3. Can create new markets

Innovation on the results of a product or service, will be able to give an opportunity to open a new market. The opportunity for unique and interesting things, especially those that have never existed before, is certainly wide open.

4. Be a replacement for the previous product

With innovation, then existing products can be replaced with new ones. Especially if the previous product or service was not effective and efficient, innovation can be born to make the product or service even better than before.

Forms of Innovation and Examples

1. Technological Innovation

The first form of innovation is innovation in the field of technology. Where this innovation was born to provide convenience for humans in doing various daily activities. The fastest growing innovation in technology is social media. In the past, social media could be enjoyed in a very limited way, but now its development is very rapid.

With the rapid globalization and the discoveries of experts, social media comes with features that greatly facilitate communication between people. Like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Whatsapp, YouTube and other social media. Now everyone can communicate both through audio and audio visual with various people from far away places.

2. Transportation Innovation

Second, there is innovation in the field of transportation. Where means of transportation are now increasingly easy to find. In addition to product innovation, such as the presence of electric cars and motorcycles, as well as environmentally friendly ones because they do not require gasoline, there are still many other innovations. Transportation services have also undergone changes for the better.

If people used to find it difficult to travel quickly because they had to wait for other passengers, now there are online taxis that can be ordered in person. In fact, the development of online ojek is also very rapid, reaching the point of ordering a grab car which is much easier to do. This online ojek and grab car is an example of innovation that is present as a solution in the middle of the transportation problems experienced by the community. So it is not surprising when the community welcomes it with enthusiasm.

3. Educational Innovation

In the world of education, innovation also plays a role. One of them can be seen from the introduction of anti-corruption curriculum in schools. This is certainly started by the rampant corruption practices in Indonesia. With massive education through anti-corruption learning in schools, it is hoped that the corruption that occurs can be reduced. The new curriculum is the result of collaboration between the Ministry of Education and Culture and the KPK.

4. Public Service Innovation

Further there is innovation in the field of public service. There are many public services that are now easier to do since there are innovations in various fields. Like services that used to only be done manually, can now be done online.

The emergence of technology provides opportunities for various public services to be done easily. Various services that require transactions can also be done without coming directly to the public service office. This changes the public’s view of bureaucracy which has been considered a scary specter.

5. Health Innovation

Further there is innovation in the field of health. In this field there are many things that can be done. Many new discoveries can improve public health. One of them is when the corona virus becomes a pandemic. He created the Peduli Lindungi application which aims to detect a person’s journey so that when there is an indication of covid, his whereabouts can be immediately known.

6. Crowdfunding Innovation

Innovation in the field of Crowdfunding is one of the innovations that moves in the social field. This innovation provides services in the form of appeals for funds directly to the community. An example is when someone is involved in a charity organization, such as an organization that rescues stray cats.

In building an organization, of course, a lot of funds are needed. Especially to keep wild cats which are not small in number. So the organization can open donations or charities through various platforms such as Kitabisa.com, NUcare, and other digital platforms in order to get fundraising from donors out there. Well, this part of fundraising that can be done online has become a new innovation that is very beneficial for many people.

7. Governance Innovation

At number seven there is innovation in the field of government. There are many new ideas and ideas that have emerged in running the government. Especially innovations that emerge from various societal problems. The government certainly faces many challenges to solve the thousands of complaints and problems experienced by its people.

Therefore, new thinking is needed to overcome these things. But of course there will be loopholes for the community to disagree with new innovations from the government. For example in the policy of making NPWP and SIM extension which can be done online.

It turned out that it actually gave birth to very complicated rules and procedures. So when you want to apply an innovation in the field of government, it must be done carefully and requires a long enough process.

8. Entrepreneurial Innovation

Further there is innovation in the field of entrepreneurship. Well, in this field there are many types of innovation. Starting from the innovation of food products, clothing, boards, and various other products. In the field of entrepreneurship, the community has a wide opportunity to be able to produce more interesting and unique innovations than existing products.

In the culinary or food business, for example, the types of snacks from the past, if they are made again with the innovation of a much better taste, will certainly sell well in the market. Especially now that there are a lot of foods from the past that are sold on the side of the road.

This will certainly make the community want to return to nostalgia with old-time snacks that are now rare. For example, such as egg rolls, puthu cake, leker, and so on. In addition to old-time snacks, there are also many innovations in food products with instant packaging.

Where people can make it themselves at home when they want without having to queue to buy it. Examples are instant meatballs, instant noodles, and various types of frozen food that are very easy to store. The food is also long-lasting and can be stored back in the fridge or freezer to be cooked again at another time.

 

Understanding Infrastructure – To achieve success, of course we need a solid and strong infrastructure. Often times, we hear the term in our daily life. If you hear the term infrastructure, of course the first thing that comes to mind is buildings, facilities, and things related to development. \

But, you need to know that in a business, infrastructure is also one of the important things that must be there. So, what is the role of infrastructure in running a business? What does infrastructure have to do with the business we will run?

The question may appear in our minds when we hear the term infrastructure in a business. Because, we often think that infrastructure and business are two different things. But apparently, there is an understanding of business infrastructure. Well, to understand that, let’s discuss one by one about the two areas. The first step we will do is to know the meaning of infrastructure.

Definition of Infrastructure

What is the meaning of infrastructure in general? So, if viewed from the general understanding of infrastructure, the meaning is all basic structures and facilities, both physical and social, for example buildings, electricity supply, roads, and others that are needed for the operation of community and company activities.

As for other opinions that reveal that infrastructure is all kinds of facilities needed by the general public in order to support various community activities in their daily lives. In other words, infrastructure is all facilities, whether physical or non-physical that are built by the government or individuals to meet the basic needs of society in the economic and social spheres.

Generally, infrastructure refers to the physical development of public facilities, such as roads, ports, schools, hospitals, waste treatment, clean water, airports, and many more. In addition, infrastructure can also refer to technical matters such as supporting economic activities by providing modes of transportation, distribution of goods and services, etc.

Understanding Infrastructure According to Experts

In order to better understand the meaning of infrastructure, here are some opinions from experts about what infrastructure is.

1. N. Gregory Mankiw

The definition of infrastructure according to N. Gregory Mankiw in economics, which is a form of public capital or public capital consisting of bridges, public roads, sewer systems, and others as one of the investments made by the government.

2. Neil S. Grigg

The definition of infrastructure according to Neil S. Grigg is a physical system that provides means of irrigation, drainage, transportation, buildings, and physical facilities that are needed to be able to meet various basic human needs, both economic and social needs.

3. Robert J. Kodoatie

The understanding of infrastructure according to Robert J. Kodoatie is a system that supports the economic and social system which at the same time becomes an intermediary for the environmental system. Where the system can be used as one of the bases in making policies.

Types of Infrastructure

After understanding what infrastructure is reviewed from the definitions and opinions of experts. Now we will discuss the types of infrastructure to be able to have a more comprehensive discussion. Understanding any type of infrastructure can give us a more detailed explanation in understanding what infrastructure really is.

If referring to the understanding of infrastructure as an asset in the form of physical or non-physical and can support the life of the community in general in social and economic terms. You also need to understand that infrastructure is also divided into several types. Here are some types of infrastructure that you need to understand:

1. Hard Infrastructure

The type of hard infrastructure is infrastructure that we can see in terms of its physical form in real form. Usually this type of infrastructure includes roads, ports, airports, irrigation canals, and other types of public facilities.

2. Non-Physical Hard Infrastructure

If according to the type of non-physical hard infrastructure, it includes various efforts made to support facilities and infrastructure in general that are useful to support various social and economic activities of the general public. For example, related to the procurement of clean water, telecommunication networks, and the provision of electricity supply, as well as efforts related to the procurement of energy supply sources.

3. Software Infrastructure

The type of soft infrastructure is all things that play a role in supporting the smooth running of various social and economic activities of the wider community. Where it is not visible in physical form and its existence is visible to the naked eye. Generally, it moves within a rule, system, and also norms provided by the government and other NGOs. For example, the application of good and correct work ethics, public services, regulations made by the government include laws that contain rules on commercial law and others.

Infrastructure Components

You need to understand that infrastructure also has several types of components in it. What is meant by the component in this case is included in the infrastructure itself. So, what kind of components are there in the infrastructure? The following is a complete explanation.

When referring to the American Public Works Associations, the infrastructure component actually includes all types of public facilities that developed societies need in their daily lives. For example, the provision of clean water and its management or water treatment, the provision of flood control, waste water management systems, the provision of cross-water navigation facilities.

In addition, there is also the development of transportation progress that includes public facilities in the form of water, air, and sea transportation. Then also various other supporting components for the advancement of the economic and social life of the community in general.

If viewed from the policy regulations, infrastructure components are divided into three types of groups, namely:

a. Infrastructure Components That Have Inputs

The characteristics of this type of component focus on the type of infrastructure that can provide results or input for the economic and social conditions of the community. For example, the supply of clean water sources and electricity sources in the daily life of the community in general.

b. Infrastructure Characteristics Components That Take Output

The characteristics of this type of component focus on taking the output obtained from the activities of the general public. For example, garbage and waste disposal systems, drainage support systems or water channels, etc.

c. Combined Infrastructure Components of Both

The characteristics of this type of component usually focus on a combination of the two types of components above. Where this one component focuses on the process of giving and also taking something from the daily life of the community. For example, the use of telecommunication networks and others.

Here the community will provide an input to be able to access infrastructure components that support the community’s social and economic activities. For example, community activities in paying a telephone bill. That way, the community will obtain output in the form of telecommunication network access as a support for their social and economic activities.

Infrastructure Functions

In fact, infrastructure functions as a support for the activities of the general public. Where infrastructure functions to facilitate and support the smooth running of social and economic activities of the community, such as the distribution of goods and services.

The following are some examples of infrastructure along with its functions:

a. A bridge serves as a link between one place and another. The place can be a region or a city.
b. According to the function, the road is divided into several groups. Starting from local roads, arterial roads, collector roads, and neighborhood roads. For long-distance travel with a high average speed, usually use arterial roads. As for infrequent medium trips with medium average speed, usually use the collector road. Then for short distance travel with a low average speed usually use the surrounding road.
c. The house functions as a place to live and a place to shelter and do various activities.

Infrastructure Benefits

Infrastructure turns out to have many benefits for us. Among them are benefits in the economic, social, and cultural fields. For benefits in the social field, infrastructure acts as a means of communication. If there is no infrastructure, then a region will be isolated and unable to communicate or socialize with other regions. Where the region is isolated, the network will be disconnected from the outer region. So that the life of the community in the area will be disrupted.

Then the benefits of infrastructure in the economic field, namely as a means to carry out various buying and selling transactions. Not only that, the infrastructure also functions as a means of connection in the distribution of production and services. When the infrastructure runs smoothly, then all economic activities will also go smoothly. So that the community can live in peace and the economy of the community will also increase.

Lastly, the benefits of infrastructure in the field of culture are beneficial to be one of the cultures themselves. For example, traditional houses. In that case, the infrastructure in the form of traditional houses is built in accordance with the culture that exists in that place.

Impact of Infrastructure Development

The impact of infrastructure development is that it can be a driving force for the economic growth of the community in general. On the other hand, economic growth can also be one of the pressures on infrastructure. So that positive economic growth can encourage an increase in the community’s need for various types of infrastructure. The role of infrastructure here is as a driving force in the economic sector and can be a driver for the development of related sectors as a multiplier. In the end, it will create a new business field and provide output derived from production as input for consumption.

In an economic development will have an impact on the economic growth of the community and also the quality of life. Economic growth itself will influence investment. While improving the quality of life will influence the well-being of the community in general. Because, with the development of infrastructure can reduce poverty and unemployment in a country.

As one of the supporters of community well-being in general and development investment, we do need various types of infrastructure. Starting from road network infrastructure, telecommunications network, electricity network, clean water, and others. There is an increase in the electricity sub-sector, the transportation sub-sector, the road sub-sector, and the communication sub-sector due to the increase in demand from each sub-sector. In addition, the increase in the sub-sector is balanced by the amount of infrastructure development investment in each of the sub-sectors.

An example is the community’s need for electricity. Indonesia itself is experiencing problems in terms of electricity supply. Where the electricity supply cannot meet the needs of the community. Then it resulted in blackouts in various regions alternately. In fact, electricity is not only needed by private homes, but is also very needed in the industrial sector which will have an impact on the community’s economy as well. Therefore, the electricity network infrastructure is one of the components that is quite important in supporting community activities and is very influential on economic problems.

The same goes for road network infrastructure development. Where road development is no less important than other infrastructure development. Because it is also needed as a connecting tool between one place and another. With road access that is easier to reach, it will influence the strategic elements of a place and the ease of access will influence many private parties who want to invest.

With the presence of private parties that want to invest, it will affect the economic growth quite rapidly. Not only that, with the development of infrastructure such as the road network, it will provide benefits for the well-being of the community. Because, they are freed from the difficulties of communication networks and get various access facilities for the community itself.

The telecommunications network also has an influence on the well-being of the community. One of the proofs is the existence of various types of private television stations until now. This proves that there is quite a lot of private investment in Indonesia, especially in the field of telecommunications. Especially in the era of globalization like now. Where telecommunication is very needed as one of the supporting tools for the success of a country. As we can see that the demand for telecommunication facilities is also increasing.

Not only that, clean water facilities also have a very important and strategic role to improve the standard of living and also the level of society. In addition, the facility is also a driving factor for the well-being of the community in general. However, in its preparation both in terms of quality, quantity, and continuity, it has not been running continuously. On the other hand, the demand for clean water that is used as a health standard also continues to increase without being balanced by efforts to improve the quality of services.

The Role of Infrastructure

Infrastructure plays a very important role as one of the driving wheels for economic growth and development. The presence of adequate infrastructure is very necessary. Facilities and infrastructure in physical form or often referred to as infrastructure is a very important part of the community service system.

Physical facilities are very vital to support various economic activities, government, industry, as well as social and economic activities of the community. Starting from road transportation, energy systems, school and office buildings, to telecommunication networks, clean water service networks, houses of worship, and others. All of that requires adequate infrastructure support.

Based on the Medium Term Development Plan of Pacitan District from 2011 to 2016, district infrastructure becomes a strategic issue that is prioritized in development planning in the districts. The long-term development policy is a continuous improvement effort towards:

1. Poverty alleviation
2. Natural resource management
3. Quality and accessibility of education and health
4. Community access to facilities and public services
5. Improvement of basic infrastructure development
6. Community access to clean water
7. Dealing with disaster prone areas

 

Meaning of Information – Dear Reader, information technology makes it very easy for people to communicate and support their daily needs. With the development of information technology, it will be easier for a person to know information. In fact, the information obtained can only be obtained in a matter of minutes.

Therefore, it is no longer strange that someone will know information that is far away or even information that comes from abroad. Information that can be obtained can be obtained through any media. As for the media that are commonly used to obtain information, such as social media, online news portals, and also video streaming.

When talking about information technology or information itself, it cannot be separated from what is called data or data technology. In fact, it can be said that information technology and data are inseparable from each other. Even so, do you already know the meaning of information and data?

Therefore, before discussing further the meaning of information, we will discuss the meaning of data according to the experts first.

After that, we will discuss the meaning of information to the types of information. So, keep reading this article until it’s finished, Reader.

Understanding Data For Members

As explained before, we will discuss the meaning of data according to experts. The following are some members who explain the meaning of data.

1. Data Interpretation For Azhar Susanto

Data interpretation is the result of information processing. The information obtained shares the purpose and purpose of use specifically for the person who receives it.

2. Data Interpretation For Barry E. Cushing

Data interpretation is something that proves the result of a way of processing information. The result of working on the information is organized and useful or useful for the recipient.

3. Data Interpretation For Burch & Strater

According to Burch & Strater, data is a way of collecting and processing information aimed at sharing specific explanations or insights about something.

4. Data Interpretation For Davis

Data interpretation is information that has been processed. The work is tried so that the information becomes meaningful and useful for the recipient, good for the collection of decisions in this era or in the next era.

5. Data Interpretation For Abdul Kadir, McFadden, et al

Data is information that has been processed. The processing of the information is tried in such a way that the information that has been processed can increase the insight of the people who receive and use it.

6. Interpretation of Data for Firmanzah

According to Firmanzah, data interpretation is information and values ​​that have been given meaning and numbers.

7. Data Interpretation For George R. Terry, D

Data interpretation is meaningful information that can share useful or useful insights for the recipient.

8. Data Interpretation For George H. Bodnar

Data interpretation is information that has been processed, as a result the information can be used as a bottom or estimation material for quoting a decision that is appropriate for a certain matter.

9. Data Interpretation For Gelinas and Dull

Data interpretation is information presented in blank form. The information has benefits in making or collecting decisions.

10. Data Interpretation For Jogiyanto HM

Data interpretation is information that has been processed into a form that is more meaningful, beneficial or useful for the person who receives it. The result of the information processing describes a clear event ( fact ) that can be used to make or quote a decision.

11. Data Interpretation For Robert N. Anthony & John Dearden

Data interpretation is something that has a clear character, in the form of information or items that can be used to increase the insight and knowledge of the person who receives it.

12. Data Interpretation For Raymond Mc. leod

Data interpretation is information that has been processed, as a result it has a meaningful, useful, or beneficial existence for the person who receives it in the collection of decisions in this time or in the future.

13. Data Interpretation For Romney and Steinbart

Data interpretation is information that has been processed and organized, as a result it can share meaning or use for people who use it.

14. Data Interpretation For Stephen A. Moscove & Mark Gram. Simkin

Data interpretation is a clear entity, which has a useful number, as a result it can be used to quote decisions.

15. Data Interpretation For Sutabri Rules, S. Kom.

Data interpretation is information that has been classified, processed and interpreted with a mission so that it can be used in the collection of decisions.

16. Data Interpretation For Drs. The Gie Hole

Data interpretation is an explanation, arrangement of conversations, words, drawings, or other recorded features that have interpretations, thoughts, insights or the like. As a result, superiors of a group can use it to make appropriate decisions based on the available reality.

17. Data Interpretation For Joner Hasugian

Data interpretation is a plan, which is general in nature and on a large amount of baggage. This plan includes many details on each related scope, as well as recorded on several devices.

18. Data Interpretation For Kenneth C. Laudon

The interpretation of data is as energy that has been developed into a useful entity that can be used by people.

19. Data Interpretation For Kusrini

Data interpretation is information that has been processed into a meaningful entity for the person who uses it. The result of working on the information is useful for gathering accuracy or for supporting the database.

20. Data Interpretation For Lani Sidharta

Data interpretation is information that is presented in a more useful form, with the mission of making a decision.

21. Data Interpretation For Mc Leod

Data interpretation is information as information that has been processed into information that has meaning for the recipient.

22. Data Interpretation For Robert Gram. Murdick

Data interpretation consists of information that has been obtained after it has been processed or processed so that it can be used to explain, explain, explain, or be under estimation in making treachery or collecting decisions.

23. Data Interpretation For Anggraeni and Irviani

Data interpretation is a group of information or statements that are organized or processed with special methods, so that they have meaning for the acceptor.

This management information system is very extensive, and every religious education will usually have a management information system. Likewise with Islamic education. Well, for those of you who want to find out more about management information systems, then you can read the Islamic Religious Education Management Information System book.

Meaning of Information

Etymologically, the interpretation of information originates from the Latin word ” informationem ” which means inspiration, outline or signal. Data can be presented in various forms ranging from notes, drawings, charts, charts, audio, films and others. In the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), information is the entire meaning that supports the mandate that is seen in the parts of the mandate.

Information is a group of information or statements processed with a special method, so that it has or has meaning for the recipient of the information. Information that has been processed into something useful for the acceptor means that they can share explanations or insights.

That way, the database is information. In addition, data can also be said to be an insight gained from teaching and learning activities, experience, or instruction. It can also be shown that the meaning of data is a group of information or statements that have been processed and arranged in such a way that it can become something that is easy to understand and share the benefits for the recipient.

Observed from the meaning of the information, we can recognize that the meaning of data is different from the meaning of information. Information is a statement whose truth is not known for certain and has not been processed, then after being processed in a way, or processing so that it can become a useful data.

However, not all information or statements can be processed into data by the recipient. In other words, not everyone receives well-processed information.

Every information and electronic transaction that exists in Indonesia must have been given protection in the Law. For those of you who want to know more about the Law of Information and Electronic Transactions, then you can read the Law of Information and Electronic Transactions.

Illustration and Identity of Information

Data illustration is a document in Microsoft Excel, in the form of a spreadsheet and is often used to create a data from the information contained in it, such as profit information, and the balance sheet is a form of data and the value contained in it is information. Identity Information. The identity of quality data for Mcleod is:

• Careful, meaning that the data can reflect the real conditions.
• Relevant, meaning that the submitted data must match what is required.
• Duration pass, meaning that the data must be available when needed.
• Complete, which means that the data must be intact and non-responsible.

Information function

To understand more about information, then we also need to know the function of information. The following are some of the functions of information.

1. To Add New Insights

The valid information that a person gets can be the latest insight that can increase knowledge on specific aspects. For example, data on methods to deal with health problems obtained from content found on the internet. The data may be something that is common and has been understood by many. However, it could be that there is a person who does not know about the data.

Therefore, the data is processed so that everyone can understand the information well. That way, misunderstandings in understanding information do not occur.

2. As a News Base

Information about a specific matter can be used as a base of information that is informed to the audience. The second function of information is that it can be used as a source of news. This is not without reason because the news itself contains a collection of information that has been processed and turned into a fact.

3. Can Eliminate Uncertainty

A lack of information can lead to uncertainty. As a result, to eliminate uncertainty, valid and complete data from a trusted base is needed.

4. For Entertainment Devices

Information can also act as an entertainment tool for the recipient. In this function, the recipient of the information can see it at tourist attractions or in museums.

5. Influence the Audience

In general, the delivery of information through mass media is attempted for the mission of influencing the audience. The purpose is for people to understand the product and be enticed to use the product.

6. Make Penalization Policy

Information is a significant part in carrying out communication with other parties. One of them is to deliver a wisdom from the ruler to the people who are tried with the method of carrying out imprisonment.

7. Make a Mix of Opinions

Nowadays, there are many people who use social media, so it is very easy to convey an opinion to the audience. That way, information can make other people’s opinions be well combined.

Types of Information

As already explained in the initial discussion if we will discuss about the types of information. The types of information itself can be further grouped into 4. Here is a complete explanation.

1. Data Type Sourced on Its Nature

Based on the character, the data types are divided into 3:

a. Current

Actual is data made based on reality and its truth can be proven.

b. Plan

Plans or views are data made based on one’s opinion about something.

c. Story

A story is data made in the form of a detailed description of something.

2. Data Types Based on Functions and Uses

The type of data is based on its function or benefits, among others.

• Data that increases insight is data whose content can increase the latest insight for a person.
• Sourced data in its presentation is data that is informed or served in some form, for example, posts, drawings, audio, films and others.

3. Types of Data Sourced on Aspects of Life

This type of data is made of several types, for example such as education data, health data, sports data, business data and others.

4. Data Type Sourced at Event Position

The interpretation of data sourced from the position of the incident is that the data is sourced from the position of an incident. This type of data is divided into 2 different types, which are national and domestic data as well as foreign data.

From the discussion above it can be said that information and data are two things that cannot be separated even though they are different. So, when you want to make information, you should also pay attention to the data that will be taken.

That is the explanation of the meaning of data and also the meaning of Information. Hopefully Reader when reading this article to the end, so it will be easier to determine good information and also information that does not provide benefits.

1.  

Infiltration Is – Do Reader often wonder why the rainwater that reaches the surface of the ground does not all flow to other places, but some is also absorbed into the ground? Yes, it turns out that simple things are very influential in maintaining the stability of the environment around us . That is why, every region needs the existence of a suitable rainwater catchment area. The process of rainwater seeping into the soil surface is called infiltration, which turns out to be an important part of the hydrological process or water recycling on the face of the earth.

This process of infiltration is often associated with the management of river basins (DAS) for several regions, especially in determining which areas should be used as seepage areas or built-up areas. So what exactly is infiltration? Is it just the process of seeping rainwater into the ground? How does this infiltration process happen? What about the relationship between infiltration and land use? Well, for Reader to understand that, let’s read the following comments!

Definition of Infiltration

If you look at KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), the term “infiltration” is related to matters in the field of Soil Science which has a definition of ‘ inflow of water downwards into the soil ‘. In other words, infiltration is a process of rainwater entering the soil as a result of the capillary force as well as the gravitational force so that the water can enter the deeper soil. This infiltration can also be referred to as the way water moves into the soil through the cracks and pores of the soil and rocks to the surface of the ground water.

This rainwater can move into the ground because of capillary action that has vertical or horizontal movement under the surface of the ground until finally the water successfully re-enters the surface water system. Meanwhile, with the influence of gravity, the rainwater will naturally enter the soil through the pores of the soil. The continuation of this process of infiltration is percolation.

The infiltration rate will usually be expressed in the same units as the rainfall intensity units, namely millimeters per hour (mm/hour). The rate of water percolation is also influenced by several factors, namely:

• Soil texture
• Soil organic matter
• Soil density
• Type and amount of land

As this infiltration is still an important part of the hydrological process, the infiltration water that cannot return to the atmosphere through the evapotranspiration process, will become groundwater to flow into the surrounding rivers. This infiltration process is also highly determined by time. In this case, there is also a term about “infiltration capacity”, which is the maximum infiltration rate for a certain type of soil. In the quantity of infiltration, this usually occurs when the intensity of rainwater exceeds the soil’s ability to absorb soil moisture. On the other hand, if the rainwater intensity is smaller than the infiltration capacity, then the infiltration rate will be the same as the rainfall rate.

The rate of infiltration can of course be used in human daily life, starting from liquid waste disposal studies, evaluating the potential of septic tank land, washing and drainage efficiency, irrigation needs, water distribution and groundwater recharge, to anticipating channel or dam leaks.

Well, so that Reader better understand the terms of this infiltration process, here is a brief description.

1. Infiltration Capacity : That is the maximum infiltration speed, which depends on the nature of the soil surface.
2. Infiltration Rate : That is, the actual infiltration rate, influenced by several factors ranging from the nature of the soil surface as well as the nature of the soil layer at the bottom.
3. Percolation ( Percolation ): The speed of percolation determined by the nature of the existing soil.
4. Field Capacity : The amount of maximum water content that can be held by the soil against the force of gravity.
5. Soil Moisture Deficiency : The amount of water content that is still needed to bring the soil to Field Capacity .
6. Initial Abstraction: The amount of interception and basin storage that must be filled first, before there is an overflow of rainwater.

Process of Infiltration

The process of infiltration begins when the rainwater has touched the soil surface, where some or all of the rainwater will definitely enter the soil through the pores of the soil surface. The process of rainwater entering the soil is caused by the pull of gravity and soil capillaries. The speed of the infiltration process will usually be influenced by the force of gravity and limited by the size of the diameter of the soil pores.

On the other hand, the existence of a capillary style that drains the water will later make the water go vertically upwards, downwards, and horizontally. This soil capillary style works on soil that has small pores. Meanwhile, if on soil with large pores, the capillary force tends to have negligible influence so that water “prefers” to go inside with the influence of gravity. In the course of the water, it will later spread towards the edge as a result of being affected by the capillary force of the soil, especially towards the soil that has smaller pores.

Well, this infiltration process will at least involve three processes that are not interdependent but still interrelated, namely in the form of:

1. The process of rainwater entering through the pores of the soil surface.
2. The storage of the rainwater in the ground.
3. The process of water flowing to another place, either downwards, sideways, or upwards.

Factors Affecting Infiltration

Basically, the percolation of rainwater to the soil surface both vertically and horizontally is called infiltration. Meanwhile, the amount of water that goes through the infiltration process in a unit of time is called the infiltration rate.

It should be known , Reader , that this infiltration process can change according to the intensity of rainfall. However, if the intensity of rainwater has reached its limit, then the amount of infiltration will continue according to the speed of absorption in each soil. Remembering that each soil has a different infiltration capacity, depending on the condition of the soil surface, soil structure, vegetation, and others. In addition to the intensity of rainfall, the infiltration process can also change due to the influence of air humidity and the air in the soil.

Well, here are some internal and external factors that affect infiltration:

1. The height of the water puddle above the soil surface and the thickness of the saturated soil layer.
2. Water level or soil moisture.
3. Soil compaction by rainfall.
4. Clogging of soil pores by fine soil particles, for example sediments from clay particles.
5. Soil compaction done by humans, animals, or a machine.
6. Soil structure.
7. The condition of plant roots, both active and dead roots.
8. The proportion of air in the soil.
9. Topography or land slope.
10. Rainwater intensity.
11. Roughness on the ground surface.
12. The quality of the water that will go through the infiltration process.
13. The temperature of the ground air and the surrounding air.
14. Soil properties.

Well, from those factors it can be categorized into two main factors namely:

• Factors that influence water to stay in a place, so that the water gets the opportunity to go through the infiltration process ( opportunity time )
• Factors that affect the process of water entering the soil.

Specific Property Factors from the Soil

Not only that , Reader , in addition to the factors that have been described, there are also special properties of the soil that are very influential in determining and limiting the infiltration capacity, namely:

a) Pore size

Previously, it was explained that the rate of rainwater entering the soil is determined by the size of the pores and the arrangement of the pores in the soil. Yes, large soil pores or macros are called aeration, which have a diameter large enough to allow water to escape quickly.

b) Pore stability

The capacity of the infiltration process can only be maintained when the porosity is all fixed and undisturbed during the time when there is no rain.

c) Water Content

The greatest infiltration rate can occur especially at low and moderate water content.

d) Soil Profile

The nature of the layers of a soil also determines the speed of rainwater entering the soil.

Important Meaning of the Infiltration Process

This infiltration process of course has several important meanings in other environmental ecosystem processes, namely:

1. Runoff Process ( Run Off )

It should be noted that the term “runoff” has a definition in the form of ‘the part of rainfall that appears to flow in rivers or artificial channels on the surface of the land’. Well, the power of infiltration really determines the amount of rainwater that can be absorbed into the soil. The greater the infiltration power, then the difference between the intensity of rainwater and the infiltration power also becomes smaller. As a result, the runoff on the surface will also be smaller, so the peak discharge will be smaller.

2. Replenishment of Soil Moisture and Ground Water

The term “langas” means ‘ containing water or moist ‘, so this soil langas can be interpreted as a condition of soil that is moist and contains water. Well, the effort to make the soil in wet conditions and filling the soil with water is of course important for agricultural purposes.

Benefits of the Infiltration Process for Human Life

The existence of this infiltration process turns out to be useful for human survival and is often used as the main discussion in learning environmental geography and water management. Well, here are some of the benefits of the infiltration process for human life.

1. Maintaining Ecosystem Stability

The benefits can certainly be felt because remembering the infiltration process is an important part of the hydrological and biogeochemical cycle. Just imagine, if this infiltration process “disappears” from the hydrological cycle, then the water recycling chain on the face of the earth will be disrupted, right? So that it will have an impact on the capacity of water as a basic need for all living things.

2. Water Conservation Study and River Basin District (DAS)

The existence of the infiltration process is greatly used by humans to determine which areas can be used as seepage and built-up areas, especially when building new residential areas.

3. Groundwater and Aquifer Water Research

Since this infiltration process is an important part of the hydrological cycle as well as a method of replenishing groundwater on the surface of the earth, its existence must be studied by research.

4. Preventing Runoff Flooding

The infiltration process can be applied by humans, especially when planning water seepage areas and built-up areas. It must be planned in detail so that the potential for flooding, especially due to rain runoff, is lower.

Infiltration Rate Measurement

The infiltration rate process can be measured using various tools and of course by applying a special formula. Well, here are some ways to measure infiltration rate.

1. Using the Infiltrometer

The infiltrometer in its simplest form consists of a fertilizer tube pressed into the soil. Later, the surface of the soil in the tube will be filled with water. The water level in the tube will decrease due to the infiltration process. Then, the amount of water added to maintain the water level in the tube should also be measured.

The smaller the diameter of the tube, the greater the disturbance due to the side flow under the tube. Through this method, the infiltration process can be calculated based on the amount of water added to the inner tube per unit of time.

2. Using Test Plots

Measuring the infiltration rate using an infiltrometer is known to only be possible in a small area, so it will be difficult to draw conclusions about the magnitude of the infiltration force in a wider area. Therefore, another option is to use a test plot.

The use of test plots can be applied to flat land surrounded by embankments and flooded with water. The rate of infiltration will later be obtained from the amount of water that has been added so that the surface becomes constant. So, it can be concluded that the plot test tool is a form of infiltrometer that has a larger scale.

3. Using a Lysimeter

This lysimeter device is in the form of a concrete tank planted in the ground, then filled with the same soil and plants as the surrounding area. In addition, this lysimeter should also be equipped with drainage and water supply facilities.

The use of the lysimeter will use the water balance equation as follows:

P + I = D + ES …………………….. (2.18)

Description:

I = water supply

D = water removed

E = evaporation (evapotranspiration)

S = water reservoir in the ground

Influence of Texture or Soil Form on Infiltration Rate

Does Reader realize that the texture or shape of the soil also affects the rate of infiltration? Yes, especially on the number and size of the pores on the skin. The larger the pores of the soil, the greater the rate of infiltration. Based on the size of the pores, there are clays that have a lot of fine pores and there are clays that have a few large pores. But on the other hand, sandy soil actually contains many large pores and few fine pores. Well, thus it can be concluded that the rate of infiltration in sandy soil is much greater than in clay soil.

Soils that have a rough texture can create a light soil structure. But on the other hand, soils that have a fine soil texture can cause the formation of the soil that has a heavy structure.

Well, that’s a review of what infiltration is and how the process of infiltration is the main part of the hydrological cycle. Did Reader ever play on the dirt when it rained as a child?

•  

Infaq is – There are various practices in Islam that are also closely related to giving money or other property. One of them is infaq. Then what is meant by infaq. Islam has the concept that the universe and all its contents belong to Allah SWT, including those that are the property of humans. That is, for every property owned by a person, there are other people’s rights in it as well.

The basis of the law of infaq itself has been explained in the Qur’an in Surat Adz-Dzariyat in verse 19 which states: “And in every property of theirs there is also the right of the poor who ask and the poor who do not get a share.” In addition, Surat Al Baqarah verse 245 also provides guidance for every Muslim to do infaq.

The meaning of the word itself reads: “Whoever wants to give a loan to God, a good loan (that is to spend his wealth in the way of God), then God will then multiply the payment to him by multiplying it as well. And God will narrow and widen (provision) and to Him you will then be returned.”

Meaning of Infaq

Infaq is actually taken from the word anfaqa-yunfiqu which means to finance or spend. Meanwhile, according to KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, infaq is an effort to release property which includes non-zakat and zakat.

In contrast to Sharia terminology, infaq is to withdraw part of the property, earnings or income owned for an interest that is then ordered in an Islamic teaching.

So, infaq can also be defined as an effort to carry out the command of Allah SWT by spending wealth with the purpose of doing good. Thus, infaq is actually different from charity.

Because, infaq does not recognize nisab and the amount of property determined based on the law. The gift of this property also does not have to be given to a certain mustahik, but can also be given to anyone known or unknown.

For example, infaq can be given to the elderly, the indigent, relatives, orphans, or even to those who are on a journey. So, giving property is a voluntary activity.

Types of Infaq and Examples

Mandatory Infaq

Being one of the types of Infaq in Islam, namely Mandatory Infaq as an infaq that must be issued by someone. If this infak is not released by a person, then he will then earn dosa. Therefore, if you have an obligation to spend, then do it.

Because, as Muslims who are still given the opportunity to breathe fresh air every day, you should do what you should, below are some examples of obligatory infaq.

Paying Dowry

One example of obligatory infaq is paying dowry. Dowry is property that must be handed over by a husband to his wife for the marriage contract. However, it should be understood that there is no provision related to the minimum dowry.

Dowry is actually not the main purpose of a marriage and its nominal standardization must also be in accordance with the conditions of each party. For information, there is a recommended dowry which is no less than 10 dirhams and no more than 500 dirhams. One dirham is equivalent to 2,975 grams of silver.

Atonement

Kafarat is a fine that must be paid by someone for violating the law or the provisions of Allah SWT. The amount of atonement itself depends on the type of offense a person has committed.

Then, the recipient of this infak can also mean anyone. It can even be from family or other relatives who are in need. It is highly recommended to have an obligation like this, so you should immediately pay it.

Providing for the Family

Another example of the type of obligatory infak is providing sustenance to the family. For example, a husband who is obligated to provide for his wife and family. This is an obligation from the husband to the wife. Later there will also be a greater reward for him.

Infaq Sunnah

In addition to mandatory infaq, in Islam there is also sunnah infaq. This infak itself is an infak that is done with the purpose of giving charity in the way of Allah SWT. Therefore, charity in the form of wealth can then be said to be infaq sunnah.

Anyone who has enough wealth can then do infaq sunnah. So, it can be said that there are actually so many practices that can be done to be able to reap as many rewards as possible. Infak sunnah itself consists of two types, namely:

Infak Jihad

Infak jihad as an infak given to someone or a group of people who want to fight in the path of Allah SWT. For example, when you give part of your property to those who are fighting for Palestine.

This fact will certainly provide many benefits. Not only from the recipient’s side, but also from the giver’s side. In addition, it can also ease the burden of the recipient, this infak can also give a great reward to the giver of the infak.

Infak to Help Others

Infak will help others, of course, aiming to then lighten the burden of others. Similar to infaq jihad, this infaq can then be given to anyone in need.

Not only covering the needs of jihad, the giver of infaq can also give his wealth to the people around him. Make sure all these things are done because and for Allah SWT. Don’t get caught up in wanting to be admired by many people when spending money.

Infak Mubah

The next type of infaq is mubah infaq. This type of infaq as an infaq is freely done but doing it will not make someone get a reward. Then, for those who do not do it, they will not reap sins. So, this infak is actually done for things that have the law of mubah.

For example, when a person gives his property for farming, trading or farming. This kind of thing is certainly not a mandatory thing to do. However, it is legal for someone to do it. There is no prohibition for those who want to do mubah infaq.

In addition to not getting a reward for those who do it, there will also be no sin for those who don’t do it. Everything is done with the intention of Allah SWT. Because, if it wasn’t because of Allah SWT, of course this law of infaq would later change into illegal infaq. Really this is the type of infak that should be avoided.

Infak Haram

Infak haram are types of infak that are strictly prohibited by Islamic teachings. Therefore do not do this infak. Illegal spending is spending in the form of property to other people insincerely or not for the sake of Allah SWT.

Anyone who then spends with the intention of only wanting to be praised or get a reward from others, then the law is unlawful. Don’t do things like this. The act of illegal infaq will also reflect the riya behavior of those who do it.

This behavior is truly cursed by Allah SWT and is also categorized as a hypocrite. There is even a reward given in the afterlife that will be very painful. The reward that should be reaped because of infak will actually be eliminated because of this riya behavior.

Indeed, those who commit illegal spending will suffer greatly not only in the afterlife but also in this world. May all Muslims then be able to avoid things like this well. The type of endowment itself has various types, ranging from obligatory endowment, sunnah, permitted endowment, and haram.

The difference between Infaq, Sadaqah, Zakat, and Waqf

To understand the difference between infaq, almsgiving, zakat, and waqf, pay attention to each definition and the following examples of the differences between zakat, infaq, and almsgiving that you need to know:

Charity

Charity includes everything that one person gives to another person with the sincere intention of seeking pleasure and reward from God. The form itself is free, including the time and rate are also not bound. Charity includes giving in the form of material things such as money, property, etc. also in the form of good deeds or services.

Infaq

The scope of charity itself is broad, while the scope of infaq is more limited to the aspect of using or spending property for good purposes. Infaq as a charity in the form of property which is then given out with the sole intention of hoping for God’s pleasure. There is no stipulation of rate or time infaq is paid. So, every Muslim can spend anywhere, anytime, and in any amount.

For example, infaq to go to Hajj, Umrah, and support the family, also to pay zakat, put money in the charity box of the mosque, feed the poor and orphans, give donations to people who have been hit by calamities or various disasters, and so on. .

Zakat

Zakat is one of the pillars of Islam and must be paid if a Muslim has fulfilled the various conditions of obligatory zakat. Because the law of zakat is actually obligatory, then all aspects of its implementation have been regulated in detail by the Sharia. If there are rules that are not followed there will be consequences, the zakat that is then paid is considered invalid and must be repeated.

Some scholars also state that zakat is an obligatory charity that is taken from certain assets such as gold, silver (or savings), and livestock that have then met a certain amount. In addition, zakat must also be given to the eight groups who are entitled to receive it (al-ashnaf ats-tsaniyah) and be paid within a certain period of time.

endowment

Waqf According to jurisprudents, it is included in one of the practices of property charity which is done permanently by freezing its use or tasaruf for things allowed in the Sharia. In short, waqf is charity in the form of assets.

For example, land, wells, houses or buildings, hospitals, mosques, and other public buildings that are productive. Assets from this waqf itself cannot be reduced in value and must be able to be developed according to sharia or according to the principles in Islam.

 

Creative Industry – Every human being is blessed with their own creativity. However, not everyone can develop it into a real work that will be useful for other communities. Therefore, the creative industry is present to be a container for people who have brilliant ideas and ideas to be able to cultivate their creativity.

A person’s creativity should be used to create well-being and open employment. With human resources that are utilized in the right way, the creative industry is expected to be able to produce a work without exploiting abundant natural resources.

To find out in more detail what the creative industry is, see the explanation of the meaning of the creative industry, its types, examples, benefits, and various government policies that regulate it below.

Meaning of Creative Industry

The definition of creative industry in general is all processes of creation, creativity, ideas, and ideas from a person or group that can then produce works or products afterwards. The creative industry itself is a combination of two words, namely industry and creative. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary, industry is the activity of processing or processing goods using facilities and equipment, while creative is an adjective that reflects that a person or related group has creativity and the ability to create.

The creativity produced by that person or group is expected to help economic growth as well as open up new employment opportunities for communities in need. Therefore, the creative industry is an important field that must continue to be developed as time goes by and must be developed together in its development because it is one of the mainstays of the country’s economy.

The Meaning of the Creative Industry According to the Experts

According to Simatupang, the creative industry is an industry that relies on skills, talent and creativity that have the potential to improve well-being.

According to the Indonesian Ministry of Trade in 2009, the creative industry is an industry that originates from the utilization of skills, creativity, and talents possessed by individuals in creating well-being and employment. This industry will focus on empowering the creativity and creativity of an individual.

According to the UK DCM Task Force: 1998, the creative industry is an industry that originates from the creativity of individuals who are potentially capable of creating wealth and employment through the exploitation and generation of the individual’s creativity and intellectual wealth.

According to Howkins, the creative industry is an industry that has superior characteristics in terms of creativity in producing or creating various creative designs that are attached to the goods or services produced.

Types of Creative Industries

In Indonesia, the creative industry itself is divided into 14 types of sectors that can be categorized as forms of creativity produced to grow the economy. Here are the types of creative industries that grow the community’s economy.

1. Architecture

Architecture is one type of creative industry related to the planning and design of building construction. The field of creative industry in the type of architecture also produces products in the form of buildings and properties that can be of high value.

2. Advertising

Advertising is one type of creative industry in which there are many human resources in the form of creative young people. The advertising industry also has a big role to help the nation’s economy because of its nature of promoting a product and service to a wide audience.

3. Film, Photography, or Video

The type of creative industry in the field of film, photography, and video is one of the sectors with great potential in the growth of the national economy. This field is included in the category of creative industries because the process in film or photography or video production starts from gathering ideas and initial creativity.

4. Music

Music is one type of creative industry that is used by artists as a way to express feelings. The field of music can be categorized as a creative industry because in the process of music composition, there are many processes that must be supported by ideas and creativity.

5. Television and Radio

The field of television and radio is a creative activity that contains various production processes with various creations. One example of television and radio is the provision of TV broadcasts and radio broadcasts that serve to educate and entertain the audience.

6. Art and culture market

The art and culture market is one type of creative industry that accommodates art activists and artists who produce their works through a qualified cultural and creative background. The art and culture market produces many works that convey emotional messages that are close to society.

7. Craft

Crafting is one type of creative industry that has become a community culture in every region. The production process in producing crafts is supported by various raw materials found in the surrounding environment, for example such as bamboo, wood, clay, stone, metal, and others.

8. Fashion

Fashion is one type of creative industry that will always grow and change as time goes on. This happens because fashion creators or designers create various fashion trends by adapting them to the conditions that are happening.

9. Design

Design is one type of creative industry that is closely related to creative activities such as graphic design, interior design, and product design. Designers in the creative industry are those who have creative ideas to always create something.

10. Interactive Games

Interactive games are one type of creative industry that produces computer and video games that both entertain and educate the public. This interactive game is closely related to the availability of the internet network, so this sector needs the support of informatics technology.

11. Computer and Software Services

The field of computer and software services is an activity related to information technology. The creative activities in it include computer services, software development, and system analysis.

12. Performing Arts

Some forms of performing arts include theater, dance performances, musical dramas, and puppet shows. Performance art in the creative industry itself is closely related to the culture of the community. Some examples of this performance art can not only be a source of income for artists, but also one of the ways to preserve culture.

13. Publishing and Printing

The creative industry in the field of publishing and printing produces many products or works in written form such as books, magazines, newspapers, invitations, and so on. However, along with the development of technology, many creators have begun to refer to written works in digital form, such as e-books, blogs, and websites .

14. Research and Development

The field of research and development is a creative activity that is closely related to various efforts in creating the discovery of science and technology for the application of science and knowledge.

Research itself is systematic, critical, and scientific research into a problem to improve knowledge, while the development in question is science and technology that uses its functions and benefits to produce new technology.

The fourteen types of industries that have been mentioned above belong to the creative industry. This is because they all need creativity in carrying out their respective processes, as well as producing new ideas in each product. The products that are produced then become a work that has different selling values.

Examples of Creative Industries

The creative industry or the field of business where all activities that produce a work also have several examples of works produced. Some works from the creative industry are easy to find in everyday life. Here is an example of a creative industry.

1. Production of batik fabric

Batik is one of the traditional fabrics of Indonesian origin that is already known by many countries and its existence is worldwide. In the production of batik fabric, of course there are many processes that must be gone through. The production process of batik fabric until it becomes a ready-to-market product certainly requires a lot of patience and creativity.

2. Filmmaking process

The process of making a film is quite a long stage, from creating an idea, making a story, writing a script, recording, editing, until finally a film can be shown to the audience. The product produced in the form of a film is the fruit of the creativity of the parties involved in each process.

3. Performance of wayang or drama

A puppet show is a traditional drama show that features a puppet show based on the background of each character’s story, while the theatrical performance is a variety of arts in the form of drama, dance, and music with various stories as the background. Both are examples of creative industries that are thick with Indonesian culture.

4. Book printing

Book printing is one example of a creative industry where the production process involves mass production of writing and images. Products produced in the field of book printing are not only books, but also brochures, flyers, magazines, invitations, etc.

5. Fashion show

A fashion show is an activity or event that is usually held by fashion designers to show and introduce their works to the general public. The fashion show process is one of the activities that requires creativity because it involves many parties, starting from fashion designers, models, fashion product providers to fashion support.

6. Content creators

Content creator is one of the most sought after jobs and is almost always needed in every sector of the creative industry. A content creator is tasked with creating various content materials in the form of writing, images, videos, even sound or a combination of them. In going through every process of becoming a content creator, a lot of creativity and brilliant ideas are needed.

Benefits of Creative Industries

The creative industry is one of the fields that support the country’s economy. The creative industry in Indonesia also not only has diverse types, but also has a myriad of benefits for society and the country.

The main benefit of the creative industry is to foster creativity and innovation from every businessperson. This is also supported by the state of Indonesia with a lot of human resources, especially in the productive working age.

As a means of supporting the country’s economy, the creative industry is also getting more and more attention from the country. The creative industry is also expected to be one of the biggest areas to develop the industry today.

Because of the importance of the existence of this creative industry, it is not possible to depend on the number of sectors on nature. Bearing in mind that natural resources are limited in nature, Indonesia must also take the right steps and actions in developing the creative industry without reducing the natural resources that are getting thinner day by day.

Government Policy Regarding the Creative Industry

The importance of the existence of the creative industry makes the government issue some mandatory policies to make the creative industry continue to develop well. Here are some government policies to improve the creative industry in Indonesia.

1. Integrating Assets and Potentials

The first government policy in the field of creative industries is to integrate assets and the potential of creativity development. Maximized asset management can be a source of capital in this creative industry. By integrating the assets and potential of a person’s creativity, the community will always jump in directly and compete to produce their creativity.

2. Encourage Innovation and Creativity

Excellent ideas and innovations should be supported by the government in the form of providing capital and facilities to realize the creativity. Because of this, business activists will continue to be encouraged to create innovations with various creativity to produce something.

These ideas often invite competition between business partners. However, it is also what makes society more motivated to create innovations that are out of the box .

3. Forming Bekraf (Creative Economy Agency)

Forming a Creative Economy Agency or commonly referred to as bekraf is one of the government’s efforts to strengthen the creative industry.

Bekraf is one of the institutions formed by the president with the aim of providing a container or facility for people who have ideas and creativity to be realized. The existence of the Bekraf institution can also encourage the community to continue producing new innovations until it becomes a masterpiece.

This institution is also one form of government policy that can improve the country’s economy because it presents fresh ideas.

4. Regulating and Supporting Creativity

Regulating and supporting the creativity of the nation’s children is one of the government’s obligations. Creativity should be regulated and supported, one of the ways is to provide copyright protection to creators, innovators, and business people.

This is because a person’s creativity is an economic commodity that can be bought and sold. Without regulation and support from the government, creativity can be lost and change hands due to its unrealized form.

In Indonesia itself, there are already regulations with the formation of copyright and intellectual rights protection laws.

Conclusion

After knowing various things related to the creative industry, it can be concluded that exploring the ideas and creativity of each individual is important. That is because human resources with creative ideas are needed to be able to carry out all production processes in the creative industry sectors.

As dynamic individuals, we are required to be able to explore ideas without limits, the article is that this creative industry will continue to grow with the times and must still be supported by the presence of compatible human resources.

In accordance with the content of the explanation above, you can find out briefly what is the meaning of the creative industry, its types, examples, benefits, and various government policies to improve the quality of the industry.

For those of you who are interested in developing a creative industry and dabbling in that world, you can do many useful things to be able to run your own technology and business. It can be started by learning many theoretical things.

You can visit various websites to read various scientific journals about the creative industry or even visit the official website www.Sinaumedia.com to find various references through books related to the creative industry.

1.  

Knowing the Definition of Industry, Types, Examples, and Purpose – Knowing the current industry sector as one of the business sectors that is the benchmark for development in a country is very interesting to know. Because with the development of an industry, it certainly also develops the economy and growth of a country and provides the opening of many job opportunities for citizens.

In general, industry is known as an economic activity that processes raw materials, raw materials, semi-finished goods or finished goods into high-quality goods for specific purposes, including industrial planning and engineering.

Industry is part of the production process. Industrial materials are taken directly or indirectly and then processed to produce goods that are more valuable to the community. The activity of the production process in an industry is called an industry.

If you look at the definition in general, industry can be interpreted very broadly and includes all human activities in the economic field that are productive and commercial. Because it is a vast industry, the amount and type of industry varies from one country to another country or region.

The higher the level of industrial development of a country or region, the greater the amount and type of industry and the more complex its operations.

Economically, the concept of industrialization is also defined as a group of similar businesses, where the word industry is combined with a word that describes the type of industry. The rest is for example the pharmaceutical industry, the clothing industry, the wood industry, etc.

For that, in order to make it easier for Reader friends who want to get to know and understand more about the definition of industry in this discussion, we have summarized the definition of the complete industry along with its type, sector, and purpose in development.

Further, we have presented the discussion below!

Early History of Industry

Before further discussing the definition of the industry along with its types, sectors, and development goals, it is good that we also know about the early history of the industry itself. For that reason, we have presented a discussion about the history of the industry below.

This industry began with the work of a craftsman or craftsman. In ancient times, after living as nomads as gatherers, hunters, and fishermen, people lived permanently, building houses and cultivating the land through farming, gardening, and raising livestock. Their needs are increasing for things like harvesting tools, hunting tools, fishing tools, agricultural tools, gardening tools, mining tools, even military and economic tools. Artisans and artisans emerged as a source of necessary tools and goods. From there, handicrafts and carpentry began to develop, producing basic necessities. To grow into good craftsmen and workers, the apprenticeship model is maintained and to maintain the quality of workmanship and in the carpentry industry,

Iron and steel mining flourished in the Middle Ages. In addition, the extraction of fuels such as coal, oil and gas is growing rapidly. These two things accelerated the development of mechanical technology, starting with the invention of the steam engine, which opened the way for large-scale production and trade of goods, and the mass in the late 18th and early 19th centuries in the cities of Lille and Manchester) and the railway, then steel industry (Essen) and shipbuilding, automobile industry (Detroit), aluminum factory. The chemical and pharmaceutical industries grew from the need for dyes in textile factories. From here the industrial revolution happened.

Since then, the wave of industrialization, such as the mass production of goods and the establishment of factories involving the use of labor, quickly swept the world, replacing traditional agriculture (agriculture). Since then, various industry classifications have emerged.

Industry Definition

Most people think that industry is just a human economic activity that processes raw materials into semi-finished or finished materials. Although the meaning of industry is very broad, this industrial process includes all human activities in certain fields that are productive and commercial in nature. The word industry comes from the Old French word “industria” which means activity, but the word mainly comes from the Latin word “Industria” which means craft and activity.

Broadly speaking, industry is a field of business that produces workforce skills and technology to produce a product for profit. Industrial products are not only in the form of goods (production) but also in the form of services (services), for example production results such as services such as banking, insurance, transportation, shipping services, etc.

Industry is synonymous with the place where industry takes place, namely the factory, in a broader sense the factory is where people, machines or technology, materials, energy, capital and resources are managed in a unified production system. produce effective, efficient, and safe products and services that are ready for general use or that can be further processed to make other types of products. Factory is synonymous with processing raw materials and making finished products in the form of goods.

The service industry is an industry that provides services to serve or support other industrial activities and can also provide direct services to the community (customers). This type of industry usually operates in buildings (offices).

Industry is a sector or economic activity related to the processing/production of raw materials in a factory that uses skills and labor or the manufacture of finished goods (in industrial English) and the use of tools in the field of processing agricultural products and their distribution as the main activity. So industry is generally known as the next link in the business chain after agriculture, plantation and mining, which is closely related to the land, which fulfills the needs of the land (economics). The position of the industry is further away from the earth which is the basis of economy, culture and politics. Industry is part of the production process and industrial production process activities are called industrial.

Industry can also be interpreted as a group of various companies that offer the same product. In other words, each product is a substitute for another because the company uses the same inputs and faces more or less the same suppliers and buyers.

Types of Industries

To find out what different types of industries are available below, we have presented a variety of different types of industries according to their fields.

Industrial products can be in the form of processed food, textiles, cosmetics and others. And now we can enjoy various services from the industry sector

The following types of industries are found in Indonesia:

• Primary industry

Primary industry focuses on the production of goods with the help of nature. This is a nature-based industry that requires little human effort. For example, agriculture, plantations, forestry, fisheries, horticulture, etc. as examples of non-mining industries.

• Extractive Industries

Extractive Industry includes the extraction or re-production of goods from land, air or water. In general, the products of the mining industry are in raw form, and the industry is used in the field of manufacturing and construction which is used to make finished products. For example, mining, coal, petroleum, iron ore, extraction of wood and rubber from forests, etc.

• Secondary industry

This industry is engaged in the reproduction and marketing of certain vegetable and animal spices. The main purpose is to make a profit from the sale. For example seeding, cattle rearing, poultry farming, mammal farming etc.

• Construction industry

The construction industry carries out construction work on buildings, bridges, roads, dams, canals, etc. This industry is different from other industries because the products of other industries can be produced in one place and sold in another place. But the goods produced and sold by the construction industry are assembled in one place.

• Manufacturing industry

The manufacturing industry deals with the transformation of raw materials into finished products with the help of machines and manpower. Finished goods can be consumables or commodities. For example, the textile, chemical, sugar, paper industry, etc.

• Quaternary Industry

Industries that use high technology. The people who work in these companies are often highly qualified in their field. Research and development companies are the most common businesses in this sector, an example of a secondary industry.

• Service industry

Currently, the service sector plays an important role in the development of the country and that is why it is called the service sector. The main industries in this category are the hospitality industry, tourism industry, entertainment industry etc.

• Creative Industry

The definition of creative industry in general is all processes of creation, creativity, ideas and ideas of a person or group that can later produce works or products. The creative industry itself is a combination of two words namely industry and creative. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary, industry refers to the processing or management of goods using facilities and equipment, while creative is an adjective that reflects that the person or group concerned has creativity and the ability to create.

The creativity created by a person or group further encourages economic growth and can open new jobs for those in need. Therefore, the creative economy is an important sector that must be developed from time to time and grow together, because it is one of the pillars of the country’s economy.

Industry Examples from Various Fields

• Agro Industry

The following industries are activities that use agricultural products as raw materials, design and produce equipment and services for these activities. Austin (1981) specifically defines agribusiness as a business that processes plant (derived from plants) or animal (derived from animals) materials. The process used includes transformation and preservation with physical or chemical treatment, storage, packaging and distribution. This agricultural product can be in the form of ready-to-use consumer end products or other industrial raw materials.

• Mining

This one industry is one of the pillars of the country’s economic development. This industry is driven by mining companies that manage natural resources (SDA) that are used for the development and well-being of the Indonesian people. Mining is any or all stages of activities related to the exploration, processing and use of minerals or coal, including general surveys, geographic surveys, construction feasibility studies, mining, processing and processing, transportation and sales, and mining operations. activity.

• Farming

Livestock is part of food production agriculture. Food from the food industry is a producer of animal protein with high nutritional value such as meat, eggs and milk.

Farming is the care and maintenance of domestic animals, with which profit and income are obtained from this activity. Animals that are bred a lot are cows and chickens. goats, sheep and pigs. Livestock products include meat, milk, eggs, and clothing.

• Handicrafts

Crafts are one of the types of creative industries that have become a community culture in every district. The craft production process is supported by various raw materials available in the environment such as bamboo, wood, clay, stone, metal, etc.

The handicrafts sold at this cultural art market are one of the types of creative economy that involve art activists and artists who produce works with a qualified cultural and creative background. The art and culture market produces many works that convey an emotional message close to the community.

• Tourism

The definition of the tourism industry is a branch of the economy that consists of all businesses that provide products and services intended for use by tourists in various levels of travel and tourism. Tourism is a very broad and growth-oriented industry.

According to Tourism Law No. 10 of 2009, the tourism industry is a group of related tourism businesses that produce goods and/or services to meet the needs of tourists in the pursuit of tourism.

The purpose of tourism is to increase mainly currency income and the income of the country and society in general. Expand opportunities and work opportunities and encourage the operation of supporting industries and other supporting industries. Apart from that, tourism is also able to introduce and present the natural beauty and culture of Indonesia.

Purpose of Industrial Development

The government explained that Indonesia will continue to develop the industrial sector for smooth development. The understanding of industrial development is one part of the country’s economic development that applies several principles of sustainable industrial development. This development is based on economic, social and environmental development.

Article 2 of the Industrial Law contains an explanation of the principles and objectives of industrial development. Industrial development also takes place by believing in one’s own abilities and strengths, superiority and environmental sustainability.

The government has announced several goals for the development of the industry. These objectives include:

• Making well-being more equal

The utilization of natural resources and/or agricultural products for industrial activities must be able to provide fair and equitable results for human well-being while still paying attention to the balance and sustainability of the living environment.

• Increase economic growth

The structure of the economy must be changed in a better, more advanced, healthier, and more balanced direction. Everything is done to create a stronger and broader base for economic growth in general and provide added value for industrial growth in particular.

• Appropriate Technology Management

The ability to master this technology is very important because it can increase confidence in the ability of the country’s business world.

• Strengthening community participation

In this case, an example is a small industry or home industry in which there is a role of the lower class community.

• Equal Employment Opportunity

With many open industries, it automatically opens up more jobs for those in need.

• Foreign exchange earnings growth

It is hoped that all forms of industry that exist will help bring in large amounts of foreign exchange for the national economy.

• Development of industrial growth centers

Areas that have the potential to be developed into industrial centers should be immediately developed with good and accurate methods.

• The creation of national stability and a strong defense

With the growth of industry and general prosperity, the strengthening of the defense and security sector becomes easy.

Conclusion

So much for a short discussion about definitions from Industry, Types, Examples and Purpose. Not only discussing the definition, but also discussing the history and development of the industry up to now. Understanding the definition of the industry itself gives us the understanding that there are many industrial sectors that we can know and provide many job opportunities according to our interests and abilities in one of the industries

The meaning of taqlifi law – Hello Reader friends, do you know Islamic law? In terms of terminology (terms), Islamic law is God’s teachings about mukallaf in the form of requests (orders, prohibitions), recommendations to do or recommendations to leave or takhyir (the ability to choose between what should be done or what should not be done), or wad’i ( set something as a cause, condition, or obstacle).

If the meaning of law is relevant to Islam, then Islamic law is a set of rules from God’s revelation and the Prophet’s Sunnah that, both directly and indirectly, regulate human behavior that is recognized, trusted, and respected by Muslims.

In terms of terminology, according to Mr. Hasbi Ash-Shiddieqy, he believes that Islamic law is the collection of efforts of jurists to apply sharia to the needs of society. Meanwhile, An-Na’im thinks that Islamic law includes matters of belief, worship (ritual), morality and law.

This description shows that Islamic law covers various issues of human life, both the affairs of this world and the affairs of the hereafter. The main source of Islamic law is divine revelation and human reason. The double identity of Islamic law is found in its two Arabic names, shari’ah and fiqh .

Shari’ah has a greater relationship with divine revelation, while jurisprudence is a product of human reason or knowledge about Shari’ah terms that are actually taken from the Qur’an and Sunnah.

Therefore, Islamic law can be divided into two parts: first, the provisions (law) of Islam are clear and detailed, such as matters of worship, marriage, inheritance provisions, etc. This part is the province of sharia . Second, the provisions of Islam are built through the corruption of reason. This part is the area of ​​jurisprudence .

In Islamic law, there are two types of law that apply to mukallaf (those who have met the conditions to obey the law), the first is taklifi and the second is wadh’i .

This law is used by mukallaf as a guideline for worship. Linguistically, the law of taklifi is the law of burdening, while in terminological terms it is God’s command in the form of choice and request. It is called taklifi law because this order is directly related to the actions of a mukallaf (puberty and common sense).

The condition is due to the law of taklifi obliging the mukallaf to do and leave an act with certainty. The discussion of taklifi law is one of the many studies of Ushul Fiqh h. In fact, one of the main purposes of the discussion of Ushul Fiqh a is how to conclude the law of taqlifi definitively.

Therefore, the position of taklifi law is so important in the discussion of Islamic law. So this article will discuss the meaning of taklifi law , its types, and functions according to Islamic teachings. If you Reader friends don’t know about taklifi law, let’s read the explanation!

Definition of Taklifi Law

Taklifi law is a law that has the meaning of demand (to be done or left by the mukallaf ) or that contains a choice between what is done or what is left. In other words, taklifi law is what is required to do or not to do or is allowed to choose between doing and not doing.

Hukum taklifi is the book (word) of God that relates to mukallaf actions , either in the form of ability guidance, or establishing something as a reason, condition, or seed.

The law also includes procedures, prohibitions, and permission of a mukallaf . For example, prayer is obligatory for all Muslims, adultery is forbidden and sleeping is allowed.

The terms halal, haram, wajib, sunnah, etc. is part of the law of taqlifi in Islam. Law enforcement is aimed at Muslims. Mukallaf is an adult or old enough and quick (not crazy or unconscious). In other words, small children or people who suffer from acute mental disorders to the point that their minds are disturbed are not burdened by the law of taklifi .

The law is very important to measure the faith of each person. Therefore, the law is absolute and must be obeyed and enforced relentlessly.

The law of taklifi as mentioned before is the law that applies and must be obeyed in Islam for those who have been subject to the conditions of taklifi , that is, they are adults or have reached puberty, because taklifi is related to the commands and prohibitions of God. SWT.

This law is basically related to the command of Allah SWT. The important thing is to organize people so that they have to do something, finish it, and leave it. Because the root of charity from human behavior comes from doing something and not doing something. Thus, this law is sourced from all syariah laws or laws that are sourced from legal foundations.

Types of Taklifi Laws

The Hanafi group divides the law of taklifi into seven types, namely by dividing the word to do an act with definite conditions into two parts, namely fardhu and ijab .

According to this group, if an order is based on qath’i proofs , such as the proofs of the Qur’an and mutawatir hadith, then the order is called fardhu . However, if the order is based on zhanni evidence then it is called ijab . So is the ban.

If the prohibition is based on ridiculous arguments, then it is called karahah tahrim . With such a division, the Hanafi group divided the law of taklifi into fardhu, ijab, tahrim, karahah tanzih, nadb and ibahah.

Although this second group divides the law of taklifi into seven types, in general the scholars agree on dividing the law into five types as mentioned above.

The five types of law have an influence on the actions of mukallaf and this result is known by jurists as al-ahkam al-khamsah, which is obligatory, haram, mandub, makruh and mubah. Here is the explanation:

1. Mandatory (Ijab)

Ushul experts give the meaning of obligatory according to the Sharia, that is, what the Sharia demands to be done by the mukallaf upon a firm request and will be rewarded and if neglected will incur a sin, this ijab can be known by pronunciation or by other signs ( qarinah ).

The determined obligation can be seen through pronunciation as in the form of amar (command) in the word of God: “… establish Salat to remember Me.” (QS. Thaha: 14).

It can also be known through the words that are included in the sentence itself which shows the obligation as in His words: “O you who believe, it is obligatory upon you to fast as it was obligatory upon those before you” (QS. Al-Baqarah: 183 ).

Seen from many aspects, it must be divided into four. Viewed from a certain point of view whether the act is obligatory or not, obligatory can be divided into two, namely:

1. Wajib Mu’ayyan is something whose actions have been determined, for example reciting Surat al-Fatihah in prayer.
2. Wajib Mukhayyar , that is, those who can choose one of the many types of actions determined. For example, the oath of atonement offers three alternatives, feed ten poor people, or give clothing to ten poor people, or free the slaves.

Seen in terms of the time to do it and the time available to do what is needed. This obligation can be divided into two categories, namely:

1. Wajib Muwassa , that is, the time available to carry out what is required is wider or longer than the time of carrying out this obligation. For example, Dhuhur prayer. The time available to perform Dhuhr prayer is much greater than the time used to perform Dhuhr prayer. It is very important that it can be done at the beginning of time or in the middle of time or at the end of time. According to the scholars, if muwassa’ is required to be done in the middle or at the end of the time, one should intend after the time has arrived (early time) to delay its implementation until the desired time as neglecting the time.
2. Wajib Mudhayyaq , i.e. those who have the same or equal free time to fulfill this obligation, such as Ramadan fasting. Fasting itself occupies all days in the month of Ramadan. This is why the obligation of mudhayyaq cannot be postponed in the time available for its implementation.

Seen from the perspective of the person who must do it, it is divided into two parts:

1. Wajib Ain are the conditions to perform one act per mukallaf and cannot be replaced by others, such as the obligation to perform prayer, fasting, zakat and hajj. This obligation is also called fardu ‘ain.
2. Wajib Kifayah is an obligation imposed on a group of people and if someone fulfills the request it is considered fulfilled, and if no one does it, the group commits crimes such as amar ma’ruf and nahi munkar , funeral prayers, construction of hospitals, schools, etc.

Seen in terms of the ratio (amount) and the form of loss, it is divided into two:

1. Wajib Muhaddad, is what is determined by the syar’a in the form of a requested act and the mukallaf is considered negligent in fulfilling the request before carrying it out as requested by the syar’a’ or otherwise is an obligation whose rate or quantity has been determined. For example prayer, zakat and debt repayment. The five-step prayer has a time, the number of rak’ahs, pillars and conditions. Zakat has been defined for the types of goods that must be provided and the amount of zakat that must be paid. Wajib muhaddad if not implemented will become a debt and can be confiscated.
2. Wajib Ghairu Muhaddad is a mandatory and optional act, which does not determine the method of implementation and deadline or an obligation that does not determine the amount of limitations, such as infaq fi sabilillah, helping people who want to help, helping each other, etc.

Wajib ghairu muhaddad , if not forced, does not become a debt and cannot be forced. According to Amir Syarifuddin in ushul fiqh, the law of coercion is: Asking to do something safe, meaning something that if done will be rewarded and if surrendered will be threatened by Allah SWT, known as the term “wajib”.

2. Sunnah (Mandub)

Ushul experts say that what is meant by mandub is what is required by syariah to make mukallaf, but the conditions are not too strict, there is no punishment or sin (‘iqab) .

The act of mandub can be recognized from the pronunciation included in the text such as the word sunnah or recommended or given as a warning but there are indications that it is obligatory not to extend from the text itself.

Scholars of the Hanafi school equate the meaning of sunnah and nafal with mandub, according to them there are three types of mandub, namely:

1. Sunnah Hadyi is an act ordained to perform obligatory acts such as the call to prayer and congregational prayer. People who abandon acts like this are said to be lost and reprehensible and if the whole village agrees to abandon them then they can be fought.
2. Zaidah’s Sunnah is all actions that are recommended to be done as commendable qualities for mukallaf for following the footsteps of the Prophet as a normal human being such as eating, drinking, sleeping etc. and if the action is done then it becomes good for the mukallaf and if it is omitted it cannot be said to be makruh.
3. Sunnah Nafal is an act that is recommended to be done in addition to obligatory and sunnah acts such as circumcision prayer. If you can do this, you will be rewarded if you stop, you will not be punished, nor reproached.

Usually, this mandub is also called sunat or mustahab, and is divided into:

1. Sunnah ‘ain , is all actions that are recommended to every mukallaf person to do, for example sunnah rawatib prayer.
2. Sunnah kifayah is all actions that are recommended to be done by just one of a group, for example saying greetings, praying for someone who sneezes, and so on.

3. Haram (Tahrim)

Ushul scholars say that what is regulated by syar’a is forbidden, which cannot be done under harsh conditions.” In other words, it is forbidden and if you do it and you will be punished, and if you leave it you will get a reward.

Broadly speaking, Haram is divided into two parts:

1.  Haram Lidzatihi is haram in the act itself or haram in its substance. Haram like that is basically forbidden from the beginning. For example murder, adultery, theft, etc.
2. Li ghairihi is forbidden , forbidden because it is related to other acts, or forbidden because of other factors that come later. For example, buying and selling which was previously allowed becomes haram, when the call to prayer on Friday is heard. Similarly, the obligatory fasting of Ramadan which originally became haram because fasting causes pain that threatens the safety of the soul. The same goes for others.

Scholars of the Hanafi school divide this haram into two types, which are seen based on the strength of the arguments that support it:

1. Haram set by Dalil Qath are Al Quran, Sunnah Mutawatir and Ijma Harm. Haram that is established by this argument of qath is the opposite of fardhu. For example, the prohibition of adultery as explained in Surah Al Isra verse 32.
2. Haram that is established with zanni arguments such as hadith ahad and kias and haram like this is contrary to what is obligatory or also karahiyatul tahrim . For example, men are forbidden to wear gold jewelry and silk cloth.

According to Amir Syarifuddin, he said that the taqlifi law about haram is: Demand to leave clearly, that is a job that if done by a mukallaf then he will receive a sin from Allah SWT and if left then he will get a reward, which is known as “haram “ .

Hanafiyah scholars define forbidden law into two based on the evidence that establishes it. Claims and prohibitions can definitely be determined by the evidence of the Zhanni evidence called karahah tahrim .

4. Makruh (Karahah)

According to Ushul scholars, Makruh is what is required by syariah to do, but is not haram or in other words, something that is haram but will not be a sin if done. For example, smoking, eating food that causes bad smell, etc.

Generally, scholars divide makruh into two parts:

1. Makruh Tanzih , that is, all actions that are omitted are better than done.
2. Makruh Tahrim , i.e. all acts that are prohibited but the justification for the prohibition is zhanni , not qath’i. For example, playing chess, eating fish, and eating snake meat (according to the Hanafiyah and Malikiyah schools).

According to Amir Syarifuddin, the takfili law about makruh reads: A demand to leave or an indefinite prohibition. That is, a job that if done without sin and if abandoned will be rewarded, which is known as “karahah (makruh)”.

5. Mubah (Ibahah)

What does Mubah mean according to Ushul scholars: “what gives the mukallaf the freedom to choose whether to do it or not.”

Mubah can be divided into three types, namely: 36, whose syarah explains the ability to choose between doing and not doing

1. Its ability is not explained, but syar’ states that it can provide peace and comfort for those who do it
2. It is not well explained at all that the ability to do such things is rooted in the rules of Bara’atul Ashliyah .

According to Amir Syarifuddin he said that the taklfi law about mubah is something that gives the possibility to choose between doing or leaving. Therefore, here there is no demand to work or leave. this is neither commanded nor forbidden.

Laws in this type are called “ibahah” while actions that are given a choice to do or not are called ” mubah” . For example: hunting after performing tahallul in Hajj and others.

 

Understanding of Individuals – Humans as individual beings need to be understood in terms of the individual itself. The word “Individual” comes from the Latin word, ” individuum ” which means “undivided”. So, is a term that can be used to express the smallest and limited unit.

Humans as individual beings have physical and spiritual elements, physical and psychic elements, body and soul elements. A person is said to be an individual human while those elements are united in him. If the elements are no longer united, a person is not called an individual. Every human being has its own uniqueness and special characteristics, no human being is exactly the same. From so many people, it turns out that each one has its own uniqueness.

The definition of an individual is a combination of phenotypic and genotypic factors. Genotype factor is a factor carried by the individual since birth, it is a hereditary factor. If an individual has physical characteristics or character traits that are carried since birth, he also has physical characteristics and character or traits that are influenced by environmental factors (phenotypic factors). Environmental factors (phenotype) play a role in the formation of a person’s special characteristics.

The term environment refers to the physical environment and the social environment. Physical environment such as the surrounding natural conditions. Social environment refers to the environment in which an individual interacts socially. We interact socially with family members, with friends, and larger social groups. The special characteristics of a person can be called personality. Each person has a different personality that is influenced by innate factors (genotype) and environmental factors (phenotype) that interact continuously.

According to Nursid Sumaatmadja (2000), personality is the entire behavior of an individual which is the result of the interaction between bio-psycho-fiscal (physical and psychological) potentials that are carried from birth with a network of environmental situations, which are revealed in actions and deeds and psychological mental reactions, if it gets stimulation from the environment.

He concluded that environmental factors (phenotype) play a role in the formation of a person’s special characteristics. Each individual has inherent characteristics and characteristics ( heredity ) and characteristics obtained from the influence of the environment. Innate characteristics are hereditary characteristics possessed since birth, both related to biological factors and social psychological factors.

Nature and nature are terms commonly used to explain individual characteristics in terms of physical, mental, and emotional aspects at each level of development. A newborn baby is the result of two family lines, the father’s line and the mother’s line. Since conception or the conception of a new life, it is continuously influenced by various stimulating environmental factors.

 

Definition of Individual

The word “individual” comes from the Latin language, i ndividium which means something that cannot be divided or a small limited unit. This describes humans as individual beings because physiologically humans have an independent nature that does not have an organic dependency on others.

In fulfilling the essence of the notion of individuality, humans will always try to develop their personal abilities, such as the ability to survive, communicate, and so on. Humans as individual beings are equipped with intellect, thoughts, and emotions. It is this ability that makes man a monodualist being, a being that is responsible for himself.

As individual creatures, humans are one of God’s creations that have physical (body) and spiritual (soul) elements. These elements cannot be separated and become an individual shaper. When those elements are no longer united, a person is no longer said to be an individual being. Every human being has certain uniqueness and characteristics, no human being is exactly the same in this world, even identical twins have different characteristics.

Humans as individual beings are a combination of two factors, namely phenotypic and genotypic factors. Genotype factors are factors that humans carry from their parents, or also called hereditary factors. This factor is carried by man since he was born on this earth. These factors affect human physical traits such as skin color, height, hair shape, etc., and also psychological traits, such as quiet, active, etc.

Meanwhile, phenotypic factors are factors that form individuals that come from the environment. It cannot be denied that the environment can affect human character. Although basic attitudes have been formed through genotype factors, it is the environment that determines whether these traits can develop or not.

The two factors interact and form a special characteristic of an individual called personality. The understanding of humans as individual beings is that humans have rights over themselves that are adjusted by the social conditions or environment around them. These are all closely related to the environment through society, through personality, through the senses, gender, and social status.

Definition of Individual According to Experts

During his life, an individual goes through stages starting from baby, child, teenager, adult, until he experiences old age. To protect each individual’s rights, the government issues a policy on the protection of the rights of each individual without exception (Human Rights). Every individual is also entitled to his personality including in thinking and acting. For example, someone needs education or guidance and direction.

1. Viniagustia

The concept of individual is a term that can be used to express the smallest and limited unity.

2. Dr. A. License

The definition of individual is “people” or something that is a whole that cannot be divided again, a limited unity.

3. MJ Langeveld

Every human child, human being is born with the potential to be different from others, or to be (like) himself. There is no identical individual on the face of the earth, that two twins that come from the same egg are commonly said to be like betel nut split in two, similar and difficult to distinguish one from the other, only similar but not identical, let alone identical.

4. Martin Luther

The concept of individual comes from the word individum (Latin), which is a small unit that cannot be divided again. According to the sociological concept, an individual means a human being who lives independently. Individuals as creatures created by God in themselves are always equipped with life equipment that includes body, taste, ratio, and harmony.

• Raga, is a special form of the human body that can distinguish one individual from another, even with the same essence.
• Rasa, is a human feeling that can capture objects of movement from things in the universe or feelings related to beauty.
• Ratio or common sense, is a human equipment to develop oneself, overcome everything that is needed in every human being and is a tool to digest what is received by the five senses.
• Rukun or life association, is a form of socialization with humans and living side by side with each other harmoniously, peacefully and complementing each other. This pillar is what can help people to form a social group that is often called community.

5. Sujatmiko Eko

The meaning of individual is one person; private person (separate from other people). Organisms that live on their own, are physiologically independent (do not have an organic relationship with each other). Individuals are the smallest unit of society.

In social science, the concept of individual also means the smallest part of a group of society that cannot be separated into smaller parts. For example, a family consists of father, mother, and children. Father is an individual in that social group, which can no longer be divided into smaller units.

Individual comes from the Greek word ” individium ” which means “undivided”. In social science, the understanding of the individual is related to the character with the life and soul that is plural and plays a role in human social life. The individual is a limited unity, that is, as a single human being, not as a whole human being.

It can be concluded that an individual is a human being who has a special or specific role in his personality. There are three aspects in an individual, namely the physical organic aspect, the spiritual psychological aspect, and the social aspect. Where the aspects are related to each other. If one is damaged, it will damage other aspects. When the pattern of behavior is almost identical to the behavior of the masses concerned.

The process that increases the characteristics of individuality in a person to himself is called the process of individualization or self-actualization. In this process, individuals are burdened with various roles that come from the conditions of living together, which eventually emerges as a group that will determine the stability of a society.

Individuals in their behavior according to their personal patterns have three possibilities, namely deviating from the collective norm, losing their individuality, subjugating the collective, and thirdly influencing society. Thus, human beings are individual beings not only in the sense of the whole body and soul, but are special individuals, according to their personality patterns and abilities.

Another definition of an individual is a single person; private person (separate from other people). Organisms that live on their own, are physiologically independent (do not have an organic relationship with each other).

Individual Instincts

Basically, each individual has different characteristics. Individuals who join together will form a group or community. The individual will have the same characteristics as the group when he joins.

Each individual has special characteristics that are different from other individuals, such as physical shape, intelligence, talent, desire, feelings and have their own level of understanding/meaning towards an object. So, the individual is the internal condition of a human being who functions as a subject.

Humans as individuals have three instincts, namely:

1. Survival Instinct

The instinct to maintain survival has given rise to various needs. One of the most basic needs is the physiological needs consisting of eating, drinking and protection. All these needs are obtained from the human environment, and in utilizing the environment requires technology.

Technology can be defined as the means or tools used by humans to fulfill their needs. So technology does not only include modern equipment or machines. Arrows for hunting, shifting cultivation and other simple tools or means are included in the technology. Human needs are very diverse and these needs are easier to fulfill if individuals live in groups with other individuals.

2. Instinct to Defend the Continuation of Livelihood of Descendants

The instinct to protect the offspring, demands the need for a sense of security ( safety need ), both from the disturbance of uncomfortable weather, wild animals or other humans. Clothes made from various types of materials and models adapted to the weather conditions. Housing with various materials and forms, is basically an effort to obtain a sense of security from various disturbances.

As for the diversity of materials and models used, it depends on the environment. Like houses in tropical areas are generally made of wood or bamboo with a triangular or conical roof model and often the bottom does not directly touch the ground, but is stilted or vaulted. In moderate climates, many houses are built from bricks/soil, with flat roofs, while in cold regions the Eskimos make houses from ice with a bare shape. All that depends on the weather and the raw materials available in the environment.

In addition to meeting the biological needs of humans, marriage on the other hand is also a reflection of the individual’s dependence on other individuals and the instinct to continue the lineage.

3. Curiosity and Seeking Satisfaction

Every human being has an instinct to be curious about something around them, whether it is the natural environment or other human environments. There are natural differences such as land, hills, mountains; differences in the distribution of plants and animals; physical differences in humans such as black, white, tanned, tall, short and so on; human cultural differences such as when it comes to eating, some eat with their hands, spoons, forks and knives; differences in clothing, livelihood, house shape and so on.

All that has pushed people to find out. The question “what, why, how, and who” has given birth to a system of knowledge, which is then organized into a system through certain rules, thus giving birth to knowledge.

This knowledge is basically to meet the spiritual/inner needs of man, while the application of knowledge in the form of methods and tools to meet the needs of human life is called technology. So, technology is a variety of ways or tools to meet human material needs.

 

The Difference between Individual Humans and Social Beings

1. Humans as Individuals

An individual is a person or a human being as a whole. Whole here is defined as a quality that cannot be divided. It is a unity between the physical and the spiritual that is attached to a person. The two cannot be separated to support and fulfill human needs, both as individuals and communities.

The knowledge and technology that individuals possess is not entirely the result of their own experience, but more from learning and imitating others. Therefore, in fulfilling the instinct of curiosity and seeking satisfaction, it cannot be separated from group life.

2. Humans as Social Beings

Humans are creatures that cannot immediately adapt to their environment. During infancy, humans are completely dependent on other individuals. He learns to walk, learn to eat, learn to dress, learn to read, learn to make things and so on, needs the help of other adults.

According to Malinowski, one of the figures of anthropology from Poland stated that the dependence of individuals on other individuals in their group can be seen from human efforts in meeting biological needs and social needs that are done through cultural mediation.

A sense of security specifically depends on the presence of protection systems in the house, clothing and equipment. Protection in general, in the sense of interference with other groups, will be easier to create if people are in groups. In order to create the security and comfort of this group life, rules and social controls were created about what can and cannot be done by each member of the group. In addition, it is also determined who has the right to organize the life of the group to achieve common goals.

Individuals have the characteristics of having a mind and self that is able to determine reality, interpret the situation, determine actions from outside and within themselves. Can be interpreted as an individual communication process in interacting and relating. Individuals will not have a clear identity without the existence of a society that is the background of the individual marked by where the individual tries to place his behavior in accordance with the norms and culture of the environment, such as in Indonesia the individual upholds polite behavior, and is ethical in socializing.

Individuals are always in a group, the role of the group is to mature the individual into a person, whose process depends on the group and the environment can be a supporting factor in the process as well as an obstacle to the process of becoming a person. Supporting factors and inhibiting factors can also be based on the individual himself.

•  

Humans are social creatures who live side by side with society and the help of others. That is what indicates that within each individual there is a desire and need that is needed to live together with other individuals in creating a social relationship. However, do you know what individuals, groups, and social relationships are? Well, in order to know the explanation, let’s pay attention to the following discussion.

A. Definition of Individual

Individuals are the smallest part of a group of society that cannot be separated into smaller parts. The term “individual” comes from the Greek language, namely “individuum” which means not divided. In sociology, an individual is also defined as an organization or individual that is independent and not tied to other organizations, be it action, thought, or behavior.

Based on the Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, individual means a single organism that lives and stands alone. Physiologically, individuals have the same independent nature as the definition of individual based on the sociological concept which means that life stands on its own.

Each individual in society plays a role with a different status. In society, individuals have a role as social beings. Not only do they play a role in society, individuals also have a role in the political world. The role of the individual in the political world, for example as a person who contributes an opinion, one of the people who plays a role in political activities, and participates in helping to solve problems in the organization and the political world.

1. Characteristics of Individuals

In general, there are a number of individual characteristics that you need to know or recognize, among others:

a. Individuals have intelligence, thoughts, wishes, and desires, as well as feelings that can determine action from outside and from within the individual.

b. Individuals have the instinct to survive, achieve satisfaction, etc.

c. Individuals have a soul and body that can distinguish between individuals.

d. Individuals have unique or special behaviors and behaviors that can distinguish one individual from another.

2. Individual aspects

An individual is a person who has personality and behavior, and plays a role in society and other environments, for example in the political environment. According to H. Hartomo, states that there are 3 (three) aspects owned by each individual that are interconnected and have an impact on others, including the following:

a. Spiritual and psychological aspects

b. Social aspect

c. Aspects of soul and body

In addition, there are also individual psychological aspects, among others:

• Special talent or ability or intelligence
• Interest or desire
• A person’s personality
• Enthusiasm
• Learning

3. Individual Characteristics

Based on the explanation given by Stoner and Freeman, it is said that individual characteristics are translations or other words of attitudes, interests and individual needs. The attitude is carried and used by a person when doing an activity.

In addition, John, Donahue, and Kentle also said that there are 5 (five) individual characteristics that you must know and pay attention to, including:

a. Openness to experience

Openness to Experience is a characteristic of individuals who accept new experiences or do not reject when there is change.

b. Conscientiousness

Conscientiousness is one of the characteristics of individuals who are careful about everything.

c. Extraversion

Extraversion is an individual characteristic with its open and comfortable nature. So that there is no disturbance when interacting between individuals.

d. Agreeableness

Agreeableness is one of the characteristics of individuals who always want to avoid problems with other individuals.

e. Neocriticism

Neocritism is a characteristic of individuals who are open to pressure and have an assessment of their ability to withstand stress on a person.

B. Definition of Social Groups

A social group is a group of people who are related to each other by using common patterns. A group of people can be called a social group when it has met 3 (three) main conditions, among which each group member realizes that he is part of his group, each group member has the same background or characteristics, and there is a structure of norms and behavioral patterns.

Unbeknownst to you, this social group has a form that has spread around your environment. With one of the functions of the form of social groups which he hopes is to organize procedures in establishing interactions between individuals. There are a number of things that you must know and pay attention to in forming social groups, including:

1. Social Board, is a system of norms that organize life to achieve common goals.

2. Social Order, is a condition where the members of the community proceed in harmony, harmony, and harmony in accordance with the values ​​and norms prevailing in the community. The social order is formed through stages consisting of order, order, stability, and also patterns.

3. Order, is a social group that has a series of values ​​and norms that run in harmony, and are obeyed by members.

4. Social Order, is a system in a social group where every member obeys and carries out every value and norm that has been arranged with full awareness.

5. Steady, is one of the regularities in members of social groups that have been running with their fixed nature.

6. Pattern, has a similar meaning as regularity, only pattern is more directed to the relationship between social regularity and the form of social interaction.

C. Understanding Social Relations

Social relationships are interactions between individuals, groups, and between groups with the environment that have a mutual impact on each other in life. This social relationship itself is closely related as the most basic form of social relationship. There is no social relationship that occurs without social interaction.

Social interaction is a social reciprocal relationship that includes mutual influence between individuals, individuals with groups, and between groups. There are 6 (six) factors that have an impact on the formation of a social interaction, including suggestion, sympathy, imitation, identification, empathy, and also motivation.

There are not only supporting factors for the creation of social interaction, there are also mandatory conditions that need to be fulfilled by individuals in order to create a social interaction, namely the number of actors, social contact, and communication. In general, the form of interaction according to its purpose can be categorized into 2 (two) parts, namely associative social interaction by leading to unity, for example cooperation, assimilation, accommodation, and controversy. Second, that is dissociative social interaction that creates division with examples of contravention, competition or opposition, and opposition or conflict.

 

Meaning of Immunization – For parents, they must be familiar with what is called immunization. This immunization is important to give to children, especially for those who are not yet five years old. Immunization can be done at health clinics, hospitals, and even posyandu. Immunizations given through posyandu are usually free or not charged, so parents should not miss this opportunity so that the toddler can grow up healthy.

By giving immunization, the parents have protected the child from various diseases, so that the child is healthy and can grow to the maximum. Giving immunization to toddlers is not for no reason, toddlers have an immune condition that is not yet strong, so in order to avoid various diseases they are given immunization. Immunization itself is mandatory and some are recommended or additional immunizations.

However, not a few also think that this immunization is not very important. Assumptions like this are unfortunate because they can make the health of children under five vulnerable to disease and their growth becomes less than optimal. Therefore, those assumptions should be eliminated by socializing to the parents.

Knowledge about the importance of immunization needs to be disseminated to the entire community, from teenagers to the elderly. Not only knowledge, but the benefits of immunization also need to be spread. This should be done so that the community thinks that immunization is an important activity to do.

Well, this article is suitable for you to read if you want to know more about immunization. So, don’t wait and read this article to the end, Reader.

Definition of Immunization

As we know that the human body must have immunity to prevent the entry of viruses or diseases into the body. Every human has a different immune condition. The body’s immune system is known as the term immunity which means protection to avoid various diseases. The immune system is what every human being needs to take care of, if the body’s immune system is weak, then the person will be susceptible to disease.

The body’s immune system consists of various types of cells and substances produced in the body from the result of cooperation with the collective and organized to fight all kinds of germs that enter the body.

So that the body’s immune system is quickly formed, then a person needs immunization. Things like this need to be done to toddlers because at that age the body’s immune system is not yet fully formed. Therefore, many people say that immunization can help the body to form an immune or antibody.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) immunization is immunization or immunity (against disease). While according to the Ministry of Health of the Republic of Indonesia, immunization is an effort carried out in giving vaccines to a person’s body, so that it can create immunity against certain diseases.

Based on the definition of immunization from KBBI and the Ministry of Health of the Republic of Indonesia, it can be said that immunization is a way of giving germs with the aim of making the body’s immune system immune and not easily affected by diseases, especially infectious diseases.

Immunization itself is divided into two, namely active immunization and passive immunization. Active immunization is a way of giving germs that have been weakened or turned off with the aim of making the body respond, thus creating its own antibodies. meanwhile, passive immunization is a way to strengthen the body’s immune system by injecting a certain amount of antibodies so that the antibodies become strong.

Therefore, immunizations can be said to be in the form of serum or injected into the body and there are also immunizations that are put into the mouth. Immunizations that are serum or injected, such as measles, BCG, and DPT immunizations. Meanwhile, immunizations that are administered orally, such as polio immunization.

Immunization services specifically for children under five can usually be obtained at Posyandu, Puskesmas, Government Hospitals, Maternity Hospitals, etc. In fact, the government has made a recommendation to give immunizations that must be given when the child is still a toddler, such as BCG (Bacillus Calmette Guerrine) , DPT (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus) , Polio, Measles, and Hepatitis B immunization.

Purpose of Immunization

1. Preventing a person from contracting diseases that are contagious and harmful to the body.
2. Increase immunity, especially for toddlers whose immune system is not well formed.
3. Making the growth of a child to the maximum that can make the family happy.
4. Giving a sense of security to the community, especially children with a good immune system.

Type of Immunization 

After knowing the meaning of immunization, now we know about the types of immunization. These types of immunization are divided into two, namely mandatory immunization and recommended immunization.

1. Mandatory Immunization

This mandatory immunization is usually given to babies who are still babies so that they have a strong immune system. Mandatory immunizations include:

a. BCG (Bacillus Calmette Guerrine) immunization

Tuberculosis disease or better known TB is a type of disease that is dangerous enough that our body needs to be given immunity in the form of immunization. This BCG immunization contains a bacterium or Bacillus Calmette Guerrin germ which is then weakened. The germ particles in this immunization are around 50,000 to 1,000,000 particles per dose.

The purpose of giving this type of immunization is to prevent the baby from contracting tuberculosis, so that the baby can grow up healthy. Meanwhile, giving this type of immunization should be done before the child is 2 months old. In addition, do not give repeated immunizations or second immunizations with the same type, because the success rate of repeated immunizations is still doubtful. A good temperature to store this BCG vaccine is around 2 degrees Celsius.

b. DPT Immunization (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus)

DPT immunization is often known as 3 in 1 immunization because the vaccine given aims to prevent three diseases at once, namely diphtheria, pertussis, and tetanus. Therefore, this vaccine consists of diphtheria toxoid and tetanus toxoid which are then purified with botella pertussis germ (which has been killed).

This type of vaccine will usually be given to children who are less than 7 years old. In addition, the administration of this vaccine is usually in the form of an injection or serum that is injected into a part of the body, such as the thigh or arm. A good DPT immunization is done three times, namely DPT I immunization at the age of 3 months, DPT II immunization at the age of 4 months, and DPT III immunization at the age of 5 months. In addition, repeat DPT immunization is done one year after the third DPT. This is done so that a child’s immune system will be formed quickly,

. Hepatitis B immunization

Based on what is available, around 33 percent of mothers giving birth have HBsAg with an estimated maternal transmission of 40 percent, especially mothers giving birth in developing countries. HbsAg is an antigen found in the hepatitis B virus. If the mother gives birth when her HbsAg test is positive, then the person has hepatitis B, and can even spread it to others. Therefore, hepatitis B immunization is done as soon as possible after the baby is born.

Hepatitis B immunization is done with the aim of preventing people from getting hepatitis B, especially children under the age of five whose immune system is not yet strong. Hepatitis B immunization, preferably 12 hours after the baby is born, then the second dose is given when the baby is 6 months old. The third dose is given to babies aged 6-18 months. It would be good, when the child is 10-12 years old, it should be given a repeat immunization.

This is done if the mother is not detected as suffering from hepatitis B. If the mother has hepatitis B, the baby should be given 0.5 ml of HBIG before the baby is even one week old.

d. Measles Immunization

Measles immunization contains the measles virus which is then weakened. Therefore, this vaccine should be stored at a temperature of 2-8 degrees Celsius and should not be exposed to direct sunlight because it can kill the measles virus. If the measles virus is dead before being injected, the body’s antibodies to prevent measles cannot be formed.

Measles immunization aims to prevent a person from getting the measles virus and disease. Based on the recommendations of the WHO or the World Health Organization, the provision of measles immunization should be done in babies who are still 9 months old, especially in babies in developing countries. The thing that needs to be noted when the baby has been immunized against measles is a high fever that occurs after 8 to 10 days of vaccination and red spots for 1 to 2 days.

e. Polio Immunization

Polio can be said to be one of the types of diseases that can cause the sufferer to experience physical disorders, so that their growth will not be optimal. Polio immunization is one of the compulsory vaccines given to children. This vaccine contains weakened polio virus, so that when it is put into the child’s body it is not dangerous.

Polio immunization is done 4 times so that the body’s antibodies to prevent polio disease are quickly formed, so that a person can experience growth well. The recommended time to give polio immunization is the interval between the first, second, third, and fourth immunization should not be more than 4 weeks . The vaccine given 4 times is not for no reason, the first and second immunizations aim to form a response from the body. Then the third and fourth immunization aims to increase antibody immunity to the highest level.

After the fourth polio immunization, it is best to re-immunize. This repeated immunization is done when a person is around 5-6 years old (around the beginning of elementary school) and at the age of 12 (has graduated from elementary school).

2. Additional Immunization

Additional immunization is an immunization that can be done and not done is no problem. This additional immunization is usually given to those who are exposed to disease and have a high risk of death. Here are the additional immunizations you need to know.

a. MMR immunization

MMR immunization is an immunization that aims to provide protection so that a person does not get measles, German measles, and mumps. The thing that needs to be underlined from this vaccine is that it is not dangerous and does not cause autism. MMR immunization, preferably given twice. In the first dose, injected in a child aged 12-15 months. Then the second injection is given to a child at the age of 4-6 years or at 11-13 years.

For children who have allergies to eggs, neomycin antibiotics, and gelatin, it is not recommended to follow this immunization. In addition, a child who has experienced immune disorders caused by cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, steroids, and chemotherapy is also not recommended to follow this immunization.

b. Varicella immunization

Varicella immunization is a wrong immunization that aims to prevent a child from contracting chicken pox. For children who have never had chicken pox, it is best not to forget to follow the varicella immunization. By following this immunization, the chances of contracting chicken pox are very small.

For the administration of the varicella vaccine, this can be done before the child reaches 13 years of age and the dose is given only once. However, for those who are over 13 years old and have not received varicella immunization and have not been exposed to chicken pox, it is best to receive two doses. The first and second doses are only 4-8 weeks apart.

c. HiB immunization

The next additional immunization is the HiB immunization which aims to prevent inflammation of the brain and lungs. Immunization is usually given to babies who are still 2 months, 3 months, and 5 months old. In those three periods, the baby is given different doses of the vaccine according to the level of the injection. Not only that, the injection of this vaccine is done in the thigh muscle.

For some parents, giving this vaccine is accompanied by giving Diphtheria, Pertussis, and Tetanus (DPT) immunization and hepatitis B immunization. For parents who have given HiB immunization to their child, there is no need to worry if the child has a fever and red swelling on the part injected body, because this does not last long.

d. Influenza Immunization

Influenza immunization aims to make antibodies in the body so that it is not easily attacked by severe influenza. Influenza is one of the most dangerous diseases because it can make the body’s immunity decrease, and can even cause death. This disease is very easy to attack for those whose immune system is weak enough.

Therefore, this influenza vaccine is highly recommended to be given to adults who are over 65 years old. This needs to be done because at that age, a person’s body resistance has already decreased.

e. Typhoid Immunization

Typhoid immunization is an immunization that aims to reduce a person’s risk of contracting typhoid fever. Typhoid fever is also known as typhus or paratyphoid. In Indonesia itself, the giving of this vaccine has been categorized into an immunization expansion program organized by the government.

Typhoid immunization can be done when a child is 2 years old or older. When our body is injected with this vaccine, usually the person will experience fever, headache, and pain in the part of the body that is injected.

Conclusion

We can take care of the baby’s immunity with immunization, so parents don’t forget to give immunizations to toddlers according to schedule. With a stronger immune system, toddlers will not easily get sick. Even immunization can reduce the number of children who are sick and the number of children who die. In short, don’t delay immunization!

 

Meaning of Importer – Reader must have heard the word import, right? Import is the activity of bringing in goods and services from abroad. The meaning of importer starts from this import activity, because countries in the world have different resources that are influenced by geographical factors and so on.

So, in order to fulfill goods or services in a country, the country carries out import activities through importers. If Reader already understands the meaning of import, now is the time for Reader to know more about what an importer is. See the following explanation.

Definition of Importer

According to Law No. 17 of 2006, import is defined as a form of activity carried out by entering goods into the customs area or in this case the territory of the country of Indonesia.

Meanwhile, an importer is a legal entity, individual, or company that brings a trade product from abroad to then be sold to the domestic market.

According to the Financial Services Authority, importer is defined as a person or entity that carries out import activities. While the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) defines an importer as a person or trade association (company) that imports goods from abroad, the importer and the company are designated by the government as importers.

As for goods imported by importers, they can be used for production or other consumption purposes. If concluded, then the importer is a party that carries out import activities as well as bringing goods from abroad into the country.

Import activities themselves, of course, will have a positive or negative impact on the economy in Indonesia. One of the positive impacts is the increasing development of importer services in Indonesia, then it will also help the process of goods coming in from abroad, so that the goods that come in will be more smooth and practical.

Rules and Conditions of Becoming an Importer

As with import and export activities, importers are also clearly regulated by the government, through Law No. 7 of 2015. In the Law, it is explained that the importer has full responsibility for the goods being imported.

If the importer commits a violation or is not responsible for the goods they import, then the importer will be subject to administrative sanctions, namely the revocation of permits, recognition, approvals and stipulations in the field of trade.

When the importer carries out import activities, the importer must comply with the rules that have been implemented by Customs and Excise regarding any goods that are allowed and permitted to enter Indonesia.

Some of the items that are prohibited from entering Indonesia are living creatures, illicit drugs, human and animal trafficking, dangerous firearms and objects that contain pornography.

Meanwhile, there are several conditions that must be met by companies and individuals who want to become importers. Here are some conditions.

1. Individuals who wish to become importers are required to have a legal entity, accompanied by complete documents consisting of company deed, SIUP, NPWP, certificate of company domicile, company registration mark, as well as basic documents required by other companies.
2. Institutions or companies applying as importers must have an API document accompanied by an importer registration number that has been officially obtained from the Department of Trade and the Ministry of Trade.
3. Importers must have a NIK or Customs Master Number as well as a registration number that has been obtained after the prospective importer registers with Customs.
4. Having and preparing API documents for importers in general.
5. Own and prepare API documents used for importers and manufacturers who already own factories.

In addition to the five conditions above, to become an importer, a company or institution must have an import business license. If not, then the goods imported by the importer will not pass Customs. The license applies to all types of imports, both small-scale and large-scale imports.

According to the latest regulations from the Ministry of Trade in 2015, there are two types of importer licenses that must be used, namely API-U or General API and API P or Producer API.

In addition to the conditions and regulations, importers must know which commodities are allowed to enter Indonesia. According to the purpose and use, the following is the division of commodities.

1. Raw materials

Due to the nature of dependence on international trade and domestic industry, raw materials are one of the commodities allowed by the government. In addition to the purchase of basic raw materials and companion materials originating from within the country, the fulfillment of these goods can also be done through imports.

In Indonesia, importers import many kinds of raw materials needed by the industry. The raw materials of the industry can be in the form of basic raw materials as well as companion materials.

For example, such as the need for components for motor vehicles, in addition to local content originating from domestic products and some of the products are still imported. In order to increase competitiveness, the government also provides import facilities, and import duties are borne by the country.

2. Consumables

The second commodity is a consumer item that is included in the most commodities that importers do now. Consumer goods are goods used to meet daily household needs, such as milk, rice, meat, canned food, butter, cosmetics, medicines and electronic goods.

3. Children’s toys

In addition to consumer goods and raw materials, children’s toys are the most imported commodity by importers. Importing children’s toys is done to protect children’s safety because there are more and more children’s toys with unsafe materials that can harm children.

4. Petroleum and minerals are currently restricted export commodities

By limiting the export of petroleum and these minerals, the government hopes that there will be added value to this commodity. An example of such restrictions, for example, is applying the obligation to build factories and smelters.

Types of Importers

The import of goods is generally done when a country is unable to produce the commodity itself. In some cases, imports are carried out when the stock produced in the country is feared to be insufficient or insufficient to meet the needs of the population.

For example, in the case of rice imports by Indonesia. Although Indonesia is able to produce its own rice, Indonesia still imports rice in order to maintain stocks and stabilize rice prices on a national scale.

Importers themselves are divided into several types known in the trade industry. Here are some types of importers.

1. General Importer

A general importer is a specialized company engaged in activities to bring merchandise from abroad. Companies that are included in general importers are usually limited liability companies.

2. Importer Limited

A limited importer or commonly referred to as IT is a company or legal entity that has obtained permission from the authorities to be able to carry out import activities for certain types of imported goods. There are also some types of merchandise that can only be imported by IT or limited importers.

Merchandise that can be imported by importer companies is limited, after having arranged permission and trade in Indonesia by the Minister of Trade. The rules and permits, including rules about what goods can be imported as well as how to handle the trade process in the country.

With limited imports, it is possible for companies to be able to compete in a healthy way. That way, there will be no party who feels harmed by the import activity.

Companies that are allowed to carry out limited imports are companies that have a permit with a license in the form of an API T or Limited Importer Identification Number and the license is issued by the Investment Coordinating Body or BKPM.

3. Sole Agent Importer

The third type of importer is the sole agent importer, which is a foreign company that wants to trade in Indonesia. This third type of importer, will show the representative in Indonesia and the representative has the task of being a special agent to import production carried out by the agent to the domestic market.

4. Import Merchant

As explained earlier, the importation of specific goods requires a separate permit. The party that has the right to import the specific goods is an import merchant who has permission in the form of an official license from the government in the form of an Import Acknowledgment Identification Mark or TAPPI. In addition, items that are outside the list of official permits from the government are prohibited from entering Indonesia.

5. Approved Traders

The fifth type of importer is approved trades. Some commodities and certain products are only allowed to be imported by companies that have been designated or given privileges by the government. Companies that have these privileges are called approved traders . Usually, the goods imported by approved traders are commodity goods that have a specific purpose.

For Reader who are interested in becoming an importer, you can learn more about the import process by reading the book written by Indarniati and Ismiyati entitled “Import Top Secret: Cara Impor Resmi Tanpa Rebet”.

In this book, the author presents a variety of information related to import activities and how to become an importer that is easy and official. Because according to the author, large-scale importation of goods certainly requires the intervention of Customs in two countries, both the sending and receiving countries. So that there are laws that must be understood and obeyed.

Difference between Importer, Exporter, and Forwarder

After knowing the importer’s explanation, Reader needs to know the explanation and differences between importers, exporters and forwarders. Here is the explanation.

An importer is someone who carries out the activity of importing goods, from abroad and importing goods into Indonesia. Whereas an exporter is the opposite of an importer. An exporter is a person or business entity that sends goods from within the country and sends them abroad.

The difference between importers and exporters, of course, can be clearly seen when looking at the goals of different importers and exporters. However, importers, exporters and freight forwarders are different things, Reader.

Freight forwarder, is a body or company engaged in the field of transportation and delivery of goods. Well, after knowing the meaning, importers, exporters and freight forwarders are certainly different, aren’t they? In conclusion, an expeditor is an expedition that helps the import and export process carried out by importers and exporters.

How Importers Make Payments?

As an importer, Reader must know the tools and methods of payment in import activities. Here is the explanation.

Payment instruments and methods of payment for import activities, are payment instruments that can be accepted internationally, such payment instruments can be in the form of foreign currency, gold bars, securities or checks. Foreign currencies that can be used for export and import payments can be in the form of dollars, yen, euros, and pounds sterling.

In the payment of exports and imports using foreign currency, the importer and exporter need to compare the value of a country’s currency with the foreign exchange rate.

After calculating the foreign exchange rate, here are some payment methods abroad that importers need to know.

1. Payment in advance

Payment in advance or also called advance payment , is a payment system carried out by the importer by paying in advance or in advance, before the goods are sent by the exporter.

The currency used for payment also depends on the agreement and can use the currency of the exporting country or the currency of the importing country.

2. Later payment

The second payment method is open account , this second payment method is a payment system that is done after the importer receives the goods from the exporter. The payment system is carried out, if there is trust between the exporter and the importer and there is certainty of the goods and documents of the goods to be received by the importer, as well as legal certainty regarding the transaction as well as the transfer of payment/

3. Consignment

The third payment is consignment, which is a way of sending export goods that have the nature of deposit to be marketed by the exporter through a certain price agreement. New payment is made, when the party entrusted with the goods has successfully sold the goods.

This consignment payment method has a weakness, namely the owner of the goods cannot determine the time from receipt and payment because the owner of the goods must wait for the goods to be sold by the party entrusted.

4. Payment via money order

A promissory note or bank promissory note or bill of exchange is a document whose content contains an acknowledgment from the bank or promissory note, which is used to pay the amount of money that has been written on the promissory note to certain parties or parties who have brought the promissory note.

In that way, the importer must pay for the goods they have purchased by depositing an amount of money at the bank designated by the exporter who issued the promissory note.

These payment methods can be done by exporters and importers in accordance with the agreement of both parties.

Thus the explanation of the meaning of importer as well as the conditions or rules to become an importer in Indonesia. 

Understanding Imperialism – Imperialism is a familiar term, especially in this case it is one of the materials in history subjects. Imperialism itself is an understanding and policy carried out by a country to control other countries.

This term began to develop since the end of the 19th century, when the rulers of a country or region competed with each other to invade other countries with the aim of gaining control.

The system of imperialism is often considered the same as the system of colonialism because they both have the goal of dominating the country. In fact, the system of imperialism and colonialism have differences.

This article will specifically discuss the imperialism system, starting from the meaning of imperialism, its types, and the difference with the colonialism system. Check out the full explanation below about the meaning of imperialism!

What is Meant by Imperialism?

The definition of Imperialism is a system of policies taken by a large country to hold control or rule over other regions so that the country can develop.

The term imperialism itself comes from the Latin language, namely imperare or imperium , which means an area of ​​population or power. According to Puspa Swara in the book with the title Sistem Belajar Yesterday: Summaries of Formula Group Materials, the meaning of imperialism is an expansion of territories or areas of power/colony.

The expansion of the territory can be done in a subtle and mutually beneficial way, such as economy, culture, ideology, or by using coercion (armed force). This is done on the basis of self-interest.

The concept of Imperialism itself has existed since the 19th century, which was first coined by the British Prime Minister at the time, namely Benjamin Disraeli. The desire to dominate other countries and regions has existed since the fall of Constantinople. Constantinople was a strategic area for trade that eventually fell to the Ottoman Turks.

The fall of Constantinople made traders and buyers unable to enter the region without care, so that the European nation became confused and had to find where to meet the need for spices commodities.

In the end, the Europeans began to conduct oceanic expeditions with the aim of finding various regions in the Asian continent and its surroundings which would then be used as an area of ​​power.

Imperialism can be divided into royal or liberal imperialism, semi-royal or semi-liberal imperialism, etc.

In principle, imperialism is an ideology that focuses on developing a territory of power outside its territory by seizing territory from other countries through war or peace or by occupying territories that do not have a master.

Based on some previous explanations, it can be concluded that the understanding of imperialism is a system that is carried out to dominate other countries for its own interests.

What Are the Types of Imperialism?

Imperialism is a system that when it comes to form and purpose consists of several types. Taken from the book Sari Sejdarah Volume I: Asia-Africa written by Soebantardjo, the following are the types of imperialism.

1. Based on the Shape

Imperialism when viewed from the form of the system used is divided into two types, namely:

• Ancient imperialism, which is the type of imperialism that has the motto gold, glory, gospel as its purpose to find wealth, find success, and spread religion.
• Modern imperialism, which aims to dominate the economy, such as acquiring areas producing raw materials, acquiring areas to market industrial products, for long-term investment.

2. Based on the Purpose

Unlike imperialism based on its form, imperialism based on its purpose is divided into four types, namely:

• Political imperialism, which is a type of imperialism that aims to control the political life of a country.
• Economic imperialism, which is a type of imperialism that aims to dominate the economic sector of a country.
• Cultural imperialism, which is a type of imperialism that aims to dominate the cultural values ​​of a country.
• Military imperialism, which is a type of imperialism that aims to control the strategic territory of an area to strengthen national defense.

What Causes Imperialism?

The desire to seize other areas appears due to several driving factors. Here are the factors that led to the practice of imperialism.

1. Desire for Jaya

There is a desire from a nation to become a superpower and the most influential country in the whole world. Therefore, the imperialist countries try to seize other regions and expand their success and power.

2. Racial Superiority

The feeling of a nation that the nation is more special when compared to other nations in the world makes some imperialist countries do the imperialism system to fulfill the feeling of pride and increase the self-esteem.

3. Desire to Spread Ideology and Religion

One of the things that caused the emergence of the imperialist system is to spread the religion and ideology owned by the imperialist country so that the “mind and soul” of the colonies can also be controlled by the imperialist country.

4. Place the country less strategically

A country that has a less strategic and profitable geographical location makes the country have the desire to dominate areas located in more strategic regions.

5. Economic Factors

Economic problems are also the main cause of the rise of imperialism, especially modern imperialism. Here are the economic factors that caused the emergence of imperialism:

• The desire to get wealth from a country.
• Want to join in world trade.
• Want to master the trade.
• The desire to ensure the prosperity of the industry.

What is the Difference Between Imperialism and Colonialism?

Imperialism and colonialism have a number of similarities, one of which is to seize the power of a region for profit, while the colonized country becomes very disadvantaged. As mentioned earlier, imperialism and colonialism have a number of similarities, so people consider these two systems to be the same.

Quoting from the book Dutch Colonialism and Multiculturalism of Medan City Society by Rosmaida Sinaga, colonialism is an effort to expand and dominate an area in order to obtain the greatest profit for the parent country.

1. Purpose

If viewed from its purpose, colonialism has the purpose of controlling and using the potential natural resources of its colonial countries. As for imperialism, it aims to instill influence in various areas of the life of the colonized country.

2. Control

Colonialism controls various fields, such as politics and economy according to interests, while imperialism controls an area in various fields as a whole both formally and informally.

3. Sovereignty

Based on its sovereignty, colonialism seizes the power of the country permanently even to the point of occupying the country, while imperialism is done with power over territories that have been successfully controlled through various mechanisms of sovereignty or indirect control.

Imperialism and Colonialism in Indonesia

Indonesia is known as one of the regions that produce spices. Spices are much sought after by Europeans because they are considered to have benefits as a heater and can be used as a food preservative. Apart from the expensive spices, having spices also became a symbol of success for a king at that time. From these factors, many European nations are trying to find a region that produces spices, one of which is Indonesia.

Things that encourage the arrival of Europeans to Indonesia

1. Portuguese

Bartholomeus Diaz explored the ocean until reaching the Cape of Good Hope and South Africa, in 1488. The exploration was continued by Vasco da Gama who reached Gowa (India) in 1498, then returned to Lisboa, Portugal, bringing various spices.

The Portuguese were even more determined to find sources of spices. For that, the Portuguese continued an expedition to the eastern region led by Alfonso d’Albuquerque to control Malacca. From the expedition, they managed to control Malacca as the center of the spice trade in Southeast Asia on August 10, 1511.

2. Spain

The Spaniard who first explored the ocean was Christopher Columbus. In 1492, he sailed west across the Atlantic Ocean, until he finally arrived in the Americas. At that time, Columbus thought that he had reached the area he was going to, namely India. That’s why Columbus named the local people he met as Indians.

The next exploration was carried out by Magellan from Spain to the southwest region. Crossing the Atlantic Ocean to the southern tip of America, then crossing the Pacific Ocean and landing in the Philippines in 1521. Magellan’s voyage was very influential for the world of science because they succeeded in proving that the earth is round. Magellan’s explorations were later continued by Sebastian del Cano. In 1521, Sebastian del Cano managed to land in Tidore, but their arrival was considered a violation of the Treaty of Tordesillas. To solve both problems, Portugal and Spain made the Treaty of Zaragoza in 1529.

3. The Netherlands

In 1596, Cornelis de Houtman managed to land in Banten. The attitude of the Dutch at that time was less than friendly and explicitly tried to monopolize trade in Banten, making the Sultan of Banten angry at that time. As a result, this expedition was a failure. Around the year 1598-1600, Dutch traders started coming back. His arrival this time was led by Jacob van Neck. He managed to land in Maluku with spices. Van Neck’s success caused more and more Dutch traders to come to Indonesia.

4. England

The entry of the British into Indonesia also had the purpose of finding spices. Its leading explorers are Sir Henry Middleton and James Cook. Henry Middleton began exploring in 1604 from England along the waters of Cabo da Roca (Portugal) and the Canary Islands. Henry Middleton continued to the waters of South Africa to the Indian Ocean. He arrived in Sumatra, then went to Banten at the end of 1604. He sailed to Ambon (1605), then to Ternate, as well as Tidore, and got spices, such as pepper and cloves. While James Cook arrived in Batavia in 1770, after coming from Australia.

The Development of European Power in Indonesia

Among those nations, the Netherlands is the country that has been in Indonesia the longest. Until finally they came to create a trading company in Indonesia. Even though it has gone bankrupt, until now, this company is listed as one of the companies with the most wealth in the world, you know ! Can Reader guess the name of the company?

Vereenigde Oostindische Compagnie or better known as VOC is the name of the trading company. The VOC was founded on March 20, 1602 by Johan van Oldenbarnevelt. Its leadership is held by 17 shareholders ( Heeren Zeventien ) based in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The purpose of VOC formation is:

1. Avoiding competition among Dutch traders.
2. Strengthen the Netherlands in competition with other European nations.
3. Monopolizing the spice trade in Indonesia.

The existence of the VOC is not only a trading partner, but also a political force. The VOC has octrooi rights, ie making agreements, declaring war with other countries, exercising judicial power, trading monopoly, printing its own currency, collecting taxes, having an army, and building forts. The VOC also has several policies, namely:

1. Contingent : compulsory tax in the form of land products paid directly to the VOC.
2. Verplichte leverantie : compulsory delivery of produce at a price determined by the VOC. This policy applies to colonies that are not directly controlled by the VOC, such as the Sultanate of Mataram.
3. Extirpation : cutting down the excess amount of plants so that the production is not excessive, so that the price can be maintained.
4. Hongi Cruise: A kora-kora boat cruise to monitor the cultivation and trade of spices by farmers.

In 1799, the VOC experienced bankruptcy due to many VOC officials committing corruption, incurring debts due to the war, as well as the moral decline of the officials. With the dissolution of the VOC, its power in Indonesia was then taken over by the government of the Dutch kingdom which at the time was controlled by France.

What is meant by Anti-Imperialism and Colonialism?

The many forms of power struggles make some regions in the world carry out anti-imperialism movements as a form of resistance to the ideology. Anti-imperialism and colonialism is a form of opposition to the system of imperialism and colonialism that exists in the world.

Understanding Imperialism and Colonialism – Around hundreds to thousands of years ago, there were many countries that colonized other countries. The purpose of the colonial state is very clear, that is to control and even expand its territory. Many colonial countries continue to seize their resources, both natural and human resources. So, the colonial state became stronger by controlling strategic places from a region.

The beginning arose from the desire to dominate other regions at the time of the fall of Constantinople. Constantinople was a strategic location for trade and the Ottoman Turks wanted to conquer it. In the end, merchants and buyers could no longer enter the city. Ottoman Turkey is a name for the rulers and military of the Turkish sultanate, while Constantinople is the capital of the Roman Empire and is the largest and even the most prosperous city in Europe.

After the fall of Constantinople, the European nation became no longer able to meet the commodities of spices, even though at that time the price of spices was very high in Europe. Then the European nation also saw Indonesia, because with the existence of Indonesia as a country that produces the best spices, it was heard by the European nation. Until then, the country of Indonesia became a place for Europeans to buy spices and to meet their needs.

In addition to the country of Indonesia having many of the best and abundant spices, the people are also friendly and very good at welcoming Europeans who come. Because of that, there were a lot of fleets belonging to European nations that stopped in Indonesia. This incident will be very closely related to the explanation of the meaning of colonialism and imperialism.

Understanding Colonialism and Western Imperialism

1. The meaning of colonialism

Colonialism is derived from the word Colony, colony according to Latin is a settlement. An effort made by the ruling countries in order to dominate an area or region in order to obtain resources is called colonialism.

Colonialism is generally done by countries that have strong military power. Examples are Dutch, Spanish, Portuguese, and English. Those countries have managed to dominate other countries which include Indonesia.

2. Understanding of Imperialism

Further, for Imperialism itself is a term derived from the word “imperator” which means to rule. So, Imperialism is a system in the political world that aims to dominate other countries while gaining power and profit from the countries it controls. Imperialism itself has been around since the 19th century, initially sparked by Benjamin Disraeli who was the British Prime Minister at the time.

Imperialism itself is actually divided into 2, based on time and purpose, namely:

Imperialism based on time:

• Ancient imperialism, which has emerged before the industrial revolution in England motivated by 3G, namely Gold, Glory, and Gospel.
• Modern imperialism, emerged after the industrial revolution. Happened due to economic factors and industrial needs at that time.

Imperialism based on purpose:

• Political imperialism, to be able to dominate the entire political life of a country
• Economic imperialism, to dominate the economic sector of other countries
• Cultural imperialism, to be able to dominate the values ​​of a country’s culture
• Military imperialism, to dominate other countries because it is considered to have strategic and strong territories that can strengthen a defense

Background of Colonialism and Imperialism in Indonesia

Colonialism and imperialism have long been carried out by the European nation even since the 15th century all over the world, until it finally entered the archipelago. At that time, the background of Europeans entering the archipelago had several reasons, such as the fall of Constantinople in the Mediterranean by the Ottoman Turks in 1453, the decline of the economy and even European trade until the industrial revolution.

It should be known that colonialism and modern imperialism emerged after the industrial revolution with the aim of being able to develop the European economy. The industrial revolution that made the European nation make a ship that it used to explore the ocean in search of resources in other countries. In addition to that, the mission was also done to live the spirit of the Crusades.

Until in that effort, the European nation that began to spread throughout the world, in the end colonialism and imperialism in Indonesia also happened. On the other hand, the fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Turks in 1453, which caused the access of Europeans to get cheaper spices in the Mediterranean Sea became closed and thus made the price of spices in Europe increase sharply. Europeans who were then encouraged to search for and eventually found regions that produced spices to a new region in eastern Europe.

So that in the end they are more and more ambitious to dominate various countries in order to seize their economic profits as well as their political success, especially in regions such as the Indonesian environment which is the location of the production of spices, such as nutmeg, cloves, pepper, and others. The spices produced in the country of Indonesia eventually encouraged them to be able to do colonialism and imperialism because spices at that time became a very popular commodity in Europe. Europeans who later referred to the archipelago as India.

 

List of Countries that Implemented Colonialism and Imperialism in the Past

List of Countries Practicing Imperialism

1. Spain

It can be mentioned that Spain became the first European nation along with Portugal to open trade routes to India. Spain will dominate the territory of the Philippines, Mexico, the Caribbean, Florida, and many more.

2. English

The focus of British power was on India and the east coast of North America. After the year 1800, England began to dominate many countries until it became the largest empire in the world. Just mention Australia, Malaya, Egypt, and others.

3. The Netherlands

Compared to the territory of other European countries, the Netherlands is a country that has a relatively small source of military power. Although the Dutch state does not want to divide its government with the local community, its position is very strong. Until now the Dutch control the East Indies, South Africa, Suriname, and Guyana.

List of Countries Practicing Imperialism

1. Soviet Union

Many of the countries in Eastern Europe have been successfully controlled by them after the victory of World War II. The country also formed a subordinate state to counter the western bloc and joined the Warsaw Pact.

2. The Japanese Empire

Looking at the number of territories that have been successfully conquered by the Japanese Empire in World War II provides evidence that Japan’s power is very great. This country also created a Manchukuo puppet to claim that the Chinese plain is its own.

3. French Republic

During the revolution, France waged war on European monarchies. This country also managed to conquer the Netherlands. In addition, the Rhine Plain region and Spain have a puppet state that is under the rule of the French empire.

 

The impact of the development of colonialism and imperialism in Indonesia

The arrival of Westerners to Indonesia has brought many changes to the lives of its people. There are many remnants of the West that exist to this day, as an example of education.

The development of education in Indonesia itself has been there since the West entered. In addition to education, there are still many other influences from the arrival of western nations into Indonesia in terms of politics, social, economy, and even culture.

1. Political-Government Field

The arrival from the West itself provided a change in the political system of government. With the government system that was initially the government system slowly changed to become like the western system. This can be seen from the reign of Governor General Daendels who divided Dutch power in Java into 9 provinces and 30 regencies.

The head of government from each province is called a prefect. Each regency and regency is led by a Regent who is appointed from among the natives. This regent himself is still there to this day.

In the Regency government itself, in addition to the Regent is also assisted by a patih. Each region of the Regency is divided into districts, which are led by a Wedana.

Then this district was further divided into Onderdistrik led by assistant wedana, which until now is called subdistrict. Then there are villages.

Continuing Daendels was then appointed a Governor named General Raffles. During his reign, Java was divided into 16 Residents, each of which was led by a Resident and assisted by Resident assistants. A system that has been brought since the time of Daendels will continue to experience development and improvement. During the Dutch colonial period, this Raffles system was improved again, which united all the Dutch powers in 1905 called the Pax Neerlandica.

2. Economic field

In addition to reforming the political sphere of government, the Netherlands also made changes to the traditional economic system. The lands that originally belonged to the kings were later transferred to the government. This is of course very much in line with the early principles of the Netherlands which wanted to accumulate wealth.

The government that applies the tax system and the price from the sale of farmers’ land has also been determined by the colonial rulers. By carrying out the transfer of land ownership, the government is free to do anything with the land, including renting it out to the private sector. So that the government can get additional taxes from the private sector to be able to continue filling the government coffers.

In 1828, from within the banking system that had begun to enter Indonesia. The first bank was De Javasche Bank. So that the economic system of money will also grow more and more. The Dutch government also built port centers for the benefit of trade.

In addition to that, plantations will also continue to grow, which for the crops are also very abundant. In order to facilitate the transportation of crops, the Netherlands created a railway line. This railway line was also made to be able to develop the transportation system, as well as connect it to the port.

So with the availability of facilities and infrastructure that can be very helpful, the Dutch economy in Indonesia is also growing rapidly. The revenue that can be achieved by the government is increasingly filling the Dutch coffers.

However, from the changes in the system, it can also be beneficial for the Indonesian nation. The results of the expansion can even be seen and used to this day, such as trains, highways, ports, banking systems, and the money system.

3. Social-Cultural Field

The arrival of Europeans themselves to Indonesia will also influence the cultural field. Some of these influences are for example in architecture, the way of dressing, music, and even others. However, due to the influence of the West, it was certainly not accepted easily by the people, and was adapted back to the local culture. So that in the end a new culture emerges.

In the society of the indigenous community itself, during the period of Western domination, it has always been a group that is at the bottom. So, the natives must submit and obey the West.

The West itself sees white people as the highest group in the social caste. Foreign Orientals are the second group. While the natives are a third or lowest group. This was done again to instill a thought among the indigenous people, that they are not better than Westerners.

So that in the end they have to submit, cannot fight against the West. That thought is deliberately indoctrinated into the community, so that they will not rebel. In addition to the negative impact, the West also brought Christianity into Indonesia. So as to increase religious diversity in Indonesia.

In the community’s own culture, their lifestyle is increasingly shifting, especially the upper class natives. Western style has begun to influence the lifestyle of the community, for example in the style of clothing. The change in dress style is not only to improve the social strata in the community, but it is done for the sake of employment.

Indigenous women began to get to know the use of dresses in parties, lace dresses, and sleepwear. As for the men themselves, they started to get used to wearing suits at parties and in doing their jobs.

You can learn about Why? World War I & II That Shook Up The World

by Park Gyeong-eun

4. Field of Education

With the entry of western nations into Indonesia, education is growing in a more advanced direction. It cannot be separated from the existence of reciprocation politics or Ethical Politics carried out by the West, especially with the Dutch Colonial Government. This system appeared as a form of protest from the Dutch liberals who wanted to criticize the Dutch Colonial Government which had been judged to oppress the people.

With the spread of the situation of the oppressed Indonesian people, it will not be separated from the figures, one of whom is named Multatuli, who has created a book about the state of society at that time, entitled Max Havelaar. In addition, there is also an article about “Debt of Honor” with Van Deventer that has been published in the Dutch magazine, de Gids. In the writing it is written that the Dutch owe the Indonesian nation for all the wealth they have obtained, so it needs to be paid back for the well-being of the natives.

Van Deventer’s thinking was eventually known as ethische politiek or Ethical Politics, which focused on three things, namely population transfer, education, and irrigation. So in 1901, Queen Wilhelmina informed about welfare research in Java and that policy was confirmed.

Education in Ethical Politics

Since ethical politics was applied in Indonesia, the influence that became very large was in the field of education. At the beginning this education was used to produce government workforce and only for Dutch citizens and nobles, but eventually people’s schools are also growing.

These schools are named Europese Lagere School (ELS), Hoogere Burgerlijk School (HBS), STOVIA or medical school, and so on. For the natives, there is a First Class school that is reserved for the upper classes. As for the people, a Second Class school (Ongko Loro School) is provided.

With the development of the field of education among the natives, it also evokes the emergence of a sense of national consciousness to be able to carry out the liberation of the country. The emergence of an educated group among the youth.

Most of these activists are from schools in STOVIA or the Javanese Doctor’s School. With the expansion of education and the emergence of educated young people, their sense of nationalism is also spreading among the Indonesian nation.

So in the end there was also a national awareness that grew with the Youth Pledge held on October 28, 1928. With the emergence of the national movement organizations. From that moment on, in the struggle for independence of the Indonesian Nation, it is not only to be achieved through physical means, but can be achieved through organizational struggle and diplomacy in the international sphere.

Understanding Imitation – Social interaction can occur due to the presence of several driving factors. One of them is imitation, i.e. imitating the behavior of other people or parties. More fully, the understanding of imitation is the behavior that a person performs through observing the behavior shown from other objects when he will gain new knowledge about a behavior he observes and tries to imitate the behavior.

In other words, the process of imitation does not happen by itself. Before a person imitates or imitates another person, first he accepts, admires, and holds in high esteem the person being imitated or imitated. Something that is imitated in this imitation behavior can be anything, such as behavior, lifestyle, appearance, norms, values, knowledge, and so on. Through imitation, a person learns values ​​and norms in society or vice versa, he learns actions that deviate from the prevailing values ​​and norms.

All that depends on the values ​​that occur in the environment. When a person is equipped with good values ​​and principles, he will certainly imitate things that are good and beneficial for his life. On the other hand, someone who is not equipped with good values ​​and principles will imitate bad things.

Meaning of Imitation

Imitation or imitating is a process of cognition to perform actions and actions as done by the model by involving the senses as receivers of stimuli and the installation of perceptual abilities to process information from stimuli with the ability of actions to perform motor movements. This process involves a high level of cognitive ability because it not only involves language but also understanding other people’s thoughts.

Imitation is currently studied from various scientific points of view such as psychology, neurology, cognitive, artificial intelligence, animal studies , anthropology, economics, sociology and philosophy. This is related to the function of imitation in learning, especially in children, as well as the human ability to interact socially until the decline of culture in the next generation.

In real life, this imitation is related to social life, so it is not too much to say that the whole social life is internalized in the child based on the imitation factor. Thus, in general, imitation is a social process or a person’s action to imitate another person through attitude, appearance, lifestyle, even anything owned by another person (Sasmita, 2011).

Sarsito (2010) says imitation is a process of cognition to perform actions and actions as has been done by the model by involving the senses as receivers of stimuli and the installation of perceptual abilities to process information from stimuli, with the ability of actions to perform motor movements.

Some of the concepts of imitation above are in line with the view of Barlow (2003), who says imitation is mostly done by humans through the presentation of behavioral examples (modelling), which is the learning process that occurs when a person observes and imitates the behavior of others. Meanwhile, according to Bandura (2007), imitation is behavior that is produced when someone sees a model or another person doing something in a certain way and getting consequences from that behavior.

The party doing the imitation will imitate exactly the actions done by the imitated party, without thinking about the purpose of the imitation. As for the behavior that is imitated according to Soekanto (2005) it can take the form of appearance ( performance ), attitude ( attitude ), behavior ( behavior ), lifestyle ( life style ) of the imitated party.

However, imitation does not happen directly but requires an attitude of acceptance, and an attitude of admiration towards what is being imitated. Through imitation, a person learns values ​​and norms in society or otherwise he learns an act that deviates from the prevailing values ​​and norms. Both children and adults learn many things from observation and imitation.

Observations made by individuals produce an imitation behavior that is seen by the people around them, so that behavior arises. That is in line with the opinion of Bandura (2006) who says that human behavior should be linked to responses that can be observed. The behavior is the result of observing the individual in his environment. Especially in children as the best imitators, children always observe behavior that appears from the environment, especially the family.

Based on several definitions of imitation that have been presented above, it can be concluded that imitation is a behavior produced by someone by imitating or watching other individuals do something, both in the form of appearance, attitude, behavior and lifestyle of the imitated party. In this case, imitation behavior is more visible to children, especially in the family environment through direct observation.

1. Psychological Studies of Imitation

Imitation should be distinguished from imitation of the same movement (mimicry) or imitation of a goal (emulation), but in the process of imitation, humans perform the principle of imitation of an action by understanding the purpose of the action and being directed by the achievement of the target goal (goal ) .

Imitation is often associated with social learning theory from Albert Bandura. In addition to imitation, it is said that children form their theory of mind through imitation of other people’s actions as well as perception of stimuli received from their environment.

2. Neuroscience Studies

The discovery of the mirror neuron system in macaque monkeys published in 1996 by Giacomo Rizzolati from the University of Parma in Italy provides neurological evidence that imitation is important.

The mirror nervous system is the nerve of animals and humans that lights up when performing an action or witnessing the same action performed by another animal or human. The mirror nervous system (SSC) is located in the precortex of the brain. This SSC helps to understand the actions performed by others, making it possible to imitate.

Factors in Imitation

Imitation does not happen automatically but is influenced by the attitude of accepting what is observed. There are several factors that cause someone to engage in imitation behavior, as follows:

1. Psychological Factors

In order to imitate or copy there are other psychological factors that play a role, one of which is the cognitive aspect. That is how people think about things and interpret various experiences gained. In addition, this aspect also explains that new and complex behavior can be created by observing or seeing a model that he sees directly or indirectly. Until someone does an imitation.

According to Mussen and Conger (1984), imitation can occur as a response to a desire to be similar to others or a desire to achieve certain goals. The attitude that is imitated during the first three years of life, depends partly on the level of cognitive development of the child that determines any behavior that a child catches as a challenge that is not impossible.

The motivation to be similar to others and the level of emotion that is influenced by others, determines who will be imitated by the child, as well as the motivation in achieving the goal of determining what will be imitated.

2. Family Environment

Imitation has been going on since the individual was young and started from the family environment. For children, the family environment is the most influential environment, after that the school, then the community. Family is the smallest environment built by parents together with other family members.

The formation of a child’s nature or character is related to socialization or a process of inculcating values ​​and rules from parents to children. Cultivating those values, such as factors that motivate children to behave religiously. At first, children see the activities done by their parents.

When the child likes that, the child will imitate without knowing the essence of the act, so that the child’s motivation to imitate arises. That of course happened because at the time of the prime imitator, the child already had interests and desires but was not yet able to express those interests and desires properly (Jalaludin, 2010). A child’s interest and desire can only be seen through his gestures and behavior

3. Mass Media

Imitation will continue to expand to a wider environment, namely society. Imitation in society is accelerating with the development of time media, such as television shows. In the era of communication, time media can be added as a very influential factor more than others, because it is seen continuously and repeatedly.

A show is a message or series of messages in the form of voice, graphics, characters, whether interactive or not, that can be received through a message receiving device and ready to be shown (Kurniasih, 2004).

4. Social Interaction with Peers

Not only through time media, but social interaction or peers are also very influential in children’s imitation. Interaction with peers in the interaction process has an important role, especially in imitation in aspects of religious behavior.

This is explained by Nurhayati (2007), peer interaction has an important role in children’s religiosity through two things as follows:

• Through the interaction of peers, the child will know whether his behavior that has been formed based on the standard of religiosity in the family can be accepted or rejected by his environment.
• Peer interaction will motivate children to only behave appropriately that can be accepted by their environment.

Imitation Impact

Citing the book Social Science Sociology Volume 1 by Tim Mitra Guru (2007), there are two impacts caused by imitation behavior, namely positive and negative impacts.

1. Positive Impact

Imitation can encourage a person to do and fulfill the prevailing norms or rules so that a harmonious, harmonious, stable, and orderly society is created. For example, following the style of a famous singer, imitating the healthy lifestyle of other people, and so on.

2. Negative Impact

The negative impact of imitation occurs if it can encourage someone to oppose the prevailing norms or rules. In this case, imitation can weaken the development of a person’s creativity. For example, a person imitates the lifestyle of his idol rock star by wearing earrings, using illegal drugs, etc.

Levels of Imitation

Imitation is the process of imitating the behavior of a model, so it is also called the modeling process. This can be applied to all types of behavior that have a strong tendency to imitate. This process is not done to everyone but to certain figures such as famous people, people who have power, successful people, or people who are often found.

The figure that usually becomes the model is the old man himself. However, according to Tarde (2010), before people imitate something, several conditions must first be met, namely:

• Have a big enough interest/attention about it.
• Admiring or admiring things to be imitated.
• Want to gain social recognition as imitated.

Imitation is often associated with the theory of social learning from Bandura, because social learning is known as observational learning or learning from models, which is a learning process that emerges from observation, mastery of the imitation learning process, and imitation of other people’s behavior. In imitation there is a process of learning to copy or make a model of the actions of others through observation of that person. In social learning theory, individuals learn not through conditioning, but through observation.

As already explained, imitative behavior is usually caused by the interest, actions, attention, or admiration of the other party. Quoted from the journal Relationship Between Celebrity Worship and Imitation Behavior in Teenagers by Yolanda Bilqis Sherly (2019), those factors then develop into imitation which is done with the following stages:

1. Attention _

The first is to pay attention. That is, in order to be able to perform imitation actions, a person is motivated by observing the model or imitation object first. From there, it can perform the same behavior from the imitated object.

Individuals can learn through observation when there are models that are presented directly or indirectly, and accurately there are aspects that are relevant to the model’s activities. New responses can be learned by looking, listening and paying attention to other people, so attention in this matter becomes very important.

But as is known, not all the models presented will get the attention of individuals. Therefore, in order to be able to observe and learn from the model, it is necessary to direct and increase his attention. The method used is not always the same for everyone, for example children differ from adults in directing attention. However, in general, to increase attention, rewards and highlighting the quality of the model can be used, for example, the model has a certain appeal.

2. Retention ( Retention )

After the activity of the model is observed, the subject performs a retention process by storing the memory of the model seen, then stored in his memory. However, not all the information from the model will be saved by it. Usually, what is stored is information that attracts the subject’s attention and interest.

3. Behavior Formation ( Behavior Formation )

Things that have been learned and stored in memory by the subject from the imitated model will then be translated through action or behavior.

4. Motivation _

The last stage is the stage of acceptance of encouragement that can function as reinforcement. Reinforcement can be used as a motivator to stimulate and maintain behavior in order to be actualized in life.

Examples of Imitation

To better understand what imitation is, here are some examples of positive and negative imitation that often occur in everyday life.

1. Examples of Positive Imitation

• Copy the clothing style of idol artists.
• Imitate the singing style of other singers.
• Imitate the learning habits of other students in order to get a better final grade.
• Imitate basketball game tactics from famous basketball clubs.
• A mother imitates another mother who is successful in educating her children.
• A student imitates the behavior of his teacher who is very disciplined in dividing time.
• Modeling the development of urban planning from other countries.

2. Examples of Negative Imitation

• Imitating the habit of drinking alcohol and free association between young men and women.
• Copying other people’s work, either in the form of cheating, stealing copyright, or plagiarism.
• Imitating the habit of speeding on the road to the point of disturbing the comfort of other road users.
• Imitating the habit of smoking.
• Imitating a style of dress that is contrary to the prevailing norms or rules.
• Using mobile phones while studying in class.

 

Understanding Immigration – In the current era of globalization, this means that there is no space and time limit for each individual to relocate.

In any country, there must be rules regarding the immigration process for Foreign Nationals (WNA). This immigration process is a kind of authorization done by individuals before entering the territory of another country.

So, what exactly is the meaning of immigration? How is the legislation governing immigration in Indonesia? Let’s discuss together!

Understanding Immigration

Etymologically, the terms emigration, immigration, and transmigration are both derived from the Latin language meaning displacement of people.

A brief definition of immigration is the movement of people from one country to another. A person who does immigration activities is called an immigrant.

This immigration activity is of course regulated by the laws that apply to all immigrants or foreigners in Indonesia. Even the legislation has given its own definition of what immigration is.

According to article 1 paragraph 1 in Law Number 6 of 2011 on Immigration, what is meant by immigration is ” the right of traffic of people entering or leaving the territory of the Republic of Indonesia as well as its supervision in order to maintain the sovereignty of the State .”

Based on the definition of the law, it can be deduced that there are two important regulatory elements, namely:

1. Arrangements on various matters concerning the traffic of people entering, exiting, and staying from and into the territory of the Republic of Indonesia.
2. Arrangements on various matters regarding the supervision of foreigners in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia.

In addition, the International Conference on Emigration and Immigration held in Rome in 1924, gave a definition of immigration which is ” a movement of people entering a country with the intention of earning a living and settling there. “

The immigrant identity check process (TPI) is usually carried out at ports, airports, or certain places that have been designated by the previous government as entry or exit points to Indonesian territory.’

Immigrants who violate the provisions of the Immigration legislation will of course receive appropriate sanctions and penalties.

Another element in the immigration process is the supervision of Foreign Nationals (WNA) who enter and reside in Indonesian territory. The supervision is done to control or monitor the existence of the foreigner until the activities of the foreigner are in accordance with the applicable Immigration provisions or not.

Driving Factors for Immigration

1. Economic Factors

Economic factors are usually one of the reasons why individuals or groups of individuals do immigration activities. Immigrants usually have the idea that by doing immigration they will open up opportunities to advance their own economic well-being or perhaps it can be called earning a living in other people’s countries.

2. In the country itself, the economic standard is low

As a result of the decline in the economy of their country of origin, immigrants will flock to immigrate with the aim of improving the standard of living system.

The countries that are used as the destination for immigrants are Germany and some other European countries. This is because in that country there is economic prosperity to obtain a better life.

3. Socio-Cultural Factors

Social and cultural factors also play an important role in the process of encouraging immigrants to do immigration activities. For example in the country of Korea which has a K-Pop culture and is loved by the world community, causing many immigrants to immigrate to the country because they are attracted to its K-Pop culture.

4. Political Stability Factor

Politics is closely related to the way of government in a country. If the politics in a country is less stable, it will make its people “migrate” to other countries. For example, in the case of immigrants from Afghanistan due to the government being taken over by the Taliban.

Factors Attracting Immigration

1. There is hope to gain opportunities in improving the standard of living
2. There is an opportunity to get a better education
3. Environmental conditions and living conditions that are considered more pleasant. For example climate, schools, public facilities, etc.
4. There are activities in big cities and places of entertainment.

Types of Immigration Violations

Violations in the field of immigration that are often committed by foreign nationals, namely:

1. Abusing the residence permit owned
2. Being in Indonesian territory by using a fictitious sponsor
3. Not reporting any changes in civil status, domicile address, employment, and sponsor to the local Immigration Office
4. Entering Indonesian territory using a fake visa and passport that does not belong to him
5. Applying for a passport using a false identity
6. Involved in a network of human trafficking syndicates
7. Drug smuggling

The Role of Immigration in National Sovereignty

Operationally, the role of immigration in Indonesia always contains three functions, namely the community service function, the security function, and the law enforcement function.

1. Community Service Functions

In this first function, the aspect demanded in immigration activities is excellent service in the field of Immigration, both to Indonesian Citizens (WNI) and Foreign Nationals (WNA).

Services for Indonesian citizens usually include

• issuance of passports,
• Passport Validation Travel Letter (SPLP),
• Cross Border Pass (PLB), and
• giving signs to leave or enter.

Meanwhile, services for foreign nationals include the granting and extension of Immigration Documents (DOKIM) in the form of:

• Limited Residence Permit Card (KITAS),
• Permanent Residence Permit Card (KITAP),
• Special Immigration Facility (DAHSUSKIM),
• extension of visit visa,
• granting permission to re-enter or leave and
• the signer leaves or enters.

2. Law Enforcement Functions

In Immigration duties, the entire rules of immigration law must be enforced for every individual in Indonesian territory, whether they are Indonesian Citizens (WNI) or immigrants.

The law is aimed at avoiding the problem of false identity, sponsor liability, ownership of multiple sponsors, up to the violation of immigration rules.

While law enforcement against Foreign Nationals (WNA) is usually on the problem of:

• falsify identity
• registration of foreigners and the issuance of foreigner surveillance books
• misuse of residence permit
• enter Indonesian territory illegally
• and others.

In the case of law enforcement, this has a pro-justicia nature, that is, where the authority of the investigation, includes investigative tasks (summoning, arrest, detention, inspection, search, and seizure) related to filing cases and submitting case files to the public prosecutor.

3. Security Functions

Immigration can function as a gatekeeper in a country. This is because immigration is the first and last institution that “screens” the arrival and departure of foreigners to Indonesian territory.

For Indonesian citizens (WNI), the implementation of this security function is carried out by preventive measures to leave the country.

While for Foreign Nationals, the implementation of the security function is done with the following things:

• Examination of visa applications in order to select against each purpose for the arrival of foreigners.
• Collaborating with the security apparatus of other countries in providing supervision regarding the enforcement of immigration laws.
• Conduct immigration intelligence operations for national security
• Preventing and countering violations in the field of immigration.

 

The Role of Immigration Against the Threat of Terrorism

Acts of terrorism are part of transnational crimes that are carried out in an organized manner that threaten national and international peace and security.

Prevention of terrorism can be done with the immigration process. How do you do that?

Because in the immigration process, there is surveillance that limits the right to freedom of movement abroad as well as entering the country. So, from the restriction it is hoped to be able to break the link between the terrorism network abroad and the terrorism network within the country.

Even with the immigration process, there will be attempts to revoke passports and citizenships for perpetrators of terrorism, as has been arranged in Article 12b paragraph 1 of the Law.

In addition, based on article 12A paragraph 1 which reads ” any person who intentionally and against the law enters into contact with any person who is in the country and/or abroad or a foreign country will commit or commit a criminal act of terrorism in Indonesia or in the country other, shall be punished with a minimum imprisonment of 3 (three) years and a maximum of 12 (twelve) years”

Based on the article, it is clear that anyone who commits acts of terrorism will face the law through the immigration process, to prevent them from “running away” to other countries.

Immigration has the principle of selective policy and an important immigration intelligence function. The two elements became a great collaboration in an effort to counter the flow of non-military threats entering Indonesian territory.

An example is the case of the arrest of 4 Foreign Nationals (WNA) of Chinese origin at the Bogor Regency Immigration Office. The foreigner was arrested because the immigration (intelligence) department analyzed the existence of a case of drug cultivation in the Bogor region by Chinese nationals.

In addition, there is also a case of malpractice committed by a foreign doctor, Randall Cafferty, at the First Chiropractic Clinic, Pondok Indah Mall. The foreign doctor killed a local patient. The immigration authorities can examine and interview the foreign doctor because he applied for a visa at the representative office abroad, so that the case can be resolved by the authorities.

 

Knowing the Definition of Yield, Formula, and How to Calculate It – In a business there are various terms used to name the business activity such as this time it is a term about yield or profit sharing from an investor after investing in a long term.

In an investment, understanding the terms of yield is quite important so that Reader friends who want to start investing know about how the investment works, its benefits, and the correct calculation method. Because it will affect the profit that Reader friends will get in an investment.

Yield (English), or yield, is the benefit of investment instruments given to investors during a certain period of time. Income can include income and profit from price increases. The result is usually expressed as a percentage (%).

In mutual funds, performance is shown by the change in net asset value (NAV) of mutual funds. A positive return indicates that the net worth of the investment fund has increased compared to the net worth at the time of purchase. However, a negative return indicates a decrease in net worth.

For that, all Reader friends, especially those who want to start investing in stocks, need to find out what important elements are needed to invest successfully. Well, in this discussion we have also summarized the terms of yield, the formula, and the correct way to calculate it.

Further, we will present the discussion below!

Definition of Shares

Before understanding how the yield system works in a stock fund for the benefit of investors, it is good that we also understand the meaning of the stock itself fundamentally. For that let’s take a look at the meaning of shares below!

Shares are proof of ownership of the company’s value. The word stock itself is taken from the Arabic language. In fiqh literature, shares are taken from the term musahamah which comes from the word sahm (Arabic: سهم‎), the plural form of ashum or suhmah which means part, share of ownership.. The more shares you have, the greater the power you have in the company. By issuing shares, it is possible for companies that need long-term financing to “sell” their business property – shares (equity effect) – for money, which, in addition to issuing bonds, is the main means of obtaining business capital. Shares are sold through the primary or secondary market. Stocks are one of the most popular financial market instruments. Issuance of shares is one of the company’s choices in deciding on company financing.

Shares can be interpreted as proof of capital participation of a person or party (business entity) in a company or limited company. With the participation of this capital, the political party has a claim on the company’s income, a claim on the company’s property and the right to participate in the general meeting (GMS).

Definition of Yield

The yield is the profit that can be obtained from the investment made during a certain period of time and following a certain process. Another name for yield is yield or return.

Return, or often return, is the profit obtained from an investment during a certain period of time or after a certain process. Revenue and return are terms that usually refer to nominal income. However, return is profit, usually expressed as In essence, return is a term that refers to the return on investment – ​​nominally. Meanwhile, yield is a term that refers to profit in the form of a percentage.

Yield is a term often used to refer to the profit obtained from investing in stocks. More specifically, return is a measure of profit or profit that investors receive from investing in a product over a certain period of time. Generally, returns are calculated per year, although some also calculate monthly returns. In addition, the yield is usually also reflected from the historical price increase of the stock. Thus, yield can be your consideration when deciding to buy an investment asset, one of which is shares. Then how to calculate income? As previously explained, the rate of return is the percentage obtained by dividing the income received by the invested capital. So the formula to calculate the return is simple: Return = Return/Capital Value x 100 percent For example, if you invest with equity instruments, the return you get can consist of two things. The first comes from rising stock prices and the second from dividend-paying issuers or companies whose shares you own.

What is meant and how to calculate it: If the income you receive from an increase in share prices, for example from Rp 1000 to Rp 1200 per share. In addition, dividends, for example, 20 pieces per share received in one year. The revenue or income received consists of the increase in the share price and dividends received divided by the share capital value at the time the shares were first purchased. As an example of the calculation in the picture above: Return = (Rp 200 Rp 20)/Rp 1000 = 0.22 Or if you use a percentage, you get a return of 22 percent.

Types of Returns

Although higher yields indicate lower risk and higher returns, it is important to know the various indicators that cause investment results to fluctuate. The higher the yield, the greater the possibility of a falling market effect, where the market value will also fall. If the yield is too high, it could mean that your stock price is going down or that the company is paying a large dividend. There are different types of returns that you need to know about. You can consider these different types of returns before making an investment decision.

• Current Yield

Current yield is a type of yield for bond instruments. The current yield is the ratio of the coupon rate to the spot price of the loan.

• The payoff of maturity

Yield to maturity is the result of bond investment at maturity. It can be said that the yield to maturity is the initial value of the investment that is fully returned to the investor. The calculation formula is to equate the current bond price with the total yield in the future.

• Yield Dividend yield

Dividend yield is a percentage of the value of the dividend or dividends distributed and the share price per share. This distribution value can change from time to time. The dividend yield calculation is obtained by dividing the dividend by the current price of the stock.

• Call Returns

This definition of return is useful as a return denominator due to the transfer of company shares to all owners. This usually happens in a limited company, which can be called.

In other words, the company can buy back the shares it needs from investors. You simply use the following formula to calculate this type of return.

Yield t= [profit + (latest bond value – bond value at purchase) / tenor until stock calling] / [(bond value at purchase + bond value at latest) / 2] x 100%

• Worst yield

If this yield is the type of yield applied is used to return to the investor. This usually happens because investors call back before expiration.

To get the worst returns, we recommend taking the lowest value between the return and return periods. So there is no need for formulas such as income or other income, this is a discussion about the meaning of income from definitions, calculations into formulas. If you are interested in the worst returns, make a simple investment by becoming a lender on the Amartha microfinance market. Earn up to 15% flat per year!

In addition to income, you can also contribute to supporting Indonesian SMEs by influencing access to capital in a positive way, starting from just Rp 100,000.

The relationship between risk and return

From the explanation of the definition of yield that has been explained above, it can be known that yield is usually closely related to investment risk. Risk is an important part of the return paid on an investment.

In general, the relationship between risk and investment return is such that the greater the potential risk of an investment, the greater the potential return of the investment. For example, stocks tend to carry higher risk than bonds, so stocks have a relatively higher return potential than bonds.

Return on Investment

The return on invested capital can vary depending on the type of investment instrument you choose. In the following, we will explain the types of returns owned by various types of investment instruments.

• Obligation proceeds

Bond yield is the expected yield from an interest-bearing investment over a specified period of time. Bond yield is usually expressed as a percentage or interest.

• Return Investment fund income

Unlike obligations, the return of investment funds is the return that is returned to investors in the form of interest and dividends produced by investment funds. Mutual fund performance is usually expressed as a percentage based on total earnings per share divided by the net worth of the shares.

Investment fund managers can use different methods to calculate returns to investors. Therefore, every prospective investor should consult the prospectus to see where the figures come from.

The higher the performance of the mutual fund, the more attractive the mutual fund is in the eyes of investors. This is because the higher the yield of mutual funds, the higher the yield. On the other hand, investors should also anticipate the risks that may occur, because the higher the mutual fund yield, the more risky the type of mutual fund.

How to Calculate Yield

The calculation of yield can vary depending on the purpose and type. In short, the calculation will depend on the respective investment instrument. Below is a general way to calculate yield.

Yield = profit / principal x 100%

For example, you buy a share at a price of Rp.900 per share, then sell it in the next few years at a price of Rp.1,000 per share. This means you earn a nominal profit of Rp.100.

In addition, on the investment you get a dividend at a price of IDR 10 for each share. Well, how does the calculation work? This is the answer to the yield example.

Yield = (Rp100 + Rp10)/Rp900 x 100% = 12.2%

It should be noted that the discussion of yield calculation method above is general for stock instruments. If you want to be more specific then, find out the formulas based on their own types.

Average Return on Investment

The yield value of each investment instrument can be said to be quite variable and depends on the trading market conditions of the relevant asset. For this reason, it is quite difficult to state the average value of bond, mutual fund and crypto investment returns.

However, when for the estimate. Bond investment yield can vary based on the indicator rate. The following is the highest average Indonesian bond yield 2022 (as of April 28, 2022):

• Yield on National Bonds, the highest average of 7.87%;
• Bond yields with AAA indicators have the highest average of 12%;
• Bond yields with the AA indicator have the highest average of 11.5%;
• Bond yield with indicator A has the highest average of 12.25%; as well as
• Finally, the bond yield with the BBB indicator has the highest average value of 13.13%
• Meanwhile, mutual fund investment returns also vary depending on the type. The following is the highest average mutual fund yield as of April 4, 2022.
•  
• Mutual fund yield of 17.91%;
• Mixed mutual fund yield of 10.89%;
• The yield of money market mutual funds worth 1.3%; and
• Lastly, the yield of fixed income mutual funds is 3.48%.

That’s a complete explanation of what investment yield is, how to calculate the average yield from each investment instrument. Hope the information is useful for you, yes!

Recently, investors are increasingly attracted to crypto investment assets, including in Indonesia. As of December 2021, the number of crypto investors in Indonesia has even reached 11 million people.

Make the right strategy for high returns

Every mutual fund investor wants to get a higher yield. For that, make sure you make the right mutual fund investment strategy. For example, buying and selling at the right time. For example, buy when the price is low and sell when the price is high. So, don’t withdraw money immediately after the investment yield drops.

Improve your investment skills by learning to invest online or by attending investment training, which is often held by financial media or famous investors. This is how you become a trusted investor.

Conclusion

So much for a short discussion about the definition of Income, Formula and How to Calculate it. Not just the definition, but also discussing the role of function in stock investment, how to calculate etc. Understanding the definition of yield makes us as members of the public be more careful when entering the world of stocks so as not to invest randomly and be able to understand the world of stocks better to avoid false investments.

 

Meaning of Faith – According to the Islamic view, faith can mean believing and this matter about faith has been written in the Al-Quran, which is the holy book of Muslims. In some letters, such as the letter At-Taubah, Allah has explained about the faith revealed to his people.

In addition to being mentioned in the Quran, faith is also explained through various hadiths. According to one of the hadiths, faith is a binding of the heart that is done as well as spoken, until it becomes a unity.

Islamic religious scholars also gave their opinion on the definition of faith. However, before that, Reader need to know the meaning of faith in terms and language. Read to the end of the article!

Meaning of Faith in Language and Terms

Faith is a belief believed by a person related to religion, belief and trust in God, the prophet, the book and so on. In Islamic religious teachings, faith means trust, confidence in God, HIS prophets and the book, the Al-Quran and so on.

According to Islamic teachings, Muslims believe in the six pillars of faith. The six pillars of faith must be believed and trusted by Muslims. However, what is the meaning of faith according to language and terminology?

Before discussing the meaning of faith from scholars and according to the Quran and hadith. Here is the meaning of faith in language and terms.

According to the Arabic language, the word faith is rooted in the word amana – yu; minu – imana which literally or etymologically can be interpreted as believing and confident. Linguistically, faith can be interpreted as tashdiq or justify which means almost the same term.

In terms of terms, according to the book Encyclopedia of Faith written by Shaykh Abdul Majid Az-Zandani, faith can be interpreted according to its linguistic meaning, which is tashdiq or trust.

Faith in terms, maknawi or terminological is believing with confidence in the existence of God, the Angels of God, His Books, His Messengers, the afterlife, up to qadha and qadar which have been summarized in the pillars of faith according to the teachings of Islam.

The Meaning of Faith According to the Quran and Scholars

In the Al-Quran, faith is mentioned with the pronunciation yaqin or believing. As in Surat Al-Baqarah verse 4 and Surat Al-An’am verse 75. Here is a more complete explanation.

In Surah Al-Baqarah verse 4 

وَالَّذِيْنَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِمَآ انْزِلَ عَلَيْكَ وَمَا ُنْزَ مِنْ قْلِكَ ۚ وَبِلْاِٰرَةِ هُمْ ُوْقِنْنَۗ

Meaning:

“And those who believe in (the Qur’an) which was revealed to you (Muhammad) and (the books) which were revealed before you, and they believe in the Hereafter.”

Meanwhile, faith is also mentioned in Surah Al-Anam verse 75: 

وَكَذٰلِكَ نُرِيْٓ عِبْرهِيْمَ مَلَكُوْتَ السَّمٰوٰتِ وَالْاَرْضِ وَلِيَكُوْنَ مِنَ الْمُوْقِنِيْنَ

Meaning:

“And thus, We showed Ibrahim the power (of Us) in the heavens and the earth, and that he be among those who believe.”

From the two chapters and verses in the Qur’an, the words yaqin and tashdiq are mentioned which mean the practice of the heart. Faith can be interpreted as the speech of the heart that is in the heart and is formed through confidence in the heart.

Several other chapters in the Quran also mention the faith of a Muslim.

Surat Al-Baqarah, verse 136

QS 2:136

قُوْلُوْٓا اٰمَنَّا بِاللّٰهِ وَمَآ اُنْزِلَ اِلَيْنَا وَمَآ اُنْزِلَ اِلٰٓى اِبْرٰهٖمَ وَاِسْمٰعِيْلَ وَاِسْحٰقَ وَيَعْقُوْبَ وَالْاَسْبَاطِ وَمَآ اُوْتِيَ مُوْسٰى وَعِيْسٰى وَمَآ اُوْتِيَ النَّبِيُّوْنَ مِنْ رَّبِّهِمْۚ لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ اَحَدٍ مِّنْهُمْۖ وَنَحْنُ لَهٗ مُسْلِمُوْنَ

Meaning:

Say, “We believe in Allah and in what was revealed to us, and in what was revealed to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob and his descendants, and in what was given to Moses and Jesus and in what was given to the prophets from their God. We do not discriminate between any of them, and we submit to Him.”

Referring to the Surah Al-Baqarah, it can be concluded that the faith believed by Muslims is a belief and conviction embedded in the heart and manifested through words and deeds. The belief refers to the belief in the five pillars of Islam.

Besides according to the Al-Quran, some scholars also gave their opinion on the definition of faith. Some famous scholars such as Imam Syafii, Imam Ahmad to Imam Bukhari also expressed their opinion.

According to Imam Syafii , the faith of a Muslim includes his words and actions. faith can increase or decrease. The increase in one’s faith is caused by obedience to God, while the decrease in one’s faith is caused by disobedience.

Imam Ahmad has an opinion that is not far different from Imam Syafii, Imam Ahmad stated that faith can increase and decrease, increase because a person performs certain practices and decreases because the person abandons the practice.

Then, Imam Bukhari also added from the two scholars, Imam Bukhari said that after meeting many scholars from various parts of the country, he saw that the scholars’ presentation of faith is words and deeds that can increase and decrease.

Other scholars such as Imam Malik, Ash Syafi’i, Al Auza’i and Ishaq Bin Rahawai have the same opinion about the meaning of faith. Faith is justification done with the heart, confession verbally, and practiced with the limbs. According to the scholars, charity is one of the elements of faith.

Companions of the Prophet such as Ali bin Abi Talib believed that faith is speech spoken with the tongue and belief that is believed to be true with the heart and done with the body parts. Like Ali, Aisyah also has the same opinion about the meaning of faith.

The Meaning of Faith According to Indonesian Scholars

Scholars in Indonesia such as Ustadz Khalid Basalamah to Ustadz Adi Hidayat also expressed their opinions on the meaning of faith. Here is the meaning of faith according to scholars in Indonesia.

Ustadz Khalid Basalamah

According to Ustadz Khalid Basalamah, faith is vowing something with the mind, then saying it verbally and believing it in the heart and applying it using the body parts.

Ustadz Adi Hidayat

Ustadz Adi Hidayat explained that the word faith comes from the word Al-Amnu which means safe, calm and peaceful. According to Ustadz Adi Hidayat, faith has a relationship with the word peace and calm. These two words can then be interpreted as if a Muslim believes in God, then he will have peace of mind and a sense of security from the restlessness of the world as well as threats in the afterlife.

Levels of Faith in Islam According to Sheikh M, Nawawi

In Islam, faith has levels. This level also differentiates the faith of each person. According to a scholar from Banten, namely Sheikh M, Nawawi, a person’s level of faith can be divided into five levels. Here is the explanation.

a. Iman Taqlid

The first level of faith is iman taqlid. Iman taqlid is a faith based on the speech of others, generally from scholars, but without understanding the evidence. According to Sheikh M. Nawawi, this first level of faith is valid, even without looking for evidence for the problem.

b. Iman Ilmu or Ilmul Yaqin 

The second level of faith is the faith of knowledge. Faith in knowledge is the faith possessed by a servant in solving a problem with evidence and knowledge possessed.

c. Iman Iyana knows Ainul Yaqin

At the third level of faith is iman iyana. Faith is the faith possessed by a servant who believes that God is a real being, even though his existence cannot be seen. When a person is at the third level of faith, he believes that God is not unseen and is always present in his heart.

d. Iman Haq or Haqqul Yaqin

At the fourth level of faith is true faith. Iman haq is the faith possessed by a Muslim with the view that Allah is always in his heart. Scholars also say that a person with a high level of faith is said to be a wise person. This is because God is always present in his heart, the person only looks at God and not at the worldly.

e. True Faith

The last level is real faith. Real faith is the faith possessed by a servant by only doing everything that brings him closer to God. Therefore, people with true faith can be seen as a slave who has drowned in the sea and does not see the shore.

From the five levels of faith, the first two categories of faith can be cultivated by humans. Therefore, Sheikh M. Nawawi also explained that every human being is obliged to deepen his level of faith by looking for arguments about faith.

Whereas faith at the next level, is a gift given by God to humans and cannot be cultivated by humans. Because it can only be obtained according to God’s will.

Level of Faith in General

In addition to the level of faith, according to the views of Sheikh M. Nawawi, the level of faith in general can be categorized into five, namely Muslim, believer, muhsin, mukhlis and muttaqin. Here is the explanation.

a. Muslims 

Muslim is the level of faith when someone professes to be Muslim, this first level of faith includes the lowest level of faith. This is because it is only limited to the acknowledgment that Allah is the god he believes in as the One and Only God. For this reason, a servant is considered to have no difference with the devil, because the devil also believes that God is the One God.

b. Believer

A believer is a servant who has faith by studying Islamic religious law. With the study of the Sharia, it has an increase in insight about the Islamic religion.

c. Muhsin

Muhsin is a servant who has a level of faith that can improve all his actions to be better.

d. Mukhlis

Mukhlis is a servant of people who have sincerity in worship. At this level, a servant does everything he does only for God.

e. Muttaqin 

The last and highest level of faith is muttaqin. Muttaqin is a servant who always fears God and avoids God’s prohibitions..

Those are the five levels of faith in Islam according to scholars and in general. The next discussion is about the pillars of faith in Islam.

• The meaning and meaning of Jazakumullah khairan with examples of its use
• 19 Most Beautiful Mosques in the World, Make Your Heart More Comfortable
• Arti Istighfar: Benefits, Advantages and Wisdom

Pillars of Faith in Islam 

In Islamic teachings there are six pillars of faith, as one of the foundations of faith itself. The pillars of faith can also be used as a benchmark for the understanding of faith in terms of meaning or terms. Here is a further explanation.

The pillar of faith is a view in Islamic religious teachings that believes that the Prophet and Messenger are messengers from God and are ordered to deliver good news and deliver threats to humans living on earth.

The meaning of this pillar of faith is also summarized in a hadith from Muslim that reads:

“… Rasulullah SAW said, ‘You believe in Allah, in His angels, in His messengers, in the Day of Resurrection and in good and bad destiny.’ This person (Jibril), then said, ‘You are right’.”

The hadith is the narration of Umar bin Khattab, when he heard that the angel Gabriel changed his form into a man and asked the Prophet Muhammad.

Here are the six pillars of faith in Islam.

1. Faith in God

The first pillar of faith is to believe in Allah as the One and Only God and the Lord of the Universe. A person can be said to believe in God, if he believes in the following four things.

1. Believing in the existence of God or believing in the existence of God.
2. Believing in the Rububiyyah of Allah, that is believing and confident that no one controls, creates, and regulates the entire universe except Allah.
3. Believing in the Uluhiyyah of Allah, believing that there is no one entitled and worthy of worship other than Allah and denying all worship other than Allah.
4. Believing in the name and attributes of God or Asmaul Husna that has been set for God and set by the prophet for God. Then stay away from attitudes that can remove the meaning, turn away, and question God.

2. Faith in God’s Angels

Faith in the angels of God includes believing in the practices and tasks given by God to the angels. Faith in angels can be done by believing that no one knows for sure the number of angels. Meanwhile, there are 10 angels that Muslims must believe in and believe that angels are created from light.

There are 10 angels that Muslims must believe in, namely angel Gabriel, angel Mikail, angel Rakib, angel Atid, angel Munkar, angel Nakir, angel Maut, angel Israfil, angel Malik, and angel Ridwan.

3. Faith in the Books of God

Believing in the books of God including in kalam or speech. There are four books of God that must be believed by a Muslim. Among them are the Torah, the Gospel, the Psalms and the holy book Al-Quran.

4. Faith in the Messengers of God

Believing in the messengers of God means believing and trusting with all your heart that the messengers of God exist. Believing in the messengers of God means believing that the messengers were created by God to bring the truth and teachings of God to people on earth.

The messengers who were created and sent by God can receive revelation through intermediaries, namely angels. It should be known that God sent down many prophets to the earth, but there are only 25 prophets and messengers that Muslims must know, starting from Prophet Adam to Prophet Muhammad.

5. Faith in the Last Day

Believing in the last day or doomsday means believing and trusting that the last day or doomsday will definitely come and no one knows for sure when the doomsday will come.

On the last day, the universe and all its contents will be destroyed and man will be raised from the grave to be gathered and held accountable for what he did while still alive in the world.

6. Faith in Qada and Qadar

The last pillar of faith is faith in fate, namely qada and qadar. Believing in destiny qada and qadar means to believe and believe wholeheartedly that destiny, good and bad, comes from God, and that all destiny that happens to humans has been decreed by God.

Qada is a ruling that has been written since before humans were born in the world, from fate, death to sustenance. While qadar is a provision or certainty that has been determined by God and will definitely happen, has happened or is happening.

That is the meaning of faith according to terms and language accompanied by an explanation of the levels of faith and the pillars of faith in Islam.

Reader can learn more about faith by reading and buying books on related topics at www.Sinaumedia.com . Because Sinaumedia as #SahabatTanpaBatas, always provides quality books with interesting topics for Reader. Buy and book now!

• Anger in Islam
• Dhuha Prayer Procedure
• Characteristics of Hypocrites
• Ablution Procedures
• Meaning of the Qur’an and Hadith
• Honest Behavior in Islam
• Meaning of Zakat
• Pillars of Hajj
• The meaning of aurat
• List of 99 Asmaul Husna and Meaning – Meaning the Good Name of Allah SWT
• Noble Attributes
• Ablution Procedures
• Meaning of Al-Quran and Hadith
• Meaning of Morality

As Muslims, we certainly want to worship according to the rules given by Allah SWT. God’s laws have been established in the books that He sent down and through the prophets, messengers, and guardians that were sent down to earth.

Linguistically, law means Al-Qadha’  (القداء) which means decision. While the meaning of syariah law in terms is:

It is the address of the street that is related to the actions of the responsible, seeking, or choosing, or placing

It means: “It is a commandment of the Sharia related to the act of mukallaf, both in the form of demand, choice, and placement”.

Hukum syara’ can be interpreted as anything that has been established by the commandments of the Sharia, namely the Qur’an and the Sunnah. The law of syra’ is related to acts of mukallaf either in the form of words or actions in doing or leaving something.

Sharia law’ is not related to a person’s belief or creed. Mukallaf refers to anyone who is burdened by the Shari’a, including minors and the insane.

One of the things that must be understood by a Muslim is the Islamic law. Hukum syara’ is the name of law that is based on sharia or sharia. That is, a provision that comes from Allah SWT and the Messenger either in textual form or the result of the understanding of scholars. For this reason, syara’ law can also be said to originate from the Qur’an and Hadith.

From this understanding it can be known that the syar’ah law is divided into two, namely demand and placement (wadh’i). demands in the form of orders or prohibitions, whether certain or uncertain. As well as the choice of whether to do it or leave it.

Meanwhile, the second, which is wadh’i or placement which is the things placed by the shariat maker that determines the realization of a law or its perfection.

Broadcasting from various sources, following the division of Shariah law.

Division of Sharia Law’

Based on the meaning of syarah law’ above, syarah law’ can be categorized into 2 types as follows.

1. Taklifi Law

Based on Nasehatquran.com, the law of taklifi is a demand imposed on the mukallaf to do or leave a job and the choice between doing or leaving a job.

Taklifi laws are grouped into several types, including obligatory, haram, mubah, mandub, and makruh. Here is an explanation of the five categories.

• Compulsory

Mandatory is something ordered by the Sharia maker to be done. A person who does an obligatory thing will be rewarded and get punished if he leaves it.

Reader can recognize obligatory by other names including fardhu, faridhah, hatmun, mahtum, and lazim. In the view of the hafiyyah, fardhu and wajib are different. fardhu or faridhah is a legal term that is established by qath’i arguments such as the Quran and mutawatir hadith. Whereas those established with dzanni arguments such as Sunday hadith are called obligatory.

Mandatory law itself can be categorized into four as follows.

1. Based on Time Commitment

Based on time constraints, mandatory laws are grouped into two of them as follows.

• Wajib Mutlaq or Wajib Muwassa’, which is an obligation that has a wide implementation period and is not bound by a specific time, such as fasting in Ramadan.
• Wajib Muqayyad or Wajib Mudhayyaq, which is an obligation whose implementation is bound by a certain time, such as five daily prayers, Ramadan fasting, and so on.

2. Based on Object Provisions

Based on the provisions of the object, mandatory law is divided into two categories as follows.

• Wajib Mu’ayyan, which is an obligation that has been determined and there is no other option than what has been stipulated, such as the obligation to fast in the month of Ramadan, the obligation of Hajj, and so on.
• Wajib Ghairu Mu’ayyan or Wajib Mukhayyar, which is an obligation that allows you to choose one of several options. An example is expiation for a person who breaks an oath.

3. Based on the Rate

Based on the rate, the law is divided into two categories as follows.

• Wajib Muqaddar or Wajib Muhaddad, i.e. obligations whose rate has been determined, such as the number of rak’ahs in obligatory prayers, the minimum amount of zakat payment, etc.
• Wajib Ghairu Muhaddad, which is an obligation that is not determined in terms of amount, such as spending in the way of God, giving charity, feeding orphans, etc.

4. Based on the Legal Subject

Here are the mandatory details based on the legal subject.

• Wajib Aini or Fardhu Ain, which is the obligation imposed on each individual, such as praying five times a day, fasting Ramadan, etc.
• Wajib Kifa’i or Fardhu Kifayah, which is an obligation that is burdened collectively, which when it has been represented then the obligation falls away. Such as funeral prayer, jihad fi sabilillah, amar ma’ruf nahi munkar, etc.
• Illegal

Haram is something that is forbidden by the Sharia makers that must be abandoned. People who abandon unlawful things will get a reward. However, the person who does it will earn sin.

Haram itself can be categorized into two groups as follows.

• Haram lizatihi or haram because of its substance. That is an act that is originally illegal according to syar’i law. Examples: polytheism, adultery, stealing, eating pork, etc.
• Haram lighairigi or haram because of something else. That is, an act that was originally permitted or prescribed, but due to the presence of other factors that can cause damage and harm, the act becomes haram.

For example, drinking alcohol becomes haram because it contains khamer. People who drink alcohol will lose self-control and can do other immoral things. Like adultery, killing people, etc.

• Change

Mubah is something that has nothing to do with commands and prohibitions. For example eating, sleeping, drinking, etc.

All actions that were not originally ordered and not prohibited by the Shari’a. This is because if the act is motivated by something that is ordered or prohibited then the act follows the law behind it.

For example, learning Arabic, which is the original law, is allowed. However, because we are required to know the content of the Al-Quran and As-Sunnah, it is impossible for us to know it without learning Arabic. So learning Arabic is legally mandatory based on that background.

Other examples are eating and drinking. The original law is mubah, but when it is done excessively to the point of harming oneself then it becomes haram.

• Mandub

Mandub is something ordered by the sharia maker that should not be done. A person who does something wrong while looking for a reward will get a reward, but if he doesn’t do it then he won’t get a punishment.

Mandub or sunnah has several levels among them as follows.

• First, the sunnah of muakkadah. It is a sunnah that was always done by the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam. For example, performing two rak’ah sunnah prayers before dawn.
• Second, the sunnah ghairu muakkadah. It is a sunnah that the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam did not always do, meaning that he occasionally left it, such as tarawih prayer, four rak’ah prayers before and after noon, and so on.

In Islam there is also a customary sunnah, namely the actions of the Prophet Muhammad SAW that are not part of the worship of God. Such as, the way to dress, the type of food and drink consumed, the way to drive, the way to walk, and so on.

• Makruh

Makruh is something that is forbidden by the shariat in the form of non-obligation. When, someone abandons makruh things then he will be rewarded. However, if he does, the person will not sin.

The use of the term makruh is believed by scholars except Hanafi scholars. For him, makruh consists of two, namely makruh tahrim and makruh tanzih. Makruh tahrim is something that is prohibited or prohibited by Sharia but the evidence is dzanni al-wurud (strong presumption).

Meanwhile, makruh tanzih is something recommended by the Sharia to be abandoned as makruh known by scholars in general.

2. Law of Wadh’i

Launched from the page Pai.ftk.uin-alauddin.ac.id , wadh’i law means artificial or made. The wadh’i law that is meant here is the existence of a law that depends on the presence or absence of something else such as reasons, conditions, and legal obstacles (manic).

a. Reason

What is meant by reason is everything that is made by syar’i as a reason for the existence or non-existence of law and the absence of something makes the existence of law necessary.

For example, in the word of God in QS Al-Maidah which contains two laws. First, the law of taklifi, which is to violate the prohibition of stealing. Second, there is also the law of wadh’i because he stole as a reason for his hand being cut off. So, the presence of thieves ensures the presence of amputation.

b. Requirement

What is meant by conditions is the absence of something that ensures the absence of law. But not the other way around, that is, there must be a law. for example the word of God in QS Al-Baqarah verse 110.

The meaning of QS Al-Baqarah verse 110, “And establish prayer and pay zakat.” And whatever goodness you do for yourself, of course you will get the reward from God. Indeed, Allah sees everything you do.”

Based on the verse, zakat becomes a mandatory law. However, if there is not enough haul then there is no mandatory law. However, haul is not enough to ensure the obligation of zakat because it still depends on other things such as nisab. In this case, haul is bought as a condition, which is one of the obligatory conditions of zakat.

c. Mani’

What is meant by ‘mani’ is everything that can negate or invalidate the law. For example, a woman who is on her period or postpartum is forbidden to pray.

Simply put, the essence here is menstruation and nifas. This is due to the presence of menstruation or nifas, so there is no obligation to pray.

d. Rukhsah and Azimah

Here is a more detailed explanation about rukhsah and azimah.

• Rukhsah

Rukhsah means easy and light. What is meant by rukhsah is the change of something from heavy to light or easier. Because there is a reason for the original law. As in the word of God, QS An-Nisa’ verse 101.

The meaning of the verse is “And when you travel on earth, then it is not a sin to miss the prayer, if you are afraid of being attacked by the infidels. Verily, the unbelievers are your real enemies.”

The verse explains about the relief for those who are on the way to miss their prayers. Launched from bincangmuslimah.com, rukhsah can be grouped into several categories as follows.

• Rukhshah which must be taken. Like eating carcasses for people who are about to die and can’t find other food.
• Sunnah Rukhsah is taken. Such as breaking the prayer on the way, not fasting for the sick, and looking at the face and the palms of the woman who wants to marry.
• Rukhshah that can be taken. Like practicing akad salam.
• The more important Rukhshah is not taken. Such as rubbing shoes, praying multiple times in the absence of dhaar, etc.
• Makruh Rukhsah is taken. Like skipping prayers on a journey that is less than a radius of 3 marhalah (120 km)

With the existence of rukhsah, it provides convenience for human life that is squeezed by difficulties and there are only haram or forbidden things in front of the eyes. However, that was the only thing that could save his life.

• Azimah

Azimah means firm, heavy, and strong. Azimah can also be interpreted as anything that is prescribed in the beginning, and does not depend on any excuse or obstacle such as praying five times before there is an excuse. Fasting Ramadan before there are ailments or obstacles. Similarly, other obligations are called azimah.